April 26, 2017 | Author: rscosta1976 | Category: N/A
API RBI User's Guide
No.
Mary Buchheim Doc Response/Approved
Checked
Page 1 of 301
April 2007
Rev02
File API-RBI User Guide.Doc
TABLE OF CONTENTS PURPOSE ............................................................................................................................................. 5 ASSUMPTIONS..................................................................................................................................... 5 SOFTWARE SUPPORT ........................................................................................................................ 5 SOFTWARE SYSTEM REQUIREMENTS ............................................................................................ 5 SOFTWARE INSTALLATION............................................................................................................... 6 SOFTWARE STARTUP ........................................................................................................................ 7 6.1 Startup ..........................................................................................................................................7 6.1.1 Api-Rbi Installation – Client Tier Only................................................................................. 7 6.1.2 API RBI Installation LOCAL.................................................................................................. 8 6.1.3 API RBI Installation REMOTE............................................................................................... 9 6.2 Shutdown .....................................................................................................................................9 6.3 Run MYSQL Database (Standalone)........................................................................................10 6.4 Shutdown MYSQL Database (Standalone) .............................................................................10 6.5 API RBI Property Editor ............................................................................................................11 6.6 Local DB Connections ..............................................................................................................11 6.7 Remote DB Connections ..........................................................................................................12 6.8 Server Connection.....................................................................................................................12 6.9 Bundle DB ..................................................................................................................................13 6.10 Special Cases ............................................................................................................................13 6.10.1 Start the API RBI Server ..................................................................................................... 13 6.10.2 Start the Client ..................................................................................................................... 14 6.10.3 Close the Client ................................................................................................................... 14 6.10.4 Shut the Server .................................................................................................................... 14 6.11 MS Access–MYSQL links .........................................................................................................15 6.12 Logging software bugs .............................................................................................................22 6.13 Tracking Software Bugs ...........................................................................................................26 7 API RBI VERSION 8.02 FORMS ........................................................................................................ 28 7.1 Basic Form Layout ....................................................................................................................28 7.2 Toolbar Functions .....................................................................................................................29 7.2.1 Remote Node ....................................................................................................................... 30 7.2.2 Filter...................................................................................................................................... 35 7.2.3 Import of API RBI Version 3.3.3 database into Version 8.02........................................... 38 7.2.4 Administrator Tool .............................................................................................................. 41 7.2.5 User Tool .............................................................................................................................. 44 7.2.6 API RBI Property Editor ...................................................................................................... 48 7.2.7 Inspection Category Table Editor ...................................................................................... 48 7.2.8 Fluid Designer...................................................................................................................... 49 7.2.9 PRV Data .............................................................................................................................. 51 7.2.10 Fixed Equipment RBI .......................................................................................................... 51 7.2.11 Administrator’s Guide......................................................................................................... 51 7.2.12 User’s Guide ........................................................................................................................ 53 7.2.13 Help....................................................................................................................................... 54 7.2.14 About .................................................................................................................................... 55 7.2.15 VCEDamge ........................................................................................................................... 56 7.2.16 Backup MYSQL Databases................................................................................................. 56 7.3 Navigation Tree..........................................................................................................................57 7.3.1 Purpose ................................................................................................................................ 57 7.3.2 Available Forms and Actions ............................................................................................. 57 7.3.3 STARTUP.............................................................................................................................. 63 7.3.4 CORPORATION.................................................................................................................... 64 1 2 3 4 5 6
Proprietary and Confidential - Equity Engineering Group, Inc.
API RBI User's Guide
No.
Mary Buchheim Doc Response/Approved
Checked
Page 2 of 301
April 2007
Rev02
File API-RBI User Guide.Doc
7.3.5 PLANT................................................................................................................................... 65 7.3.6 UNIT ...................................................................................................................................... 66 7.3.7 EQUIPMENT ......................................................................................................................... 67 7.3.8 COMPONENT ....................................................................................................................... 68 7.4 Input Form/Table Format ..........................................................................................................69 7.4.1 Data fields ............................................................................................................................ 69 7.4.2 Actions ................................................................................................................................. 69 7.4.3 Damage Factors .................................................................................................................. 74 7.5 Corporation Table......................................................................................................................75 7.5.1 TABLE ACTIONS ................................................................................................................. 75 7.5.2 Field Help ............................................................................................................................. 76 7.6 Corporation Form ......................................................................................................................77 7.6.1 FORM ACTIONS...................................................................................................................77 7.6.2 Field Help ............................................................................................................................. 77 7.7 Batch Calculate..........................................................................................................................78 7.8 Calculation in Progress Form ..................................................................................................78 7.9 Calculator Status Report ..........................................................................................................79 7.10 Calc Message Report ................................................................................................................79 7.11 Batch Calculate Filter with Diag...............................................................................................80 7.12 Refreshed Batch Calculate Filter Form ...................................................................................80 7.13 Equipment Form ........................................................................................................................83 7.13.1 FORM ACTIONS...................................................................................................................83 7.13.2 FIELD HELP - EQUIPMENT................................................................................................. 84 7.14 Unit Settings ..............................................................................................................................85 7.14.1 FORM ACTIONS...................................................................................................................85 7.14.2 FIELD HELP UNIT SETTINGS - GENERAL ........................................................................ 86 7.14.3 FIELD HELP UNIT SETTINGS – SOLUTION CONTROL ................................................... 86 7.15 Global Component Settings .....................................................................................................87 7.15.1 FORM ACTIONS...................................................................................................................87 7.15.2 FIELD HELP.......................................................................................................................... 88 7.16 Reports .......................................................................................................................................90 7.16.1 Bundle Damage Modifier .................................................................................................... 91 7.16.2 Bundle Financial.................................................................................................................. 91 7.16.3 Bundle Materials.................................................................................................................. 93 7.16.4 Bundle Process ................................................................................................................... 93 7.16.5 Bundle Risk.......................................................................................................................... 95 7.16.6 Check Number of Inspections........................................................................................... 95 7.16.7 Check Thckness .................................................................................................................. 97 7.16.8 Consequence ....................................................................................................................... 97 7.16.9 Corrosion Rate..................................................................................................................... 98 7.16.10 Cracking Susceptibility .................................................................................................. 99 7.16.11 Damage Report................................................................................................................ 99 7.16.12 Design & Operating Conditions................................................................................... 100 7.16.13 HIC SOHIC......................................................................................................................100 7.16.14 Import ............................................................................................................................. 101 7.16.15 Inspection Due Date – Date Option ............................................................................. 101 7.16.16 Inspection Due Date –Plan Option .............................................................................. 102 7.16.17 Insulated Operating Temperature ............................................................................... 103 7.16.18 Inventory Group ............................................................................................................ 104 7.16.19 Number of Thinning History ........................................................................................ 104 7.16.20 Probability...................................................................................................................... 105 7.16.21 Recommended Inspections ......................................................................................... 105 Proprietary and Confidential - Equity Engineering Group, Inc.
API RBI User's Guide
No.
Mary Buchheim Doc Response/Approved
Checked
Page 3 of 301
April 2007
Rev02
File API-RBI User Guide.Doc
7.16.22 Risk................................................................................................................................. 106 7.16.23 Risk Matrix Report ........................................................................................................ 107 7.16.24 Risk Matrix Financial Report........................................................................................ 108 7.16.25 Risk Mechanism ............................................................................................................ 109 7.16.26 Risk Summary ............................................................................................................... 109 7.16.27 Tank Details ...................................................................................................................110 7.16.28 Tank Inventory Group................................................................................................... 110 7.16.29 Tank Bottom Supplement ............................................................................................ 111 7.16.30 Thinning Mechanism .................................................................................................... 111 7.16.31 Thinning Type Local ..................................................................................................... 112 7.16.32 Toxic............................................................................................................................... 113 7.16.33 Fluids.............................................................................................................................. 113 7.16.34 Inspection History Report ............................................................................................ 114 7.16.35 Materials......................................................................................................................... 115 7.17 Find ...........................................................................................................................................116 7.18 Import/Export Spreadsheet ....................................................................................................117 7.19 Inventory Group Table ............................................................................................................120 7.19.1 TABLE ACTIONS ............................................................................................................... 120 7.19.2 FIELD HELP........................................................................................................................ 121 7.20 Component Form.....................................................................................................................122 7.20.1 GENERAL TAB................................................................................................................... 122 7.20.2 GENERAL TAB – TUBE BUNDLE..................................................................................... 128 7.20.3 Operating Condition Tab - Original Consequence Model ............................................. 131 7.20.4 Operating Condition Tab - New Consequence Model ................................................... 132 7.20.5 Operating Condition Tab – Tube Bundle ........................................................................ 134 7.20.6 Operating Condition Tab – Tank...................................................................................... 137 7.20.7 Field Help -Operating Conditions Tab - Tank ................................................................. 137 7.20.8 Component Settings Tab.................................................................................................. 138 7.20.9 Field Help - Component Settings Tab ............................................................................. 138 7.20.10 Component Settings Tab – Tank ................................................................................. 140 7.20.11 Field Help - Component Settings Tab – Tank ............................................................ 140 7.20.12 Component SettingsTab - Bundle ............................................................................... 142 7.20.13 Field Help – Bundle Component Settings Tab........................................................... 142 7.20.14 Volume and Mass Tab .................................................................................................. 144 7.20.15 Bundle Filter ..................................................................................................................147 7.20.16 Weibull Plot.................................................................................................................... 150 7.21 Thinning Damage Mechanism Form......................................................................................151 7.21.1 Thinning Tab ...................................................................................................................... 151 7.21.2 Thinning Supplemental Tab ............................................................................................. 156 7.21.3 Equipment Lining Tab....................................................................................................... 183 7.22 Cracking Damage Mechanism Forms ...................................................................................186 7.22.1 Amine Cracking .................................................................................................................187 7.22.2 Carbonate Cracking .......................................................................................................... 190 7.22.3 Caustic Cracking ...............................................................................................................193 7.22.4 Chloride Cracking ............................................................................................................. 196 7.22.5 HIC SOHIC H2S ..................................................................................................................199 7.22.6 HIC SOHIC HF .................................................................................................................... 202 7.22.7 HSC HF ............................................................................................................................... 205 7.22.8 Other Cracking................................................................................................................... 208 7.22.9 Polythionic Cracking......................................................................................................... 211 7.22.10 SSC H2S......................................................................................................................... 214 7.23 External Damage .....................................................................................................................217 Proprietary and Confidential - Equity Engineering Group, Inc.
API RBI User's Guide
No.
Mary Buchheim Doc Response/Approved
Checked
Page 4 of 301
April 2007
Rev02
File API-RBI User Guide.Doc
7.23.1 CUI Austenitic Stainless Steels ....................................................................................... 218 7.23.2 CUI Carbon and Low Alloy Steels.................................................................................... 221 7.23.3 External SCC Austenitic Stainless Steels....................................................................... 225 7.23.4 External Corrosion Carbon and Low Alloy..................................................................... 228 7.24 Brittle Fracture Damage Mechanism Forms .........................................................................232 7.24.1 885 Embrittlement ............................................................................................................. 233 7.24.2 Low Temperature .............................................................................................................. 236 7.24.3 Sigma Phase ...................................................................................................................... 240 7.24.4 Temper Embrittlement ...................................................................................................... 243 7.25 HTHA.........................................................................................................................................247 7.26 Mechanical Fatigue .................................................................................................................250 7.27 Bundle Damage Assessment .................................................................................................252 7.28 Inspection History ...................................................................................................................255 7.28.1 General Equipment Inspection History Tables .............................................................. 255 7.28.2 Inspection History Tables– Bundle ................................................................................. 258 7.29 Inspection Planning Form – Date ..........................................................................................261 7.30 Inspection Planning Form - Plan ...........................................................................................264 7.31 Inspection Planning Form – Bundle ......................................................................................267 7.31.1 General Tab........................................................................................................................ 267 7.31.2 CBA Tab ............................................................................................................................. 270 7.32 Component Data......................................................................................................................272 7.33 PRV RBI ...................................................................................................................................273 7.33.1 PRV Navigation Tree ......................................................................................................... 273 7.33.2 PRV Global Settings.......................................................................................................... 273 7.33.3 PRV Design Information ................................................................................................... 274 7.33.4 PRV Overpressure Demand Cases.................................................................................. 276 7.33.5 PRV Consequence Analysis............................................................................................. 284 7.33.6 Batch Calc .......................................................................................................................... 286 7.33.7 Batch Calc Progress ......................................................................................................... 286 7.33.8 Batch Calc with Diag......................................................................................................... 287 7.33.9 View Diag Files .................................................................................................................. 287 7.33.10 PRV Protected Equipment ........................................................................................... 288 7.33.11 PRV Inspection History ................................................................................................ 289 7.33.12 PRV Inspection Planning/ PRV Results ...................................................................... 291 7.33.13 PRV Details ....................................................................................................................293 7.33.14 PRV Reports .................................................................................................................. 295
Proprietary and Confidential - Equity Engineering Group, Inc.
API RBI User's Guide
No.
Mary Buchheim Doc Response/Approved
1
Checked
Page 5 of 301
April 2007
Rev02
File API-RBI User Guide.Doc
PURPOSE
The purpose of this document is to present a clear and concise procedural outline by which the user may enter, save, and calculate Risk Based Inspection data using API-RBI v 8.02.
2
ASSUMPTIONS
• •
The user is familiar with the concepts of API Risk Based Inspection as documented in the Base Resource Document, Second Edition, October 2000. API RBI Version 8.02 software has been correctly installed on the computer as described in the API RBI Version 8.02 Administrators Guide and in the API RBI Installation Guide.
3
SOFTWARE SUPPORT
Support for the software is provided for technical issues by Lynne Kaley and for System Support by Mary Buchheim. API RBI Software Version 8.02 March 2007 Technical Support System Support Lynne C. Kaley Mary E. Buchheim 281-480-0556 216-283- 6018
[email protected] [email protected] Documentation for this software is found in the directory \APIRBI_INSTALLATION\apirbi\doc. Documentation includes this User’s Guide, Administrators Guide, and the Interoperable Interface Specification. User help is provided for the Navigation Tree, at the form level, and at the field level.
4
SOFTWARE SYSTEM REQUIREMENTS
This software is a three tiered system: Client, Server; Database. It can be set up to collapse to a single or 2 tiered system. Minimum computer system requirements are listed below. System Requirements API RBI Software Client Only Client/Server Client/Server/Database Configuration 512 MB RAM 1.5 GB RAM 1.5 GB Minimum Pentium 2 or better Pentium 3 or better Pentium 3 or better 80 MB Hard Drive 500 MB Hard Drive 1 GB Hard Drive Available Available Minimum Available Minimum Minimum
Proprietary and Confidential - Equity Engineering Group, Inc.
API RBI User's Guide
No.
Mary Buchheim Doc Response/Approved
5
Checked
Page 6 of 301
April 2007
Rev02
File API-RBI User Guide.Doc
SOFTWARE INSTALLATION
Software installation instructions are provided in the API RBI Installation Guide. This document presumes that the software has been successfully installed using the information provided in the Installation Guide. The installation places 3 shortcuts on the user’s destop as well as 5 menu items in the program menu.
Proprietary and Confidential - Equity Engineering Group, Inc.
API RBI User's Guide
No.
Mary Buchheim Doc Response/Approved
6
Checked
Page 7 of 301
April 2007
Rev02
File API-RBI User Guide.Doc
SOFTWARE STARTUP
6.1
Startup
The software can be started using either of 3 methods: the Api-Rbi Installation shortcut, the Api-Rbi Installation LOCAL shortcut, or the Api Rbi REMOTE. 6.1.1
Api-Rbi Installation – Client Tier Only
The first shortcut Api-Rbi Installation starts the only the Client tier of the software. It assumes that the server tier and the database tier are installed and running on other computers.
This process requires 4 data inputs from the user:. 1. 2. 3. 4. 5.
Login Name, Password, IP Address of the API RBI Server, Server Port Server Binding Name
Proprietary and Confidential - Equity Engineering Group, Inc.
API RBI User's Guide
No.
Mary Buchheim Doc Response/Approved
6.1.2
Checked
Page 8 of 301
April 2007
Rev02
File API-RBI User Guide.Doc
API RBI Installation LOCAL This shortcut is used when all 3 parts of the software are running on a single PC. This shortcut starts the all 3 parts of the software in a in a timed sequence with a fixed IP address 127.0.0.1 and with a default user of root whose password is root. The only input required from the user is to select which Mysql database to use.
The user will be presented with a database select list. The list includes all of the database folders in the APIRBI_INSTALLATION\mysql\data folder. Any database can be selected to use as the primary database.
The software will start in local mode and supply the default username and password for the login as well as an IP address and port number for the server.
If the user would like to use this shortcut to log into the database as a different user than root, just modify the properties of the shortcut. The shortcut properties are: C:\Apirbi_Installation\ref\cmdow.exe /RUN /HID "C:\Apirbi_Installation\APIRBI.bat" -LOCAL -DBSELECT ho localhost -us root -pa root Replace the values of root and root with the appropriate information. Proprietary and Confidential - Equity Engineering Group, Inc.
API RBI User's Guide
No.
Mary Buchheim Doc Response/Approved
Checked
Page 9 of 301
April 2007
Rev02
File API-RBI User Guide.Doc
6.1.3 API RBI Installation REMOTE This shortcut starts the API RBI Server and API RBI Client on the local computer. It assumes that a database has been created and is running on a separate computer and that the server tier has been configured to point to that particular database.
This process requires 4 data inputs from the user:. 1. 2. 3. 4. 5.
6.2
Login Name, Password, IP Address of the API RBI Server, Server Port Server Binding Name
Shutdown The software can be shutdown by clicking the X in the upper right corner of the APIRBI application.
Proprietary and Confidential - Equity Engineering Group, Inc.
API RBI User's Guide
No.
Mary Buchheim Doc Response/Approved
Checked
Page 10 of 301
April 2007
Rev02
File API-RBI User Guide.Doc
6.3 Run MYSQL Database (Standalone) This option is used if user’s activities require access to Mysql databases located on the user’s computer. Selecting the menu option opens a command window.
6.4 Shutdown MYSQL Database (Standalone) This option is shuts down MYSQL on the users computer. If MYSQL has been started, it should always be shutdown using this option.
Proprietary and Confidential - Equity Engineering Group, Inc.
API RBI User's Guide
No.
Mary Buchheim Doc Response/Approved
Checked
Page 11 of 301
April 2007
Rev02
File API-RBI User Guide.Doc
6.5 API RBI Property Editor The Property Dialog Editor is used to change the properties that are used to connect to the API RBI Server and API RBI Database. This activity is performed by a system administrator. The Property Editor can be used to set up multiple primary as well as remote databases to which the server can connect. Each tab in the editor must be saved independently. This editor changes the APIRBIServer.properties file on the server computer. This option is will only be available on computers where the server tier of the software has been installed. Save must be pressed on each tab to save the changes. 6.6 Local DB Connections This form provides information about the primary databases to which this server tier may connect . Make changes and press save. You will be prompted to warn that you are overwriting the apirbiserver.properties file.
Proprietary and Confidential - Equity Engineering Group, Inc.
API RBI User's Guide
No.
Mary Buchheim Doc Response/Approved
Checked
Page 12 of 301
April 2007
Rev02
File API-RBI User Guide.Doc
6.7 Remote DB Connections This form provides information about the remote node databases ot which this server tier may connect Make changes and press save. You will be prompted to warn that you are overwriting the apirbiserver.properties file.
6.8 Server Connection This form provides information about this server tier. Make changes and press save. You will be prompted to warn that you are overwriting the apirbiserver.properties file.
Proprietary and Confidential - Equity Engineering Group, Inc.
API RBI User's Guide
No.
Mary Buchheim Doc Response/Approved
Checked
Page 13 of 301
April 2007
Rev02
File API-RBI User Guide.Doc
6.9 Bundle DB This provides information about the heat exchanger bundle table. Make changes and press save. You will be prompted to warn that you are overwriting the apirbiserver.properties file.
6.10 Special Cases There are times when a user will need to make use of the underlying commands that bring up and shut down the software. These actions are described in this section. The command files used are located in the folder APIRBI_INSTALLATION folder. Depending on the type of installation selected some of these commands will not be available. 6.10.1 Start the API RBI Server Double click the file named runsvr.cmd, the program should open as minimized, if however the window is opened the following should be present.
Proprietary and Confidential - Equity Engineering Group, Inc.
API RBI User's Guide
No.
Mary Buchheim Doc Response/Approved
Checked
Page 14 of 301
April 2007
Rev02
File API-RBI User Guide.Doc
6.10.2 Start the Client Double click the file run.bat. The program will open minimized and a login form will appear.
6.10.3 Close the Client Press the close window X
6.10.4 Shut the Server Double click the file named shutsvr.cmd. The program will open minimized and then both the shutsvr and runsvr will close and disappear.
Proprietary and Confidential - Equity Engineering Group, Inc.
API RBI User's Guide
No.
Mary Buchheim Doc Response/Approved
6.11
Checked
Page 15 of 301
April 2007
Rev02
File API-RBI User Guide.Doc
MS Access–MYSQL links 1. In order to link the MYSQL database to MS Access, the MYSQL driver must be installed on the pc. These steps may require assistance from your system administrator. 2. The MYSQL driver is available at http://www.mysql.com/get/Downloads/MyODBC3/MyODBC3.51.06.exe/from/http://mysql.orst.edu/ . 3. Copy the URL into the address bar of your browser and at the prompt, select save to your computer.
Proprietary and Confidential - Equity Engineering Group, Inc.
API RBI User's Guide
No.
Mary Buchheim Doc Response/Approved
Checked
Page 16 of 301
April 2007
Rev02
4. Navigate to the MyODBC-3.51.06.exe and double click the file.
Proprietary and Confidential - Equity Engineering Group, Inc.
File API-RBI User Guide.Doc
API RBI User's Guide
No.
Mary Buchheim Doc Response/Approved
Checked
Page 17 of 301
April 2007
Rev02
File API-RBI User Guide.Doc
The driver is now installed and available for use to link the MySQL database to MS Access.
Proprietary and Confidential - Equity Engineering Group, Inc.
API RBI User's Guide
No.
Mary Buchheim Doc Response/Approved
Checked
Page 18 of 301
April 2007
Rev02
File API-RBI User Guide.Doc
5. From START, Settings, Control Panel, Administrative Tools, Data Sources (ODBC), create a user DSN MyRemote that uses the MYSQL Driver and points to the MYSQL database.
Proprietary and Confidential - Equity Engineering Group, Inc.
API RBI User's Guide
No.
Mary Buchheim Doc Response/Approved
Checked
Page 19 of 301
April 2007
Rev02
6. From START, open MS Access, and select a new database – API RBI.
7. From File, select Get External Data, select Link Tables.
Proprietary and Confidential - Equity Engineering Group, Inc.
File API-RBI User Guide.Doc
API RBI User's Guide
No.
Mary Buchheim Doc Response/Approved
Checked
Page 20 of 301
April 2007
Rev02
8. Select ODBC Database as the Type of File
9. Select MyRemote as the machine data source
Proprietary and Confidential - Equity Engineering Group, Inc.
File API-RBI User Guide.Doc
API RBI User's Guide
No.
Mary Buchheim Doc Response/Approved
Checked
Page 21 of 301
April 2007
Rev02
10. Select all tables to link
11. The process is complete.
Proprietary and Confidential - Equity Engineering Group, Inc.
File API-RBI User Guide.Doc
API RBI User's Guide
No.
Mary Buchheim Doc Response/Approved
6.12
Checked
Page 22 of 301
April 2007
Rev02
File API-RBI User Guide.Doc
Logging software bugs 1. To access Scarab go to site http://208.40.63.53/scarab/issues/ 2. You will see the following screen. You do not need to login simply select the hyperlink Global>Public
2
3. On the left side of the screen, you will see - Enter new issue. Select that hyperlink
3
Proprietary and Confidential - Equity Engineering Group, Inc.
API RBI User's Guide
No.
Mary Buchheim Doc Response/Approved
Checked
Page 23 of 301
April 2007
Rev02
File API-RBI User Guide.Doc
4. You can enter the information for a new issue here. Because the same form is used for all software products, some fields may not apply to the software product in question or you may not have all of the information listed. If the field does not apply or if you do not have the information for optional fields then simply skip those fields. Required fields are marked with an asterisk. The most important information is your name, phone number and email address so that an E2G contact person can get in touch with you help resolve the issue.
4
5
5. When finished with the first screen press the Next button.
Proprietary and Confidential - Equity Engineering Group, Inc.
API RBI User's Guide
No.
Mary Buchheim Doc Response/Approved
Checked
Page 24 of 301
April 2007
Rev02
File API-RBI User Guide.Doc
6. You will see the information that you have already submitted as well as additional fields. If you can complete the information, please do so. If you would like to include an attachment, then use the Browse button to locate the attachment, complete the Description field, and press the Add Attachment button. When you have finished adding your information then simply press the Submit Issue button.
Proprietary and Confidential - Equity Engineering Group, Inc.
API RBI User's Guide
No.
Mary Buchheim Doc Response/Approved
Checked
Page 25 of 301
April 2007
Rev02
File API-RBI User Guide.Doc
6
7. You will be returned to the add defect screen but with a message indicating that your issue has been added to Scarab.
7
Proprietary and Confidential - Equity Engineering Group, Inc.
API RBI User's Guide
Page 26 of 301 No.
Mary Buchheim Doc Response/Approved
Checked
April 2007
Rev02
File API-RBI User Guide.Doc
6.13 Tracking Software Bugs When you have submitted a bug via the Scarab system, you can return to the site to track the status for the bug. 1. You do not need to login simply select the hyperlink for the software product you are interested in viewing. For example go to Global>API RBI
2
2. From the drop down list that begins New and saved queries select Public Queries – API RBI Issues
2
3. The following query result will appear.
Proprietary and Confidential - Equity Engineering Group, Inc.
API RBI User's Guide
No.
Mary Buchheim Doc Response/Approved
Checked
Page 27 of 301
April 2007
Rev02
4. Clicking on the Issue ID field will display details about the issue. .
Proprietary and Confidential - Equity Engineering Group, Inc.
File API-RBI User Guide.Doc
API RBI User's Guide
No.
Mary Buchheim Doc Response/Approved
7
Checked
Page 28 of 301
April 2007
Rev02
File API-RBI User Guide.Doc
API RBI VERSION 8.02 FORMS
7.1 Basic Form Layout All forms in the API RBI Version 8.02 software are designed in the same basic layout. At the top of the form in the border is the name of the user API RBI, Database Type, Database Name and Version number. A toolbar is in the topmost left corner. The Toolbar can be dragged around the screen but will only dock in the upper left position. In the left panel is the Navigation Tree. In the right panel is displayed the various input forms. At the bottom of the form is a status bar. Toolbar User Name, Database Type, Database Name Version Number
Navigation Tree
Input form
Status bar
Proprietary and Confidential - Equity Engineering Group, Inc.
API RBI User's Guide
No.
Mary Buchheim Doc Response/Approved
Checked
Page 29 of 301
April 2007
Rev02
7.2 Toolbar Functions Toolbar functions are: • Remote Node • Filter • Import • Administrator Tools • User Tools • API RBI Property Editor • Inspection Category Editor • Fluid Designer • PRV RBI • Fixed Equipment RBI • Administrator’s Guide • User’s Guide • Help • About API RBI • VCEDamageMechanisms • Backup MYSQL Database
Proprietary and Confidential - Equity Engineering Group, Inc.
File API-RBI User Guide.Doc
API RBI User's Guide
No.
Mary Buchheim Doc Response/Approved
Checked
Page 30 of 301
April 2007
Rev02
File API-RBI User Guide.Doc
7.2.1 Remote Node Remote Node is accessed via the Remote Node icon on the toolbar or from the right click menu at the Corporation Level. Remote Node allows the user to move unit data from/to any of the three supported database types. There are several restrictions. • All of the databases must be at the same version of the APIRBI software. • A unit from database A cannot be moved to database B if the unit name already exists in database B. • Once data is moved via remote node changes made in the originating database are not reflected in the receiving database. • The following data is not transferred via remote node: users other than root, filters, unit global settings, edits to the component data table values. • A default configuration for remote node is provided in the APIRBIServer.properties file as a Mysql database with the name of rneeg. This information can be changed by using the API RBI Property Editor.
7.2.1.1
Select the Remote Node from the Toolbar.
Proprietary and Confidential - Equity Engineering Group, Inc.
API RBI User's Guide
Page 31 of 301 No.
Mary Buchheim Doc Response/Approved
Checked
April 2007
Rev02
File API-RBI User Guide.Doc
7.2.1.2 Local Mysql Database Selection For a user working with Mysql databases on their own pc, the different databases are in folders in the APIRBI_installtion\mysql\data folder. The default folder name for the API RBI product is eeg. You may have other folders containing API RBI data with other names. The only requirement for Mysql database names is that there cannot be any spaces in the folder name. An example user with 4 databases in the data folder: unit1, unit2, unit3, unit4. The user can use remote node to move data from any database to the other database.
This option is only available if the Enterprise Database Selection is a Mysql database. Proprietary and Confidential - Equity Engineering Group, Inc.
API RBI User's Guide
No.
Mary Buchheim Doc Response/Approved 7.2.1.3
Checked
Page 32 of 301
April 2007
Rev02
File API-RBI User Guide.Doc
Entreprise Database Selection
If your server has been defined to have enterprise databases available for remote node then there will be additional items to select in the Enterprise Database Selection list..
If the remote database has not been updated for the most recent version of the software then you will receive the following error.
If the database is a MYSQL database, then the software will upgrade the database to the current version and connection to the database will be delayed while the upgrade occurs. A message will appear in the status bar to indicate this activity.
Proprietary and Confidential - Equity Engineering Group, Inc.
API RBI User's Guide
Page 33 of 301 No.
Mary Buchheim Doc Response/Approved
7.2.1.4
Checked
April 2007
Rev02
File API-RBI User Guide.Doc
Drag/Drop is used to move or copy the desired data to the remote node.
To copy data from 1 database to another, use the following process. a) b) c)
In the source database window, highlight the unit to be copied with a single click To Copy the unit, press the CTRL button and the left mouse button and hold while dragging the unit to the desired location in the target database. Release the left mouse button and respond yes to the alert box.
The status bar will be updated with the following message during the copy process.
When the copy or move is successful, the navigation tree is updated in each database.
Proprietary and Confidential - Equity Engineering Group, Inc.
API RBI User's Guide
No.
Mary Buchheim Doc Response/Approved
Checked
Page 34 of 301
April 2007
Rev02
File API-RBI User Guide.Doc
To move data from 1 database to another, use the following process. a) b) c)
In the source database window, highlight the unit to be moved with a single click To move the unit merely press and hold the left mouse button while dragging the unit to the desired location in the target database. Release the left mouse button and respond yes to the alert box.
To complete the process respond yes to the alert box. The navigation tree will be updated.
7.2.1.5
To disconnect from Remote Node, press the DISCONNECT button. Proprietary and Confidential - Equity Engineering Group, Inc.
API RBI User's Guide
No.
Mary Buchheim Doc Response/Approved
Checked
Page 35 of 301
April 2007
Rev02
File API-RBI User Guide.Doc
7.2.2 Filter The Filter function is accessed via the Filter icon on the toolbar or from the right click menu at the Corporation Level.
7.2.2.1 Select Filter from Toolbar These forms help the user define filters for screening the database for display, reporting, and calculation. Available actions are: Add, Edit, Copy, Delete filters, as well as Apply Selected Filter and Remove Applied filter. Filters are applied on the entire set of Corporations, Plants, and Units. Once a filter has been applied, it is static. If calculations or data changes are made that would remove or add an item to the filtered set, then the filter must be removed and reapplied to see the difference in the filtered set. If a filter is applied that results in no data being selected, all data is reported on the navigation bar.
Proprietary and Confidential - Equity Engineering Group, Inc.
API RBI User's Guide
Page 36 of 301 No.
Mary Buchheim Doc Response/Approved
April 2007
Checked
Rev02
File API-RBI User Guide.Doc
To add a filter select the ADD button, to edit a filter select Edit. Add or edit the appropriate information.
1. 2. 3. 4. 5.
Name the filter Select an attribute Select an operator Select a criteria Click Add Filter Component to add an additional screen and when finished click OK to save changes.
1
3 4
2 5 Attributes are added to filters by adding them to one of 8 groups. Attributes added to 1 group are treated as AND attributes. This means that a component must satisfy both attributes to be added to the result set. Attributes placed in separate groups are treated as OR attributes. This means that components that satisfy either attribute will be added to the result set. If none of the components satisfy the filter, then all components are returned as a result.
Proprietary and Confidential - Equity Engineering Group, Inc.
API RBI User's Guide
No.
Mary Buchheim Doc Response/Approved
Checked
Page 37 of 301
April 2007
Rev02
File API-RBI User Guide.Doc
7.2.2.2
To apply a filter select a filter from the dropdown list
7.2.2.3
Press Apply Selected Filter
7.2.2.4
The results of the filter are shown below. Green background is a visual indication that a filter is applied.
7.2.2.5
Filters are removed by returning to the filter page and pressing the Remove Current Filter button. When the filter is removed the green background on the Nav Tree is removed and the message in the status bar is updated to show no filter applied.
Proprietary and Confidential - Equity Engineering Group, Inc.
API RBI User's Guide
Page 38 of 301 No.
Mary Buchheim Doc Response/Approved
Checked
April 2007
Rev02
File API-RBI User Guide.Doc
7.2.3 Import of API RBI Version 3.3.3 database into Version 8.02. 1. Select the Import File Button from the Toolbar or the Import button from the Toolbar
2.
3. 4.
Using the Explorer window, navigate to the location of • The API RBI Version 3.3.3 application • The API RBI Version 3.3.3 security file • The API RBI Version 3.3.3 unit database you wish to import Select the corporation and plant that will receive the data Select the Metric Flag, select no and the unit will use English units, select yes and the unit will use metric units. English units use °F, psi, inches, lbm, ft2, ft3. Metric units use °C, MPa, mm, kg, m2, m3.
API RBI 3.3.3 application API RBI 3.3.3 Security File
API RBI 3.3.3 Unit Database Folder 3 Corporation and plant to receive data 4 Metric Flag
Proprietary and Confidential - Equity Engineering Group, Inc.
API RBI User's Guide
No.
Mary Buchheim Doc Response/Approved 5.
Checked
Page 39 of 301
April 2007
Rev02
File API-RBI User Guide.Doc
Import generates a report. This report can be reviewed in this window and a decision made to continue with the import by pressing the Continue button, or cancel the import pressing the Cancel button. The file that will be imported can be viewed by pressing the View Excel button. This will allow the user to view the data that has been extracted from the 3.3.3 database. The report generated can be found in the folder APIRBI_INSTALLATION\import\log folder. No changes can be made to this file. A search facility is provided to search the file for a specified string.
Continue with import
Cancel import View imported file
Proprietary and Confidential - Equity Engineering Group, Inc.
API RBI User's Guide
No.
Mary Buchheim Doc Response/Approved
Checked
Page 40 of 301
April 2007
6.
During the import process the screen is greyed out and locked.
7.
Import is complete, the navigation bar is updated.
Rev02
Proprietary and Confidential - Equity Engineering Group, Inc.
File API-RBI User Guide.Doc
API RBI User's Guide
Page 41 of 301 No.
Mary Buchheim Doc Response/Approved
Checked
April 2007
Rev02
File API-RBI User Guide.Doc
7.2.4 Administrator Tool Administrator activities are accessed via the Administrator Toolbar icon. The administrator tool allows the software administrator to create, edit, and delete API RBI users.
Required fields have a yellow background. Optional fields have a white background. 7.2.4.1 Create or Edit User 1. Select the user to edit. If you wish to create a user then click on any user name in the list 2. Click on the Edit User button. 3. Change the appropriate information. 4. In the Corporation, Plant and Unit fields, using the drop down list change the Corporation, Plant, Unit assignment. 5. User roles are defined as • Reporter can not SAVE, RENAME, DELETE, CALCULATE, or WHAT-IF Reporter can NAVIGATE, FORMDATA, REPORT • Specialist can not RENAME, DELETE Specialist can SAVE, CALCULATE, WHAT-IF, NAVIGATE, FORMDATA, REPORT • Risk Analyst can RENAME, DELETE, SAVE, CALCULATE, WHAT-IF, NAVIGATE, FORMDATA, REPORT • Administrator can RENAME, DELETE, SAVE, CALCULATE, WHAT-IF, NAVIGATE, FORMDATA, REPORT, MANAGE USERS 6. Press Save to Save changes or Cancel to quit 7.2.4.2 Delete User 1. Select the user to delete 2. Click on the Delete User button.
Proprietary and Confidential - Equity Engineering Group, Inc.
API RBI User's Guide
No.
Mary Buchheim Doc Response/Approved
Page 42 of 301
April 2007
Checked
Rev02
File API-RBI User Guide.Doc
User Details Tab
1
2
3
4 5 6
Proprietary and Confidential - Equity Engineering Group, Inc.
API RBI User's Guide
No.
Mary Buchheim Doc Response/Approved
Checked
Page 43 of 301
April 2007
Rev02
Login Details Tab
Proprietary and Confidential - Equity Engineering Group, Inc.
File API-RBI User Guide.Doc
API RBI User's Guide
No.
Mary Buchheim Doc Response/Approved
Checked
Page 44 of 301
April 2007
Rev02
File API-RBI User Guide.Doc
7.2.5 User Tool The User Tool is accessed from the Toolbar UT icon.
From this form the user can change information about their user data and reset their password when it expires. When passwords expire the user is sent to this page after attempting to logon with an expired password. To reset the password perform the following steps: 1. The user details tab allows user to change any User information necessary. Passwords may not be repeatedly used. The last 10 passwords are not available for reuse.
1
Proprietary and Confidential - Equity Engineering Group, Inc.
API RBI User's Guide
No.
Mary Buchheim Doc Response/Approved 2.
Checked
Page 45 of 301
April 2007
Rev02
The login tab presents data concening the last user login.
Proprietary and Confidential - Equity Engineering Group, Inc.
File API-RBI User Guide.Doc
API RBI User's Guide
No.
Mary Buchheim Doc Response/Approved 3.
Checked
Page 46 of 301
April 2007
Rev02
File API-RBI User Guide.Doc
The general tab is used to • Set the Server Trace Level. Users may be asked to change this setting in an effort to resolve problems encountered in the use of the software. To change this value, select the new trace level, press the Set Level button and the press the Save button. • If the server tier is installed on this computer, the user can choose to change the local or enterprise database to which the server is pointing. Changes made on this form apply to all clients using this server installation
.
Proprietary and Confidential - Equity Engineering Group, Inc.
API RBI User's Guide
No.
Mary Buchheim Doc Response/Approved
Checked
Page 47 of 301
April 2007
Rev02
File API-RBI User Guide.Doc
4.
The calculation tab is used to allow calculations at the plant leve and to set the diagnostic mode on for all calculations. Making either of these options active, applies for all calculations requested until the flags are changed and effect all clients using this server installation. • When plant level calculations are enabled, when the calculation button is pressed calculations are performed for all units within the plant. • When batch diag mode is active, the diagnostic files are generated for all calculations regardless of whether that option is presented on the batch calculation filter form.
5. 6.
When changes are complete, select Save button to save changes. To exit the tool, select Cancel button.
Proprietary and Confidential - Equity Engineering Group, Inc.
API RBI User's Guide
No.
Mary Buchheim Doc Response/Approved
Checked
Page 48 of 301
April 2007
Rev02
File API-RBI User Guide.Doc
7.2.6 API RBI Property Editor This icon accesses the API RBI Property Editor, see section 6.5 for a description of this option.
7.2.7 Inspection Category Table Editor The Inspection Category Table Editor allows the user to edit the text description for the various inspection methods for each type of damage.
1.
The Inspection Type is selected from the drop down list
6. 7.
The category of inspection is selected from the category drop down list. The information shown in the Intrusive and Non Intrusive Inspection fields changes based on the Inspection Type of Category. Changes made are saved by selecting Saved or the changes are cancelled by selecting Cancel.
8.
Proprietary and Confidential - Equity Engineering Group, Inc.
API RBI User's Guide
No.
Mary Buchheim Doc Response/Approved
Checked
Page 49 of 301
April 2007
Rev02
File API-RBI User Guide.Doc
7.2.8 Fluid Designer Fluid Designer is selected from the Fluid Designer icon from the toolbar. The Fluid Designer allows the user to create custom fluids for use in the software. Creating a fluid with the Fluid Designer requires the use of the new consequence model. When the Consequence Model flag is changed from Original to New, fluid recipes are added to the database based on the original fluid composition, the Toxic Model and Toxic Percent.
The database has been seeded with all of the fluids from the API RBI 3.3.3 software. These fluid compositions may not be changed. These fluids can be used as a basis for new fluids by selecting the edit function and saving the changes with a new fluid name.
1. 2. 3.
To edit a fluid select the desired fluid from the dropdown list and press EDIT. To add a fluid press ADD. If you are editing a fluid, select the component you wish to change and select edit or delete.
Proprietary and Confidential - Equity Engineering Group, Inc.
API RBI User's Guide
No.
Mary Buchheim Doc Response/Approved
4.
5.
6.
Checked
Page 50 of 301
April 2007
Rev02
File API-RBI User Guide.Doc
Then change the percent in the mixture, edit the Basis, Equation of State or fluid cost. If you wish to add an additional component, you will need to edit the percentages for the other components first before selecting the new component. The software will not allow you to exceed 100% and will scale your mixture amounts to 100%. If you are adding a new fluid then name the mixture and select its components and their percentages in the mixture. As you select each component, press the ADD COMPONENT button to add it to the fluid.The software will not allow you to exceed 100% and will scale your mixture amounts to 100%. When all changes have been made press OK to save your changes.
Proprietary and Confidential - Equity Engineering Group, Inc.
API RBI User's Guide
No.
Mary Buchheim Doc Response/Approved
Checked
Page 51 of 301
April 2007
Rev02
File API-RBI User Guide.Doc
7.2.9 PRV Data Toggle to switch between the PRV data and the Fixed Equipment data. The PRV navigation tree begins at the PRV level.
7.2.10 Fixed Equipment RBI Toggle to switch between the Fixed Equipment RBI data and the PRV RBI Data.
7.2.11 Administrator’s Guide This Toolbar option presents The Administrator’s Guide in PDF format.
Proprietary and Confidential - Equity Engineering Group, Inc.
API RBI User's Guide
No.
Mary Buchheim Doc Response/Approved
Checked
Page 52 of 301
April 2007
Rev02
Proprietary and Confidential - Equity Engineering Group, Inc.
File API-RBI User Guide.Doc
API RBI User's Guide
No.
Mary Buchheim Doc Response/Approved
Checked
Page 53 of 301
April 2007
Rev02
7.2.12 User’s Guide This Toolbar option presents The User’s Guide in PDF format.
Proprietary and Confidential - Equity Engineering Group, Inc.
File API-RBI User Guide.Doc
API RBI User's Guide
No.
Mary Buchheim Doc Response/Approved
Checked
Page 54 of 301
April 2007
Rev02
File API-RBI User Guide.Doc
7.2.13 Help This Toolbar option presents the Help file for the particular level of the Nav Tree where the user is located.
Proprietary and Confidential - Equity Engineering Group, Inc.
API RBI User's Guide
No.
Mary Buchheim Doc Response/Approved
Checked
Page 55 of 301
April 2007
Rev02
File API-RBI User Guide.Doc
7.2.14 About This Toolbar option presents the About logo, a list of the version information for all parts of the software.
Proprietary and Confidential - Equity Engineering Group, Inc.
API RBI User's Guide
No.
Mary Buchheim Doc Response/Approved
Checked
Page 56 of 301
April 2007
Rev02
File API-RBI User Guide.Doc
7.2.15 VCEDamge This Toolbar option will launch the Equity Engineering Program VCEDamageMechanisms if it is present on the user’s computer.
7.2.16 Backup MYSQL Databases This Toolbar option will allow the user to backup their MYSQL databases located on the user’s computer..
This option only appears on a computer where the server tier of the software is installed using a MYSQL database. Using this option, the software automatically performs maintenance and backup activites for the MYSQL databases. These activities include database maintenance including a check of database index files, recovery of database files if files are found to be lost or corrupt, an analyis of the database tables for repair and optimization. A database backup is created from a zip of each database. This maintenance is important because when Mysql is started, any database listed in the \data folder is loaded into memory. This allows the user to switch between databases without shutting down Mysql. In the API RBI application we take advantage of this ability with remote node. However since all of the databases are loaded into memory, if the software shuts down unexpectedly, the data in all of the databases is vunerable to being corrupted or lost. For this is the reason, performing maintenance and backups for all databases is an important task. In a typical user environment, there will be a limited number of databases available and this activity will only take a short period of time. In the situation where the user has many databases, the recommendation is to only keep the necessary databases in the \data folder and to move the other folders to a separate folder structure to minimize the time required for this activity.
Proprietary and Confidential - Equity Engineering Group, Inc.
API RBI User's Guide
No.
Mary Buchheim Doc Response/Approved
7.3
Checked
Page 57 of 301
April 2007
Rev02
File API-RBI User Guide.Doc
Navigation Tree
7.3.1 Purpose The navigation tree is the primary method to navigate through the data records. Data is organized by Corporation-Plant-Unit, and then by equipment, and then by component. Administrative Users of the software will see all of the corporations, plants, units available in the database. Other users will only see the information relevant to their corporation, plant, or unit that was specified when the user was created. 7.3.2 Available Forms and Actions Different Forms and Actions are available at each level of the Navigation Tree from a right click. A description of the forms available is contained in the subsequent sections of this document. Actions available to the user from the Navigation Tree are copy, move, delete and rename.
Navigation Tree
Proprietary and Confidential - Equity Engineering Group, Inc.
API RBI User's Guide
Page 58 of 301 No.
Mary Buchheim Doc Response/Approved
7.3.2.1
Checked
April 2007
Rev02
File API-RBI User Guide.Doc
Copy Unit, Equipment or Components can be copied from one plant to another plant even to a different corporation, plant, unit combination. Copy will make a copy of all equipment, components, damage forms, and inspection history records. Calculation results will not be copied. It is not possible to copy to/from corporations with a different metric flag setting. 1. Highlight the Unit, Equipment or Component you would like to copy. 2. Hold down the CTRL key and then left mouse button and drag the equipment or component to the new location. When copying a unit drag to the new plant level, when copying an equipment drag it to the new unit, and when copying a component, drag it to the new equipment. If you are copying a unit from one plant to another and a unit with the same name exists in the new location, the equipment information will be merged with the existing equipment. If you are copying an equipment or component and the name exists in the new location, then will be amended to ensure data integrity. An alert box will appear to confirm the copy request. 3. Release the right mouse key and then the CTRL key. The Copy will stay until the copy is completed.
1
Proprietary and Confidential - Equity Engineering Group, Inc.
API RBI User's Guide
Page 59 of 301 No.
Mary Buchheim Doc Response/Approved
Checked
April 2007
Rev02
File API-RBI User Guide.Doc
2
4 Proprietary and Confidential - Equity Engineering Group, Inc.
API RBI User's Guide
No.
Mary Buchheim Doc Response/Approved
7.3.2.2
Checked
Page 60 of 301
April 2007
Rev02
File API-RBI User Guide.Doc
Rename from the Navigation Tree - When Rename is selected, the user is prompted for a new name. All references to the old name are replaced with the new name.
Proprietary and Confidential - Equity Engineering Group, Inc.
API RBI User's Guide
No.
Mary Buchheim Doc Response/Approved 7.3.2.3 •
Checked
Page 61 of 301
April 2007
Rev02
File API-RBI User Guide.Doc
Delete
1. 2.
Delete from the Navigation Tree - For equipment and component deletes all information below the level selected. Delete from the Navigation Tree For Corporations, Plants, or Units deletes all the information below the level selected and if the entry deleted is the only instance left at that level, it also deletes the levels above. Deleting the last unit from a plant for that Corporation deletes that corporation. Highlight the item to be deleted. Respond YES to the prompt.
3.
Navigation Tree is updated.
•
Proprietary and Confidential - Equity Engineering Group, Inc.
API RBI User's Guide
Page 62 of 301 No.
Mary Buchheim Doc Response/Approved
Checked
April 2007
File API-RBI User Guide.Doc
Rev02
7.3.2.4 Move To move a unit, equipment, or component. 1. Highlight the Unit, Equipment or Component
1 2.
Hold down the right mouse and drag the item to its new location on the Navigation Tree.
2
3.
Release the right mouse key and the item will move.
3
Proprietary and Confidential - Equity Engineering Group, Inc.
API RBI User's Guide
No.
Mary Buchheim Doc Response/Approved
7.3.3 • • • • • • • • • • • • • • •
Checked
Page 63 of 301
April 2007
Rev02
File API-RBI User Guide.Doc
STARTUP
Upon start up the Navigation Tree displays the API RBI Logo screen. Single click navigates down the Navigation Tree and loads the appropriate data into the correct form - singe click your corporation name to display the Corporation Table filled with data. Forms/Actions available from a right click at this level are Corporations, Corporation Table, Filter, Import, Admin Tools, User Tools, Inspection Category Editor, Administrator’s Guide, User’s Guide, Help, and About. Corporation opens the Corporation Form Corporation Table displays the table view for Corporation, Plant and Unit Remote Node allows data to be transferred between 2 databases see paragraph 7.2.1. Filter is the functionality to filter the database see paragraph 7.2.2 Import API RBI Version 3.3.3 into Version 8.02 see paragraph 7.2.3 Administrator Tools opens the Administrator’s Tool see paragraph 7.2..4 User Tool opens the User Tools see paragraph 7.2.5 Inspection Category Editor allows users to edit inspection descriptions see paragraph 7.2.7 Administrator’s Guide is a PDF of that document see paragraph 7.2.11 User’s Guide is a PDF of this document see paragraph 7.2.12 Help Displays help information for specific Navigation Tree location see paragraph 7.2.13 About displays the about information see paragraph 7.2.14
Proprietary and Confidential - Equity Engineering Group, Inc.
API RBI User's Guide
No.
Mary Buchheim Doc Response/Approved
7.3.4 • • • • • • • •
Checked
Page 64 of 301
April 2007
Rev02
File API-RBI User Guide.Doc
CORPORATION
Single click navigates down the Navigation Tree. A double click loads the appropriate data into the correct form - double click your corporation name will display the Corporation Form filled with data. Forms/Actions available from a right click at this level are Corporation, Rename, Delete, Help, About. Corporation presents the data for the current corporation. This form is used to display/edit preload data for the management systems modification factor and global settings for the risk analysis and inspection planning analysis Rename from the Navigation Tree - When Rename is selected, the user is prompted for a new name. All references to the old name are replaced with the new name. Delete from the Navigation Tree For equipment and component deletes all information below the level selected. Delete from the Navigation Tree For Corporations, Plants, or Units deletes all the information below the level selected and if the entry deleted is the only instance left at that level, it also deletes the levels above. Deleting the last unit from a plant for that Corporation deletes that corporation Help Displays this help information About displays the about information
Proprietary and Confidential - Equity Engineering Group, Inc.
API RBI User's Guide
No.
Mary Buchheim Doc Response/Approved
7.3.5 • • • • • • •
Checked
Page 65 of 301
April 2007
Rev02
File API-RBI User Guide.Doc
PLANT
Single click navigates down the Navigation Tree. A double click loads the appropriate data into the correct form - double click your plant name will display the Corporation Form filled with data. Forms/Actions available from a right click at this level are Corporations, Rename, Delete, Help, and About. Rename from the Navigation Tree - When Rename is selected, the user is prompted for a new name. All references to the old name are replaced with the new name. Delete from the Navigation Tree For equipment and component deletes all information below the level selected. Delete from the Navigation Tree For Corporations, Plants, or Units deletes all the information below the level selected and if the entry deleted is the only instance left at that level, it also deletes the levels above. Deleting the last unit from a plant for that Corporation deletes that corporation. Help Displays this help information About displays the about information
Proprietary and Confidential - Equity Engineering Group, Inc.
API RBI User's Guide
No.
Mary Buchheim Doc Response/Approved
7.3.6 • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • •
Checked
Page 66 of 301
April 2007
Rev02
File API-RBI User Guide.Doc
UNIT
Single click navigates down the Navigation Tree. A double click loads the appropriate data into the correct form - double click your unit name will display the Corporation Form filled with data. Forms/Actions available from a right click at this level are Batch Calc Filter, Corporation, Equipment, Unit Settings, Global Component Settings, Reports ,Expand All, Collapse All , Import, View, Export, Rename, Delete, Help, and About. Batch Calculate – Opens a form to specify the required information to perform a calculation on all components in this unit. Corporation – Displays the Corporation Form for this particular Corporation-Plant-Unit location on the Navigation Tree. Equipment – Create a new piece of equipment in this unit Unit Settings – Allows users to change default values used in the new consequence model. Global Component Settings – Allows user to edit the global values without changing the base set for this unit and to apply them to all components in this unit. Reports – Opens the Report form Expand All – Displays all equipment and all components in this unit Find – Search for a component in this unit Collapse All – Only displays the unit name in this unit Import, View, and Export Spreadsheet – use the Excel based import/export tool to view and edit data from the database Rename from the Navigation Tree - When Rename is selected, the user is prompted for a new name. All references to the old name are replaced with the new name. Delete from the Navigation Tree For equipment and component deletes all information below the level selected. Delete from the Navigation Tree For Corporations, Plants, or Units deletes all the information below the level selected and if the entry deleted is the only instance left at that level, it also deletes the levels above. Deleting the last unit from a plant for that Corporation deletes that corporation. Help Displays this help information About displays the about information
Proprietary and Confidential - Equity Engineering Group, Inc.
API RBI User's Guide
No.
Mary Buchheim Doc Response/Approved
7.3.7 • • • • • • • • • • •
Checked
Page 67 of 301
April 2007
Rev02
File API-RBI User Guide.Doc
EQUIPMENT
Single or double clicking loads an Equipment Form with data from the first piece of Equipment in the list. Forms/Actions available from a right click at this level are Batch Calc, Component, Equipment, Inventory Group Table, Reports, Rename, Delete, Help, and About. Batch Calculate – Opens a form to specify the required information to perform a calculation on all components in this equipment. Component - Create a new component in this piece of equipment Equipment – Create a new piece of equipment in this unit Inventory Group Table - Table view of all inventory groups for this unit. Reports – Opens the Report form Rename from the Navigation Tree - When Rename is selected, the user is prompted for a new name. All references to the old name are replaced with the new name. Delete from the Navigation Tree For equipment and component deletes all infomation below the level selected. Help Displays this help information About displays the about information
Proprietary and Confidential - Equity Engineering Group, Inc.
API RBI User's Guide
No.
Mary Buchheim Doc Response/Approved
7.3.8 • •
• • • • • • • • • •
Checked
Page 68 of 301
April 2007
Rev02
File API-RBI User Guide.Doc
COMPONENT
Single or double clicking loads a Component Form with data from the first Component in the list. Forms/Actions available from a right click at this level are Batch Calculate, Batch Calc with Diag, Component, Thinning & Linings, Cracking, External Damage, Brittle Fracture, HTHA, Mechanical Fatigue, Component Data Table, Inspection History Table, Inspection Planning, Reports, Rename, Delete, Help, About. Batch Calculate – Opens a form to specify the required information to perform a calculation for this component. Batch Calculate With Diag– Opens a form to specify the required information to perform a calculation for this component with varying levels of diagnostics.. Component Create a new component in this piece of equipment Damage, Inspection, and Inspection Planning Forms Component Data Table – Contains application wide values for gff, minimum thicknesses, down times, and failure costs for each of 4 hole sizes. Reports – Opens the Report form Rename from the Navigation Tree - When Rename is selected, the user is prompted for a new name. All references to the old name are replaced with the new name. Delete from the Navigation Tree For equipment and component deletes all information below the level selected. Help Displays this help information About displays the about information
Proprietary and Confidential - Equity Engineering Group, Inc.
API RBI User's Guide
No.
Mary Buchheim Doc Response/Approved
Checked
Page 69 of 301
April 2007
Rev02
File API-RBI User Guide.Doc
7.4 Input Form/Table Format Input forms have the following basic format. Each has a title block, blocks of data fields, and at the bottom of the form action buttons. Forms may have multiple tabs, with each tab containing a group of data. 7.4.1 Data fields Data fields have the following color format: • Yellow fields are required input fields • White fields are optional input fields • Blue fields are for display only and contain either information entered on other forms or calculated values. 7.4.2 Actions Standard Action buttons are generally • Save Data – Saves data to database, Pressing the SAVE button saves data on all tabs. • Help – Displays form/table help, • Delete – Deletes current record from database, • Comments – Popup window for comments • Next Record • Previous Record
Proprietary and Confidential - Equity Engineering Group, Inc.
API RBI User's Guide
No.
Mary Buchheim Doc Response/Approved
Checked
Page 70 of 301
April 2007
Rev02
File API-RBI User Guide.Doc
Error checking - Any time a SAVE function is requested, the data on the form is validated for acceptable type of data, if data is within the minimum/maximum range, and presence of required data. Validation errors are returned on an Error Message reply.
If a user has changed a value on a form, and then attempts to move off of the form without saving the change, the user is prompted to make a decision.
Proprietary and Confidential - Equity Engineering Group, Inc.
API RBI User's Guide
No.
Mary Buchheim Doc Response/Approved
Checked
Page 71 of 301
April 2007
Rev02
File API-RBI User Guide.Doc
Help is provided for each form/table and for each individual field on a form or table. Field help contains the field name, units for English and metric systems, help information, range of values. • Form Help
•
Field Help
Proprietary and Confidential - Equity Engineering Group, Inc.
API RBI User's Guide
No.
Mary Buchheim Doc Response/Approved
Checked
Page 72 of 301
April 2007
Rev02
Comments can be added for any equipment, component, or damage record.
When comments have been saved, the comments button will appear white.
Proprietary and Confidential - Equity Engineering Group, Inc.
File API-RBI User Guide.Doc
API RBI User's Guide
Page 73 of 301 No.
Mary Buchheim Doc Response/Approved
Checked
April 2007
File API-RBI User Guide.Doc
Rev02
Damage Forms have additional actions • What-If Flag – switches specific fields from calculated to input optional, If the What-If flag is NO, then What-If Flag = NO
Calculation is done from the Batch Calculate or Batch Calculate with Diag forms •
If the What-If flag is YES, then
What-If Flag = YES
Fields switched to accept input
Calculate Button •
Calculate – performs calculations based upon changes to What-If fields, however no changes are saved to the database.
Proprietary and Confidential - Equity Engineering Group, Inc.
API RBI User's Guide
No.
Mary Buchheim Doc Response/Approved
Checked
Page 74 of 301
April 2007
Rev02
File API-RBI User Guide.Doc
7.4.3 Damage Factors When a Damage Factor, DF, or a Total Damage Factor, Total DF, is reported on a damage form the following definitions are followed. DF = The computed Total Technical Module Subfactor (TMSF) value based on the specific damage mechanism. Total_DF = The computed Total Technical Module Subfactor (TMSF) value based on all acting Damage Mechanism. Based upon the following rule: Tmsf_total= sum of ( tmsf for thinning & Equipment Linings + tmsf for External Corrosion & CUI + tmsf for Brittle Fracture + tmsf for Cracking + tmsf for Mechanical Fatigue + tmsf for HTHA) Where Tmsf for Thinning & Linings = If tmsf for Linings is > 0 then use the minimum of the tmsf for Linings and the tmsf for Thinning, Else use the tmsf for Thinning Tmsf for External Corrosion & CUI is the sum of the tmsf for CUI Low Carbon + CUI Austenitic + External Damage Low Carbon + External Damage Austenitic Tmsf for Brittle Fracture is the sum of the tmsf for Low Temperature Brittle Fracture + Sigma + Temper Embrittlement + 885 Embrittlement Tmsf for Cracking is the maximum of the tmsf for all cracking mechanisms
Proprietary and Confidential - Equity Engineering Group, Inc.
API RBI User's Guide
No.
Mary Buchheim Doc Response/Approved
Checked
Page 75 of 301
April 2007
Rev02
File API-RBI User Guide.Doc
7.5 Corporation Table A table showing all the corporations, plants, and units and their descriptions, or just a selected one.
7.5.1 TABLE ACTIONS FORM VIEW 1. Right Click on the row number to activate form edit for this record. From the Form Edit View, the user can 2. edit the current record and click on OK or 3. cancel the edit with CANCEL. 4. Data entered in the Form Edit View is not validated until the SAVE button is clicked in the Table View CUT/PASTE Row Data can be copy and pasted from/into tables. Simply highlight the row you wish to copy and press CTRL-C. This places the data onto the clipboard. Move to the location for pasting. This can be any row in the current table or you can move to a different component but the same table. Place the cursor into the first cell and press CTRL-V and the data will be pasted. If you are at the last row of the table the data will be appended to the table. If data is pasted into a different table than the original table, the program will attempt to fit the data. Numerical field pasted to numerical fields will act normally. if the value being pasted appears in the destination select list, if will be preserved. If the value being pasted is from a select list and does not appear in the select list then the default value will be used. If the user wishes to just copy and paste the contents of a cell, then the user needs to place the cursor inside the cell and highlight its contents and then press CTRL-C. To paste the value put the cursor inside the cell and press CTRL-V. Proprietary and Confidential - Equity Engineering Group, Inc.
API RBI User's Guide
Page 76 of 301 No.
Mary Buchheim Doc Response/Approved
Checked
April 2007
Rev02
File API-RBI User Guide.Doc
ADD ROW 1. Inserts a blank row into current table 2. Required fields are Corporation, Plant, Unit, and Metric_Flag. SAVE 1. Required fields are Corporation, Plant, Unit, and Metric_Flag. 2. Note only the highlighted row will be saved upon selecting the Save Data button 3. Select Save Data button from the action panel 4. If data passes validation the New Corporation will be appended to the bottom of the list 5. If validation fails the user errors are immediately displayed in the error reply message HELP View this form help screen. DELETE Delete current Corporation from database 7.5.2 Field Help Corporation_ID = The unique record identifier for the Corporation_Table required Plant = The Plant Name required Unit = The Unit Name required Metric_Flag = Metric Flag indicates the Metric or English (US) unit in the database (Y=Metric/N=English(US)) required Corporation_Description = The Corporation Description
Proprietary and Confidential - Equity Engineering Group, Inc.
API RBI User's Guide
Page 77 of 301 No.
Mary Buchheim Doc Response/Approved
Checked
April 2007
Rev02
File API-RBI User Guide.Doc
7.6 Corporation Form This form shows data specific to a corporation. This form contains the field Metric Flag. This setting specifies whether the specified unit has had input entered in the Metric or US Customary unit system. Changing the Metric flag value will convert the entire unit from one unit system to the other.
7.6.1 FORM ACTIONS SAVE 1. Required fields are Corporation, Plant, Unit, and Metric_Flag. 2. If data entered is validated, the edited Corporation will be added to the database. 3. If validation fails the user errors are immediately displayed in the error reply message HELP View this form help screen. DELETE Delete current Corporation from database 7.6.2 Field Help Corporation_ID = The unique record identifier for the Corporation_Table required Plant = The Plant Name required Unit = The Unit Name required Metric_Flag = Metric Flag indicates the Metric or English (US) unit in the database (Y=Metric/N=English(US)) required Corporation_Description = The Corporation Description
Proprietary and Confidential - Equity Engineering Group, Inc.
API RBI User's Guide
No.
Mary Buchheim Doc Response/Approved
7.7 • • • • • •
Checked
Page 78 of 301
April 2007
Rev02
File API-RBI User Guide.Doc
Batch Calculate Calculations done from this form do not generate diagnostic files. While calculations are in progress the Calculation in progress form appears. The user must not navigate to a different form until the Batch Calculate Filter screen is refreshed. Once calculations are complete the view returns to this form. The View Calc Report button shows a summary any errors from the calculations. The View Calc Message Report shows any error messages generated by the calculations
7.8 Calculation in Progress Form This form appears while the program is calculating
Status Messages
Calculator status messages are displayed in the status bar. These messages show the user, status, and unit being calculated. Proprietary and Confidential - Equity Engineering Group, Inc.
API RBI User's Guide
Page 79 of 301 No.
Mary Buchheim Doc Response/Approved
Checked
April 2007
Rev02
File API-RBI User Guide.Doc
This is the refreshed Batch Calc form after calculation is completed.
There are two reports available that give a status report on the requested calculations. 7.9
Calculator Status Report
7.10
Calc Message Report
Proprietary and Confidential - Equity Engineering Group, Inc.
API RBI User's Guide
Page 80 of 301 No.
Mary Buchheim Doc Response/Approved 7.11 • • • • •
Checked
April 2007
Rev02
File API-RBI User Guide.Doc
Batch Calculate Filter with Diag Level of diagnostics is selected with the YL dropdown YL1 generates the smallest diagnostics files while YL4 generates the largest. The diagnostic levels ending in ME indicate that the input is in Metric units while the diagnostic files will be in US Customary. Plot generation is controlled with a Yes/No flag While calculations are in progress the Calculation in progress form appears. The user must not navigate to a different form until the Batch Calculate Filter screen is refreshed. Once calculations are complete the view returns to this form.
7.12 Refreshed Batch Calculate Filter Form This form appears when calculations are completed. The VIEW CALC REPORT button will present a report on the calculations completed listed by component. The VIEW CALC MESSAGE REPORT will list all errors or warnings from the calculator.
View Plots
Proprietary and Confidential - Equity Engineering Group, Inc.
View Diag
API RBI User's Guide
No.
Mary Buchheim Doc Response/Approved •
Checked
Page 81 of 301
April 2007
Rev02
File API-RBI User Guide.Doc
View Diag – review diagnostic files generated by calculator, number and level of diagnostics is determined by the Diagnostic Type field,
• View Plots – review plots generated by the calculator. Plots may be produced as line, pie and bar plots. The next and previous buttons may be used to move from component to component to view plots. 1. Risk at current date
Proprietary and Confidential - Equity Engineering Group, Inc.
API RBI User's Guide
No.
Mary Buchheim Doc Response/Approved
Checked
2.
Risk at future date no inspection
3.
DF at current date
4.
DF at future date no inspection
Page 82 of 301
April 2007
Rev02
Proprietary and Confidential - Equity Engineering Group, Inc.
File API-RBI User Guide.Doc
API RBI User's Guide
No.
Mary Buchheim Doc Response/Approved
Checked
Page 83 of 301
April 2007
Rev02
File API-RBI User Guide.Doc
7.13 Equipment Form A form showing all data specific to a piece of Equipment. Available Equipment Types are: • Pipe, • Tube/NS Pipe, • Vessel/Finfan, • Heat Exchanger, • Compressor, • Pump, • Tank 650 • PRD Equipment Once components have been added to a piece of equipment, the equipment type cannot be changed.
7.13.1 FORM ACTIONS SAVE 4. Required fields are Equipment Name, Design Code, Detection System, Mitigation System. 5. If data entered is validated, the edited Corporation will be added to the database. 6. If validation fails the user errors are immediately displayed in the error reply message HELP View this form help screen. DELETE Delete current Equipment from the database Proprietary and Confidential - Equity Engineering Group, Inc.
API RBI User's Guide
No.
Mary Buchheim Doc Response/Approved
Checked
Page 84 of 301
April 2007
Rev02
File API-RBI User Guide.Doc
COMMENTS Comments can be added for any equipment, component, or damage record. When comments have been saved, the comments button will appear white. 7.13.2 FIELD HELP - EQUIPMENT Equipment = The user name for this piece of Equipment, required Equipment_Description = Analyst Description (Optional Input) Equipment_Type = Equipment Type (Such as Vessel\Finfan, Heat Exchanger, Pipe, Tube, Pump, Compressor, Tank650, PRD Equipment) Required Asset_Identifier = The Corporate Asset Identifier assigned to this Equipment Equipment_Start_Date = (yyyy-mm-dd :yyyy-mm-dd) The Computed Service Start Date, typically the commissioning date of the unit (See the API RBI Risk Matrix in Figure B-1 of the BRD) Design_Code = Construction Code (Such as ASME BPV Code Section VIII Div 1 and ASME B31.3) required Tank_DMFH = (ft : m) Tank Design Fill Height- API 650 Tanks only Design_Pressure = (psig : MPa) Design Pressure can represent either Shellside or Tubeside Pressure depending on Equipment Type and Component Type. Usually Design Pressure represents the Shellside Pressure, but if Equipment Type = HEAT EXCHANGER and Component Type = HEXTS or HEXTUBE, then Design Pressure represents Tubeside Pressure. Design Pressure is only used in calculations if Operating Pressure is not provided. Design_Temperature = (°F : °C) Design Temperature can represent either Shellside or Tubeside Temperature depending on Equipment Type and Component Type. Usually Design Temperature represents the Shellside Temperature, but if Equipment Type = HEAT EXCHANGER and Component Type = HEXTS or HEXTUBE, then Design Temperature represents Tubeside Temperature. Design Temperature is only used in calculations if Operating Temperature is not provided. MDMT = (°F : °C) Minimum Design Metal Temperature (MDMT) can represent either Tubeside or Shellside values depending on Equipment Type. MDMT will represent Shellside values ONLY WHEN Equipment Type = Heat Exchanger (Optional Input) Calculated MDMT = (°F : °C) Calculated Minimum Design Metal Temperature (MDMT) Tube_Side_Design_Pressure = (psig : MPa) Tubeside Design Pressure for Equipment Type = Heat Exchanger and Component Type = HEXTS or HEXTUBE. Design Pressure is only used in calculations if Operating Pressure is not provided. Tube_Side_Design_Temperature = (°F : °C) Tubeside Design Temperature for Equipment Type = Heat Exchanger and Component Type = HEXTS or HEXTUBE. Design Temperature is only used in calculations if Operating Temperature is not provided. Calculated TubeSide MDMT = (°F : °C) Calculated Minimum Design Metal Temperature (MDMT) Detection_System = Detection System (A, B, or C -- default) A = Instrumentation designed specifically to detect material losses by changes in operating conditions (loss of pressure or flow) in the system; B = suitably located detectors to determine when the material is present outside the pressure-containing envelope; C = Visual dection, cameras, or detectors with marginal coverage required Mitigation_System = Mitigation System (Such as Inventory Blowdown, Foam Spray System, and Fire Water options) required Outage_Mult = The Equipment Outage Multiplier, applied to the Outage Factors in the Component Data Table (Optional Input) Number_Of_Courses = Number of Tank Courses API 650 Tanks only Tank_Course_Height =(ft : m) Height of Course API 650 Tanks only Tank_Nominal_Diameter = (ft: m) Diamter of Tank API 650 Tanks only Equipment_Vapor_Volume = (ft3 : m3) The value for Equipment Vapor Volume computed as the sum of the component vapor volumes Equipment_Liquid_Volume = (ft3 : m3) The computed value for Equipment Liquid Volume defined as the sum of the component liquid volumes Fluid Mass = (lbm : kg) Sum of the component fluid mass Proprietary and Confidential - Equity Engineering Group, Inc.
API RBI User's Guide
Page 85 of 301 No.
Mary Buchheim Doc Response/Approved
Checked
April 2007
Rev02
File API-RBI User Guide.Doc
7.14 Unit Settings This form allows users to change default values used in the new consequence model.
7.14.1 FORM ACTIONS SAVE 1. Required fields are. Liquid_Discharge_Coefficient , Vapor_Discharge_Coefficient, Flammable_Concentration_Tot ,Calculation_Steps, Ave_Flam_Calc_Time, Ave_Toxic_Calc_Time, Tolerance_Toxic_Conc, Max_Elevation_Evaluate_Conc 2. If data entered is validated, the edited Corporation will be added to the database. 3. If validation fails the user errors are immediately displayed in the error reply message HELP View this form help screen. Proprietary and Confidential - Equity Engineering Group, Inc.
API RBI User's Guide
No.
Mary Buchheim Doc Response/Approved
Checked
Page 86 of 301
April 2007
Rev02
File API-RBI User Guide.Doc
7.14.2 FIELD HELP UNIT SETTINGS - GENERAL Atmospheric_Stability_Class = Atmospheric Stability Class. (Default = 4.0) Surface_Roughness = (ft : m) Surface Roughness Parameter for Cloud Dispersion. For typical process plants, the surface roughness parameter is 0.1. (Default = 0.1) - (optional) Wind_Velocity = (mph:kph) Ambient Wind Velocity. (Default = 8)- (optional) Reference_Wind_Height = Reference Elevation for Wind Velocity. (Default = 6) - (optional) Elevation_Of_Release = (ft : m) Elevation of Release. (Default = 0.0) - (optional) Ambient_Pressure = (psi : kPa) Ambient Pressure. (Default = 14.696) - (optional) Ambient_Temperature = (°F : °C) Ambient Temperature. (Default = 70) - (optional) Ambient_Relative_Humidity = (% : %) Ambient Relative Humidity. (Default = 75) - (optional) Probit_Limit_For_Damage = Probit Value for Fatalities and Equipment damage used in Consequence Effect Modeling. (Default = 5.0)- (optional) Radiation_Limit_Personnel = (Btu/hr-ft² : W/m²) Thermal Radiation Limit for Fatalities. (Default = 4000.0) - (optional) Radiation_Limit_Equipment = (Btu/hr-ft² : W/m²) Thermal Radiation Limit for Equipment Damage. (Default = 12000.0)- (optional) Pool_Surface_Diffusivity = (ft²/s : m²/s) Surface Thermal Diffusivity used for Pool Interaction. Typical value for concrete is 4.48E-6. (Default = 4.48E-6) - (optional) Pool_Surface_Thermal_Conduct = (Btu/hr-ft/F:W/m-C)Surface Thermal Conductivity used for Pool Interaction. Typical value for concrete is 0.532. (Default = 0.532)- (optional) Pool_Surface_Roughness = Surface Roughness Parameter for Pool Interaction. Typical value for concrete is 1.0. (Default = 1.0)- (optional) Block_Admin = Flag for Block Valves. Enter YES if there are plant administrative controls on block valves to protect against inadvertant closing, to protect against casuing an overpressure demand. (Default = NO) 7.14.3 FIELD HELP UNIT SETTINGS – SOLUTION CONTROL Liquid_Discharge_Coefficient = Crack Liquid Discharge Coefficent. (Default = 0.65)- (optional) Vapor_Discharge_Coefficient = Crack Vapor Discharge Coefficent. (Default = 0.975)- (optional) Flammable_Concentration_Tot = (%:%)Tolerance for Flammable Concentration in Cloud, % Calculation_Steps = Number of intermediate calculation steps for the cloud dispersion analyis. (Default = 2)- (optional) Ave_Flam_Calc_Time = (sec:sec) Concentration Averaging Time for Flammable Release Case. (Default = 10.0)- (optional) Ave_Toxic_Calc_Time = (sec:sec) Concentration Averaging Time for Toxic Release Case. (Default = 1800.0) - (optional) Tolerance_Toxic_Conc = (%:%) Tolerance for Toxic Concentration in Cloud, % Max_Elevation_Evaluate_Conc = (ft:m) Maximum Elevation for Evaluating the Cloud Dispersion. (Default = 500.0)- (optional)
Proprietary and Confidential - Equity Engineering Group, Inc.
API RBI User's Guide
No.
Mary Buchheim Doc Response/Approved
Checked
Page 87 of 301
April 2007
Rev02
File API-RBI User Guide.Doc
7.15 Global Component Settings This form contains the preloaded management systems modification factor and global settings for the risk analysis and inspection planning analysis, which can be varied by component. Changes made to Global Component Settings in this form effect all future components created in this Corporation. Fields that are made blank or if is chosen from a select list then this data will not be changed. Changing the Consequence Model flag from Original to New, causes the creation of new fluids to represent the fluids, Toxic Model and Toxic Percent for each component.
7.15.1 FORM ACTIONS SAVE 1. If data entered is validated, the edited Global Component Setting will be added to the database. These changes are not applied to any exising componens but will be used for all new components. 2. If validation fails the user errors are immediately displayed in the error reply message APPLY Apply the settings shown to all components but do not save these changes to the defaults set. HELP View this form help screen. CLEAR ALL Clear all input items from input fields.
Proprietary and Confidential - Equity Engineering Group, Inc.
API RBI User's Guide
No.
Mary Buchheim Doc Response/Approved
Checked
Page 88 of 301
April 2007
Rev02
File API-RBI User Guide.Doc
7.15.2 FIELD HELP Consequence Model = Flag to indicate if ORIGINAL or NEW consequence model is to be used. Default = ORIGINAL RBI_Date = (yyyy-mm-dd :yyyy-mm-dd) The Date the RBI Analysis was performed Available_External_Environment = The Environmental Driver for External Corrosion required. Management_Factor = The Management System Modification Factor (MSMF); MSMF can be specified (with an input value ranging from 0.1 to 100) or computed if not specified. The Computed value of MSMF is based on the Management Systems Evaluation Score (MS_SCORE) from Figure 8-5 in the BRD Management_Score = Score on the Management Systems Evaluation (MS_SCORE) (Optional Input with a default value = 0.0) Population_Density = (person/ft² : person/m²) Population Density, Global Setting for all Components in this Unit (Default used in Consequence & Risk Table) (Optional input with a Default value = 0.0001) Inspection_Option = There are two Inspection Options, Date and Plan. DATE derives an Inspection Date based on the specified inspection information, while PLAN derives an inspection plan based on the specified inspection Date required Plan_Date = (yyyy-mm-dd :yyyy-mm-dd) The Global Settings field for Inspection Plan Date. There are two Inspection Options, Date and Plan. DATE derives an Inspection Date based on the specified inspection information. PLAN derives an inspection plan based on the specified inspection Date. For Component_Type = HEXTUBE (Tube Bundle) only the plan option is available. Changes to this field on this form change the value shown on the Inspection Planning Form. Injury_Cost = ($ :$) The Cost for a Personnel Injury, Global Setting for all Components in this Unit (Default used in Consequence & Risk Table) (Optional input with a default value of 2,000,000.0) Environmental_Cost = ($/day :$/day) The Cost associated with Environmental Cleanup, Global Setting for all Components in this Unit (Default used in Consequence & Risk Table) (Optional input with a default value = 0.0) Equipment_Cost = ($/ft² : $/m²) The Cost for Affected Area, Global Setting for all Components in this Unit (Default used in Consequence & Risk Table) (Optional input with default value = 550.0) Production_Cost = ($/day : $/day) The Cost associated with Production Loss, Global Setting for all Components in this Unit (Default used in Consequence & Risk Table) (Optional input with a default value = 100,000.0) Inspection_Plan_Basis = Option Flag to indicate the basis for the risk measure to be used in determining the next Inspection date Financial Risk (default) or Area Risk. For Equipment_Type = Tank650 or Component_Type = Hextube, only Financial analysis is done. Area_Risk_Target = (ft²/yr : m²/yr) The Global Settings field for the Target Area Risk (the area risk for establishing a future inspection date); Target Area Risk is only used if the Inspection_Plan_Basis = area. The Target Area Risk set in the Global Settings Form is the default value. Required if inspection plan basis is area Financial_Risk_Target = ($/year :$/year) The Global Settings field for the Target Financial Risk (the financial risk for establishing a future inspection date); Target Financial Risk is only used if the Inspection_Plan_Basis = Financial (Risk Flag indicates the basis of risk measure to be used in determining the next inspection). The Target Financial Risk set in the Global Settings Form is the default value. Required if inspection plan basis is financial Bundle_Financial_Risk_Target = ($/year) User bundle financial risk tolerance. This value is used to determine the target date, i.e. the date where the calculated bundle risk exceeds the financial risk target. Max_Insp_Int = (yrs : yrs) Maximum Inspection Interval (default = 10 years) is used as an Upper Bound to the computed Inspection Interval (Optional Input) For Component_Type=HEXTUBE, the maximum inspection Interval = 25 years. Cracking_Inspection_Date = (YYYY-MM-DD :YYYY-MM-DD) Date of Cracking Inspection Turn_Around_Date_1 = (YYYY-MM-DD :YYYY-MM-DD) Turn Around Date 1 For Component_Type=HEXTUBE, this value is only used in the cost benefit analysis to make economic inspection and bundle replacement decisions. Proprietary and Confidential - Equity Engineering Group, Inc.
API RBI User's Guide
No.
Mary Buchheim Doc Response/Approved
Checked
Page 89 of 301
April 2007
Rev02
File API-RBI User Guide.Doc
Turn_Around_Date_2 = (YYYY-MM-DD :YYYY-MM-DD) Turn Around Date 2 For Component_Type=HEXTUBE, this value is only used in the cost benefit analysis to make economic inspection and bundle replacement decisions. DF_Target = Damage Factor Target
Proprietary and Confidential - Equity Engineering Group, Inc.
API RBI User's Guide
No.
Mary Buchheim Doc Response/Approved
Checked
Page 90 of 301
April 2007
Rev02
File API-RBI User Guide.Doc
7.16 Reports This form lists the available reports for the software. Data included in the report is a function of the level on the Navigation Tree. If Reports are selected at the Corporation level more data records are included than if the report is requested at the equipment level, when only data for that equipment is listed in the report. Reports have been grouped according to their purpose. Groups are all, bundle, consequence, damage, inspection planning and risk, tank.
Reports can be viewed and/or exported into MS Excel. 1. Double click on the name of the report you would like to export. 2. Click on Export Report
2.
Specify a location for the file. Proprietary and Confidential - Equity Engineering Group, Inc.
API RBI User's Guide
No.
Mary Buchheim Doc Response/Approved
Checked
7.16.1
Bundle Damage Modifier
7.16.2
Bundle Financial
Page 91 of 301
April 2007
Rev02
Proprietary and Confidential - Equity Engineering Group, Inc.
File API-RBI User Guide.Doc
API RBI User's Guide
No.
Mary Buchheim Doc Response/Approved
Checked
Page 92 of 301
April 2007
Rev02
Proprietary and Confidential - Equity Engineering Group, Inc.
File API-RBI User Guide.Doc
API RBI User's Guide
No.
Mary Buchheim Doc Response/Approved
7.16.3
Bundle Materials
7.16.4
Bundle Process
Checked
Page 93 of 301
April 2007
Rev02
Proprietary and Confidential - Equity Engineering Group, Inc.
File API-RBI User Guide.Doc
API RBI User's Guide
No.
Mary Buchheim Doc Response/Approved
Checked
Page 94 of 301
April 2007
Rev02
Proprietary and Confidential - Equity Engineering Group, Inc.
File API-RBI User Guide.Doc
API RBI User's Guide
No.
Mary Buchheim Doc Response/Approved
Checked
7.16.5
Bundle Risk
7.16.6
Check Number of Inspections
Page 95 of 301
April 2007
Rev02
Proprietary and Confidential - Equity Engineering Group, Inc.
File API-RBI User Guide.Doc
API RBI User's Guide
No.
Mary Buchheim Doc Response/Approved
Checked
Page 96 of 301
April 2007
Rev02
Proprietary and Confidential - Equity Engineering Group, Inc.
File API-RBI User Guide.Doc
API RBI User's Guide
No.
Mary Buchheim Doc Response/Approved
7.16.7
Check Thckness
7.16.8
Consequence
Checked
Page 97 of 301
April 2007
Rev02
Proprietary and Confidential - Equity Engineering Group, Inc.
File API-RBI User Guide.Doc
API RBI User's Guide
No.
Mary Buchheim Doc Response/Approved
7.16.9
Checked
Page 98 of 301
April 2007
Rev02
Corrosion Rate
Proprietary and Confidential - Equity Engineering Group, Inc.
File API-RBI User Guide.Doc
API RBI User's Guide
No.
Mary Buchheim Doc Response/Approved
Checked
7.16.10
Cracking Susceptibility
7.16.11
Damage Report
Page 99 of 301
April 2007
Rev02
Proprietary and Confidential - Equity Engineering Group, Inc.
File API-RBI User Guide.Doc
API RBI User's Guide
No.
Mary Buchheim Doc Response/Approved
Checked
7.16.12
Design & Operating Conditions
7.16.13
HIC SOHIC
Page 100 of 301
April 2007
Rev02
Proprietary and Confidential - Equity Engineering Group, Inc.
File API-RBI User Guide.Doc
API RBI User's Guide
No.
Mary Buchheim Doc Response/Approved
7.16.14
Checked
Page 101 of 301
April 2007
Rev02
File API-RBI User Guide.Doc
Import
7.16.15 Inspection Due Date – Date Option This will only show components which have been calclulated with the Date option selected.
Proprietary and Confidential - Equity Engineering Group, Inc.
API RBI User's Guide
No.
Mary Buchheim Doc Response/Approved
Checked
Page 102 of 301
April 2007
Rev02
File API-RBI User Guide.Doc
7.16.16 Inspection Due Date –Plan Option This will only show components which have been calclulated with the Plan option selected.
Proprietary and Confidential - Equity Engineering Group, Inc.
API RBI User's Guide
No.
Mary Buchheim Doc Response/Approved
7.16.17
Checked
Page 103 of 301
April 2007
Rev02
Insulated Operating Temperature
Proprietary and Confidential - Equity Engineering Group, Inc.
File API-RBI User Guide.Doc
API RBI User's Guide
No.
Mary Buchheim Doc Response/Approved
Checked
7.16.18
Inventory Group
7.16.19
Number of Thinning History
Page 104 of 301
April 2007
Rev02
Proprietary and Confidential - Equity Engineering Group, Inc.
File API-RBI User Guide.Doc
API RBI User's Guide
No.
Mary Buchheim Doc Response/Approved
Checked
7.16.20
Probability
7.16.21
Recommended Inspections
Page 105 of 301
April 2007
Rev02
Proprietary and Confidential - Equity Engineering Group, Inc.
File API-RBI User Guide.Doc
API RBI User's Guide
No.
Mary Buchheim Doc Response/Approved
7.16.22
Checked
Page 106 of 301
April 2007
Rev02
Risk
Proprietary and Confidential - Equity Engineering Group, Inc.
File API-RBI User Guide.Doc
API RBI User's Guide
No.
Mary Buchheim Doc Response/Approved
Checked
Page 107 of 301
April 2007
Rev02
File API-RBI User Guide.Doc
7.16.23 Risk Matrix Report The Risk Matrix Report summarizes the risk data in the following 3 categories: • Area Risk at Current Date • Area Risk at Future Date with out Inspections • Area Risk at Future Date with Inspections This report will only show components calculated with the Inspection Plan Basis = Area Risk
Proprietary and Confidential - Equity Engineering Group, Inc.
API RBI User's Guide
No.
Mary Buchheim Doc Response/Approved
Checked
Page 108 of 301
April 2007
Rev02
File API-RBI User Guide.Doc
7.16.24 Risk Matrix Financial Report The Risk Matrix Report summarizes the risk data for components calculated with the Inspection Plan Basis = Financial Risk in the following 3 categories: • Financial Risk at Current Date • Financial Risk with no Inspections • Financial Risk with Inspections Since the area consequence values are not available, financial breakpoints must be provided.
Proprietary and Confidential - Equity Engineering Group, Inc.
API RBI User's Guide
No.
Mary Buchheim Doc Response/Approved
7.16.25
Risk Mechanism
7.16.26
Risk Summary
Checked
Page 109 of 301
April 2007
Rev02
Proprietary and Confidential - Equity Engineering Group, Inc.
File API-RBI User Guide.Doc
API RBI User's Guide
No.
Mary Buchheim Doc Response/Approved
Checked
7.16.27
Tank Details
7.16.28
Tank Inventory Group
Page 110 of 301
April 2007
Rev02
Proprietary and Confidential - Equity Engineering Group, Inc.
File API-RBI User Guide.Doc
API RBI User's Guide
No.
Mary Buchheim Doc Response/Approved
Checked
7.16.29
Tank Bottom Supplement
7.16.30
Thinning Mechanism
Page 111 of 301
April 2007
Rev02
Proprietary and Confidential - Equity Engineering Group, Inc.
File API-RBI User Guide.Doc
API RBI User's Guide
No.
Mary Buchheim Doc Response/Approved 7.16.31
Checked
Page 112 of 301
April 2007
Rev02
Thinning Type Local
Proprietary and Confidential - Equity Engineering Group, Inc.
File API-RBI User Guide.Doc
API RBI User's Guide
No.
Mary Buchheim Doc Response/Approved
7.16.32
Toxic
7.16.33
Fluids
Checked
Page 113 of 301
April 2007
Rev02
Proprietary and Confidential - Equity Engineering Group, Inc.
File API-RBI User Guide.Doc
API RBI User's Guide
No.
Mary Buchheim Doc Response/Approved
7.16.34
Checked
Page 114 of 301
April 2007
Rev02
Inspection History Report
Proprietary and Confidential - Equity Engineering Group, Inc.
File API-RBI User Guide.Doc
API RBI User's Guide
No.
Mary Buchheim Doc Response/Approved
7.16.35
Checked
Page 115 of 301
April 2007
Rev02
Materials
Proprietary and Confidential - Equity Engineering Group, Inc.
File API-RBI User Guide.Doc
API RBI User's Guide
Page 116 of 301 No.
Mary Buchheim Doc Response/Approved
Checked
April 2007
Rev02
File API-RBI User Guide.Doc
7.17 Find This is a search for a component from the Navigation Tree. This is a single time operation. There is no find next. 1. Select Find from the right click menu at the unit level.
2.
Enter the search string. Options are : Equals, Contains, Starts With, Ends With
3.
Select Search and the navigation tree will be expanded and the first match will be selected.
Proprietary and Confidential - Equity Engineering Group, Inc.
API RBI User's Guide
No.
Mary Buchheim Doc Response/Approved
Checked
Page 117 of 301
April 2007
Rev02
File API-RBI User Guide.Doc
7.18 Import/Export Spreadsheet The import and export facility for API RBI is designed to allow users to move data out of the database, amend the data, and reinsert the data back into the database. The tool is accessed from the APIRBI application from a right click at the unit level on the Navigation Tree. The application also requires the user to enable Macros and Visual Basic Projects in MS Excel.
The software has a default configuration for the export of Fixed Equipment, Tanks, PRVs, Heat Exchanger Bundles, and Supplemental damage forms.
Proprietary and Confidential - Equity Engineering Group, Inc.
API RBI User's Guide
No.
Mary Buchheim Doc Response/Approved
Checked
Page 118 of 301
April 2007
Rev02
File API-RBI User Guide.Doc
Once a configuration has been selected the export begins.
When the export is complete, the time required is shown as well as the ok button.
To view the exported data, select view spreadsheet.
The spreadsheet will open after a few seconds to display the data. For the fixed equipment there is a spreadsheet for the basic data in the Basic sheet, information for each type of damage is included on individual sheets.
Proprietary and Confidential - Equity Engineering Group, Inc.
API RBI User's Guide
No.
Mary Buchheim Doc Response/Approved
Checked
Page 119 of 301
April 2007
Rev02
File API-RBI User Guide.Doc
To import data, use the rbiexport.xls spreadsheet to add your data. Each sheet must have Corporation, Plant, Unit, Metric Flag, Equipment, Equipment Type, Component, and Component Type in each row. Select lists are available for data items that have several prescribed selections. When you have completed your edits/additions, save and close the spreadsheet and then select Import Spreadsheet. Data will only be imported from RBIExport.xls. If there are errors in the data imported, the software will attempt to complete the import and then report any errors into an RBIError.xls spreadsheet. The row containing the erroneous data is painted yellow while the specific cell is painted green. A comment is added to the cell that contains the error message. Each sheet in the spreadsheet is independent. If you are not changing any data on a particular sheet you can delete that sheet. Do not delete the sheet named TransSheet. The top 3 rows are hidden and you cannot insert columns into the spreadsheet. If you are changing date information, prefix the date with a ‘ mark to maintain the API RBI Date format of YYYY-MM-DD. The import process produces an input file for each row on each sheet. If you are importing a significant number of components, the process may take some time.
Proprietary and Confidential - Equity Engineering Group, Inc.
API RBI User's Guide
No.
Mary Buchheim Doc Response/Approved
Checked
Page 120 of 301
April 2007
Rev02
File API-RBI User Guide.Doc
7.19 Inventory Group Table A table showing all Inventory Groups defined in the unit. Inventory Groups are a collection of equipment that can be remotely isolated from other sections of the plant in an emergency situation. Components are added to an Inventory Group from the Component Form. Inventory Group select list. Heat Exchanger Bundles are not included in Inventory Groups.
7.19.1 TABLE ACTIONS FORM VIEW 1. Right Click on the row number to activate form edit for this record. From the Form Edit View, the user can 2. edit the current record and click on OK or 3. cancel the edit with CANCEL. 4. Data entered in the Form Edit View is not validated until the SAVE button is clicked in the Table View CUT/PASTE Row Data can be copy and pasted from/into tables. Simply highlight the row you wish to copy and press CTRL-C. This places the data onto the clipboard. Move to the location for pasting. This can be any row in the current table or you can move to a different component but the same table. Place the cursor into the first cell and press CTRL-V and the data will be pasted. If you are at the last row of the table the data will be appended to the table. If data is pasted into a different table than the original table, the program will attempt to fit the data. Numerical field pasted to numerical fields will act normally. If the value being pasted appears in the destination select list, if will be preserved. If the value being pasted is from a select list and does not appear in the select list then the default value will be used. If the user wishes to just copy and paste the contents of a cell, then the user needs to place the cursor inside the cell and highlight its contents and then press CTRL-C. To paste the value put the cursor inside the cell and press CTRL-V.
Proprietary and Confidential - Equity Engineering Group, Inc.
API RBI User's Guide
No.
Mary Buchheim Doc Response/Approved
Checked
Page 121 of 301
April 2007
Rev02
File API-RBI User Guide.Doc
ADD ROW 1. Inserts a blank row into current table 2. Required fields are Inventory Group and Isolation Method SAVE 1. Required fields are Inventory Group and Isolation Method 2. Note only the highlighted row will be saved upon selecting the Save Data button 3. Select Save Data button from the action panel 4. If data passes validation the New Inventory Group will be added to the database 5. If validation fails the user errors are immediately displayed in the error reply message HELP View this form help screen. DELETE Delete current Inventory Group data from database 7.19.2 FIELD HELP Inventory_Group = The Inventory Group Name describing the group collectively. Inventory Groups are a collection of equipment that can be remotely isolated from other sections of the plant in an emergency situation. Required Isolation = Isolation System [A,B, or C (C is the default)] A – Isolation or shutdown systems activated directly from process instrumentation or detectors, with no operator intervention. B – Isolation or shutdown systems activated by operators in the control room or other suitable locations remote from the leak. C – Isolation dependent on manually operated valves. Required InvGrp_Liquid_Mass = (lbm : kg) Inventory Group Liquid Mass (lbm : kg) Inventory_Group_Comments = Analyst Comments (Optional Input) Inventory_Group_Vapor_Volume = (ft3 : m3) Inventory Group Vapor Volume (Ft3) is used In the Consequence Analysis and is computed based on the Total Equipment Vapor Volumes of all Components in the Inventory Group Inventory_Group_Liquid_Volume = (ft3 : m3) Inventory Group Liquid Volume Is used In the Consequence Analysis and is computed based on the Total Equipment Liquid Volumes of all Components in the Inventory Group InvGrp_Est_Vapor_Volume = (ft3 : m3) Estimated Inventory Group Vapor Volume (Ft3:m3) InvGrp_Est_Liquid_Volume = (ft3 : m3) Estimated Inventory Group Liquid Volume (Ft3:m3) InvGrp_Est_Liquid_Mass = (lbm : kg) Estimated Inventory Group Liquid Mass (lbm : kg)
Proprietary and Confidential - Equity Engineering Group, Inc.
API RBI User's Guide
No.
Mary Buchheim Doc Response/Approved
Checked
Page 122 of 301
April 2007
Rev02
File API-RBI User Guide.Doc
7.20 Component Form All data relevant to a Component. There are specific component forms for Tube Bundles and for Tanks. 7.20.1
GENERAL TAB
7.20.1.1 FIELD HELP – GENERAL Flow_Order_No = Process Flow Order Number (Optional Input) Component = The user name for this Component Component_Description = Analyst Description (Optional Input) Component_Type = The Component Type of the Component based upon the Equipment_Type Component_Start_Date = (yyyy-mm-dd : yyyy-mm-dd) The Service Start Date, typically the commissioning date of the unit Specified_Tmin = (in : mm) An analyst specified minimum required Wall Thickness (TMIN-Specified). The TMIN-Specified input is used in all calculations when a value GT 0 is entered (Optional Input)
Proprietary and Confidential - Equity Engineering Group, Inc.
API RBI User's Guide
No.
Mary Buchheim Doc Response/Approved
Checked
Page 123 of 301
April 2007
Rev02
File API-RBI User Guide.Doc
Calculated_Tmin = (in : mm) A computed minimum required Wall Thickness (TMIN-Calculated) used in all other calculations where the TMIN-Specified value is 0 Allowable_Stress = (psi : Mpa) The computed Component Allowable Stress Calculated MAWP = (psig : Mpa) Maximum Allowable Working Pressure Based On The Current Thickness TubeSide Calculated MAWP = (psig : Mpa) Maximum Allowable Working Pressure Based On The Current Thickness Weld_Joint_Effy = The Component Weld Joint Efficiency or Area Factor for B31.8. The default value is 0.85 (Optional Input) Calculated Weld_Joint_Effy = The Component Weld Joint Efficiency or Area Factor for B31.8. The default value is 0.85 (Optional Input) PWHT = Option Flag to indicate Post Weld Heat Treatment (PWHT) Insulation = Option Flag to indicate external insulation Heat_Tracing = Option Flag to indicate Heat Tracing (equipment is steam-traced or electric-traced – e.g. for freeze protection) Geometry_Type = A Component Geometry Type that is applicable, but limited to a given Equipment Type. Component Types include Cylinder, Elbow, Sphere, Hemi-Head, Elliptical Head, Torispherical Head, Conical Shell, or Nozzle Bend_Radius = (in : mm) The Bend Radius for Elbows or Pipe Bend. The Bend Radius is (1.5 x Component Diameter) when Component Type = “ELBOW” or “PIPE BEND,” otherwise Bend Radius is set to 0 Cone_Angle = (Deg : Deg) The Half-Apex Angle of the Conical Shell. The Half-Apex Angle of the Conical Shell is 30 when Component Type is = TOR (Torispherical), otherwise it is set to a default of 0. Half-Apex Angle of the Conical Shell must be LT 30 Crown_Radius = (in : mm) The Torispherical Head Crown Radius is used to compute a Wall Thickness. The Torispherical Head Crown Radius is only required when Component Type is = TOR (Torispherical), otherwise it is set to a default of 0. Torispherical Head Crown Radius must be GT the Component Diameter and GT the Knuckle Radius Diameter_InnerDiameter = (in : mm) A required entry for Component Diameter used to compute a Wall Thickness. The Outside Diameter is used for Piping, while the Inside Diameter is used for all other Component Types Head_Major_To_Minor_Ratio = The Elliptical Head Major-To-Minor Axis Ratio is used to compute a Wall Thickness. The Elliptical Head Major-To-Minor Axis Ratio is 2 when Component Type = ELLIPTICAL, otherwise it is set to a default of 0.0 Knuckle_Radius = (in : mm) The Torispherical Head Knuckle Radius is used to compute a Wall thickness. The Torispherical Head Knuckle Radius is only required when Component Type is = Torispherical, otherwise it is set to a default of 0. Torispherical Head Knuckle Radius must be GT 0.06*Component Diameter Length = (in : mm) Component length that is used to compute the component volume. (Optional Input) Nominal_Diameter = (in : mm) Nominal Diameter is used only in conjunction with Furnished Nominal Thickness. If the appropriate Furnished Nominal Thickness and Nominal Diameter are input, then Furnished Thickness and Component Diameter will be determined. It is a required input if Furnished Thickness = 0.0 (not specified) and Furnished Nominal Thickness is specified from choice list Furnished_Thk = (in : mm) Furnished Thickness Excluding Cladding. The Furnished Thickness is the total wall thickness at the time of equipment installation. Either Furnished Thickness or Nominal Thickness must be specified. If Furnished Thickness and Furnished Nominal Thickness are both specified, then Furnished Thickness will be used in the calculations The default value is 1.0 Nominal_Thickness = (in :mm) Furnished Nominal Thickness Excluding Designation. If specified, this Thickness Designation will be used to determine Furnished Thickness. Either Furnished Thickness or Furnished Nominal Thickness must be specified. If Furnished Thickness and Furnished Nominal Thickness are both specified, then Furnished Thickness will be used in the calculations Proprietary and Confidential - Equity Engineering Group, Inc.
API RBI User's Guide
No.
Mary Buchheim Doc Response/Approved
Checked
Page 124 of 301
April 2007
Rev02
File API-RBI User Guide.Doc
Corrosion_Allow = (in : mm) The thickness allotted to account for corrosion. (Optional Input) Default_Matl_Mult = Base Material Cost Multiplier relative to Carbon Steel. The default value is 1.0 BM_Spec = Base Material Specification list based on the Construction Code selected BM_Grade = Base Material Grade based on the Construction Code selected BM_Year = Base Material Year based on the Construction Code selected BM_UNS = Base Material UNS based on the Construction Code selected BM_CCT = Base Material Class Condition Temper based on the Construction Code selected BM_S_T = Base Material Size/Thickness based on the Construction Code selected BM_GM = Base Material Generic Material Classification Furnished_Cladding_Thk = (in :mm) The Furnished Cladding or Overlay Thickness is the total Wall Thickness at the time of equipment installation (Optional Input) CM_Spec = Cladding/Overlay Material Specification list based on the Construction Code selected CM_Grade = Cladding/Overlay Material Grade based on the Construction Code selected CM_Year = Cladding/Overlay Material Year based on the Construction Code selected CM_UNS = Cladding/Overlay Material UNS based on the Construction Code selected CM_CCT = Cladding/Overlay Material Class Condition Temper based on the Construction Code selected CM_S_T = Cladding/Overlay Material Size/Thickness based on the Construction Code selected CM_GM = Base Material Generic Material Classification Component_Comments = Analyst Comments (Optional Input) Available_Inventory_Group = List of available Inventory_Group names for selection in the Component Form Area = Grouping field 7.20.1.2 Inventory Groups • • • • •
Component must be assigned to an Inventory Group. Available Inventory Groups are displayed in the select list of already created Inventory Groups. When the Create Inventory Group hyperlink all of the inventory groups are shown in a table format. A new group can be created by using the Add Row button and adding the required data. Data can be modified for an existing inventory group by selecting the row and changing the data. Caution if the data on the form is changed, but the name of the inventory group is not changed then, all components assigned to this inventory group have had data changed also.
Proprietary and Confidential - Equity Engineering Group, Inc.
API RBI User's Guide
Page 125 of 301 No.
Mary Buchheim Doc Response/Approved
Checked
April 2007
File API-RBI User Guide.Doc
Rev02
7.20.1.3 CHOICE LIST DEPENDENCIES • • •
PIPE
The permissible Component Types are a function of the Equipment Type Table 1. The permissible Geometry Types are a function of the Equipment Type Table 2. The geometry parameters that are listed on the component form are a function of Equipment Type and the Geometry Type are a function of the Equipment Type Table 3.
TUBE/NS PIPE PIPE-1 PIPE-2 PIPE-4 PIPE-6 PIPE-8 PIPE-10 PIPE-12 PIPE-16
Table 1 Permissible Component Types for Each Equipment Type HEAT VESSEL COMPRESSOR PUMP TANK 650 EXCHANGER COLTOP HEXSS COMPC PUMP1S TANKBOTTOM COLMID HEXTS COMPR PUMP2S COURSE 1 – 10 COLBTM HEXTUBE --PUMPR DRUM --------FILTER --------FINFAN --------KODRUM --------REACTOR ---------
PRD Equipment PIPE-1 PIPE-2 PIPE-4 PIPE-6 PIPE-8 PIPE-10 PIPE-12 PIPE-16
PIPE-1 PIPE-2 PIPE-4 PIPE-6 PIPE-8 PIPE-10 PIPE-12 PIPE-16 PIPE PIPE GT 16 ----------PIPE GT 16 GT 16 --------------COLMID --------------DRUM --------------REACTOR Notes: The Component Type is used to determine parameters stored in the Component Form, these parameters are sent to the FORTRAN calculation routine Note that Equipment Type=PIPE BEND has been deleted, a pipe bend or elbow is now address by using Equipment Type=PIPE with Geometry Type=ELB Table 2 Permissible Geometry Types for Each Equipment Type PIPE
TUBE/NS PIPE CYL ELB -------------
VESSEL/FINFAN
HEAT EXCHANGER
COMPRESSOR
PUMP
TANK 650
PRD EQUIPMENT CYL
CYL CYL CYL CYL CYL CYL ELB ELB ELB ----PLATE--SPH SPH --------HEM HEM --------ELL ELL --------TOR TOR --------CON CON --------NOZ NOZ ------Notes: The Component Type is used to determine parameters stored in the Component Form, these parameters are sent to the FORTRAN calculation routine
Proprietary and Confidential - Equity Engineering Group, Inc.
API RBI User's Guide
No.
Mary Buchheim Doc Response/Approved
Geometry Type
CYL
ELB
SPH
HEM
ELL
TOR
CON
NOZ PLATE
Checked
Page 126 of 301
April 2007
Rev02
File API-RBI User Guide.Doc
Table 3 Geometry Parameters based on Equipment Type and Geometry Type Equipment Type TUBE/N HEAT PIPE VESSEL COMPRESSOR PUMP TANK 650 S PIPE EXCHANGER Diameter Diameter Diameter Diameter Diameter Diameter (ID) Diameter (ID) (OD) (ID) (ID) (ID) (ID) Length Length Length Length Length Length Height Volume Volume Volume Volume Volume Volume Volume Diameter Diameter Diameter Diameter (ID) (OD) (ID) (ID) Length ------Length Length Length Volume Volume Volume Volume Diameter Diameter (ID) ----------(ID) Volume Volume Diameter Diameter (ID) ----------(ID) Volume Volume Diameter Diameter (ID) (ID) Major-toMajor-to----Minor Axis ------Minor Axis Ratio Ratio Volume Volume Diameter Diameter (ID) (ID) Crown Crown Radius ----(IR) -------Radius Knuckle (IR) Knuckle Volume Volume Diameter Diameter (ID) (ID) Length Length ----------Cone Cone Angle Volume Angle Volume Diameter Diameter (ID) (ID) Length ----------Length Volume Volume ------------Diameter
Proprietary and Confidential - Equity Engineering Group, Inc.
PRD EQUIPMENT Diameter(ID) Length Volume
---
---
---
---
---
---
---
---
API RBI User's Guide
No.
Mary Buchheim Doc Response/Approved
Checked
Page 127 of 301
April 2007
Rev02
File API-RBI User Guide.Doc
7.20.1.4 SELECTING BASE AND/OR CLADDING MATERIALS 1. If Thickness is Input a Base Material Must Be Selected 2. Select the Get BM Matl. Button to Access the Materials DataBase 3. Design Code MUST Match Equipment Design Code 4. Select Specific Material From the BM Design Code List Click OK 5. Base Material Has to be Saved and Refreshed before the Material:Base Field Elements will be Updated 6. Base Material must be added before a cladding material is added. 7. Selecting a Cladding Material uses the Same Procedure as Selecting a Base Material
Proprietary and Confidential - Equity Engineering Group, Inc.
API RBI User's Guide
No.
Mary Buchheim Doc Response/Approved
7.20.2
Checked
Page 128 of 301
April 2007
Rev02
File API-RBI User Guide.Doc
GENERAL TAB – TUBE BUNDLE
7.20.2.1 FIELD HELP – TUBE BUNDLE Flow_Order_No = Process Flow Order Number (Optional Input) Component = The user name for this Component Component_Description = Analyst Description (Optional Input) Component_Type = The Component Type of the Component based upon the Equipment_Type Activate = Option to utilize this bundle's data as part of pof/weibull calculation. In most cases, this flag should be set to Yes, however, there are some cases where a specific bundle's inspection history is not usable and therefore should not become part of the reliability database. Bundle_Status = Select active or inactive. Active Bundles are those bundles currently in service. All calculations are provided for active bundles. Inactive bundles are past bundles that have been removed from service. These bundles appear on the navigation tree, however, risk calculations are not performed for these bundles. Failure data for these bundles are included in the local reliability database and form the basis for the pof/weibull calculations.Note that the local reliability database can be supplemented with a seed database. Access to the seed database is controlled by the user's licensing options for the program. Bundle_Install_Date = (yyyy-mm-dd : yyyy-mm-dd) The Date the bundle was installed in the exchanger. Note that this is the install date for the active bundle not necessarily the original install date for the exchanger.
Proprietary and Confidential - Equity Engineering Group, Inc.
API RBI User's Guide
No.
Mary Buchheim Doc Response/Approved
Checked
Page 129 of 301
April 2007
Rev02
File API-RBI User Guide.Doc
Exchanger_Type = Type of service for Bundle. Select from: Comp Discharge & Interstage Coolers, HSRG/Waste Heat Boiler, HT Feed/Effluent Exchanger, Liquid Steam Heater, Liquid/Liquid Heat Exchanger, Lube Oil/Seal Oil Exchanger, Process Liquid Water Cooler, Product Cooler, Reheater, Steam Generator, Steam Reboiler, Vapor Condenser, Vapor Cooler, Vapor Steam Heater, Vaporizer, Vapor/Vapor Heat Exchanger Orientation = Select heat exchanger orientation: horizontal or vertical TEMA_Type = Select type of TEMA Heat Exchanger. Select type of TEMA Heat Exchanger. Select from: Unknown, AEL, AES, AET, AEU, AGS, AGU, AHS, AHU, AJS, AJU, AKT, AKU, BEM, BEU, BFU, BJU, BKU, BXU, CEN, CEU, CFU, NEN, NKN, Brown Fintube, Plate & Frame Shell Diameter = (in:mm) Diameter of Shell. This value along with tube length and tube metallurgy is used to estimate the cost of the tube bundle if bundle cost is not entered on the component setting tab. Number_Of_Passes = Number of tubeside passes. Tube_Type = Type of Tube used in bundle Options are: Plain, Internal Finned Tube, External Finned Tube, Twisted Tube Tube_Quantity = Number of tubes. Note for U-tube bundles this is the number of straight tubes, (ie number of holes in the tubesheet.) Tube OD = (in : mm) Outside Diameter of Tubes Length = (ft : M) Component length that is used to compute the component volume. (Optional Input) See Geometry Parameters for more details For tube bundles (component_type = HEXTUBE) enter the straight length of the tube. This value along with shell diameter and tube metallurgy is used to estimate the cost of the tube bundle if bundle cost is not entered on the component setting tab. Tube_Coating = Select the location of any tube coatings. This is only used as a matching criteria for the reliability databases. Select from: None, ID, OD, Both U-Tube PWHT = Option Flag to indicate Post Weld Heat Treatment (PWHT) For tube bundles, component_type = HEXTUBE, this is only used as a matching criteria for the reliability databases. Furnished_Thickness = (in : mm) Furnished Thickness Excluding Cladding. The Furnished Thickness is the total wall thickness at the time of equipment installation. Either Furnished Thickness or Nominal Thickness must be specified. If Furnished Thickness and Furnished Nominal Thickness are both specified, then Furnished Thickness will be used in the calculations For component_type = HEXTUBE, use the table below and enter the tube thickness. This is only used as a matching criteria for the reliability databases. BWG Thickness (in.) Thickness (mm) 8
0.165
4.191
10
0.134
3.404
11
0.120
3.048
12
0.109
2.769
13
0.095
2.413
14
0.083
2.108
16
0.065
1.651
18
0.049
1.245
20
0.035
0.889
Tube_Material_Spec = Tube Material Spec. This is only used as a matching criteria for the reliability databases. Select from: Unknown, SA-106-B, SA-179, SA-199-T11, SA-199-T5, SA-213-T5, SA-213-T9, SA-213-T11, SA-213-TP304, SA-213-TP316, SA-213-TP316L, SA-214, SA-249-TP304, SA-249-TP316, SA-268-TP430, SB-111
Proprietary and Confidential - Equity Engineering Group, Inc.
API RBI User's Guide
No.
Mary Buchheim Doc Response/Approved
Checked
Page 130 of 301
April 2007
Rev02
File API-RBI User Guide.Doc
Tube_Material = Generic Tube Material. This is only used as a matching criteria for the reliability databases. Select from Unknown, 1.25Cr, 12Cr,1Cr, 2.25Cr, 2205 Duplex SS, 2304 Duplex SS, 2507 Duplex SS, 304/309/310, 304L/321/347, 316, 316L, 317L, 410SS, 430 SS, 439 SS, 444 SS, 5Cr, 70/30 CuNi, 90/10 CuNi, 904L, 9Cr, AL6XN/254 SMO, Admiralty Brass, Alloy 20Cb3, Alloy 600, Alloy 625, Alloy 800, Alloy 825, Alloy C276, Aluminum Alloy, Aluminum Brass, Bimetallic, C-1/2 Mo, Carbon Steel, Ceramic, Ferralium 255, Monel 400, Muntz, Nickel 200, Plastic, Red Brass, Sea-Cure/E-Brite, Titanium Gr. 12, Titanium Gr. 16, Titanium Gr. 2, Zeron 100, Zirconium Alloy, Other TSHT_Material_Spec = Tubesheet Material Spec. This is only used as a matching criteria for the reliability databases. Select from : Unknown, SA-105-II, SA-105-N, SA-182-F1, SA-182-F11, SA-182-F22, SA-182-F304, SA-182-F316, SA-182-F5, SA-182-F9, SA-204-B, SA-212-B FBX, SA-240-316L, SA-240TP304, SA-240-TP321, SA-266-II, SA-285-C, SA-350-LF2, SA-515-70, SA-516-70, SA-675-70, SB-171, TSHT_Material = Generic Tubesheet Material. This is only used as a matching criteria for the reliability databases. Select from : Unknown, 1.25Cr, 12Cr, 1Cr, 2.25 Cr, 2205 Duplex SS, 304/309/310, 304L/321/347, 316, 316L, 317L, 410SS, 430SS, 439 SS, 5Cr, 70/30 CuNi, 90/10 CuNi, 904L, 9Cr, AL6XN, Admiralty Brass, Alloy 20Cb3, Alloy 600, Alloy 625, Alloy 800, Alloy 825, Alloy C276, Aluminum Alloy, Aluminum Brass, C-1/2 Mo, Carbon Steel, Ceramic, Copper-other, Monel 400, Muntz, Nickel 200, Other, Plastic, Red Brass, Titanium Gr. 2, Zirconium Alloy T_Cladding_Material = Generic Tubesheet Cladding Material. This is only used as a matching criteria for the reliability databases. Select from : Unknown, NoneCarbon Steel,C-1/2 Mo,1Cr,1.25Cr,2.25Cr,5Cr,9Cr,12Cr,304L/321/347,304/309/310,316L,317L,2205 Duplex SS,2304 Duplex SS,2507 Duplex SS,Alloy 20Cb3,904L,AL6XN,430 SS,439 SS,Sea-Cure/E-Brite,Admiralty Brass,Aluminum Brass,Red Brass,90/10 CuNi,70/30 CuNi,Copper-Other,Monel 400,Alloy 800,Alloy 825,Alloy 600,Alloy 625,Alloy C276,Nickel 200,Titanium Gr. 2,Titanium Gr. 12,Titanium Gr. 16,Aluminum Alloy,Zirconium Alloy,Non-Metallic Coating,Plastic,Other Impingement_Plate = Flag to indicated presence of impingment plate: Unknown, Yes, No Found on TEMA datasheet Tube_Joint_Design = Select tube joint design : Unknown, Rolled, Seal Welded, Strength Welded Baffle_Type = Type of Baffle. Options are: Unknown, Single Segmental, Double segmental, Triple segmental, Rod Baffle
Proprietary and Confidential - Equity Engineering Group, Inc.
API RBI User's Guide
No.
Mary Buchheim Doc Response/Approved
7.20.3
Checked
Page 131 of 301
April 2007
Rev02
Operating Condition Tab - Original Consequence Model
Proprietary and Confidential - Equity Engineering Group, Inc.
File API-RBI User Guide.Doc
API RBI User's Guide
No.
Mary Buchheim Doc Response/Approved
7.20.4
Checked
Page 132 of 301
April 2007
Rev02
File API-RBI User Guide.Doc
Operating Condition Tab - New Consequence Model
7.20.4.1 Field Help -Operating Conditions Tab Operating_Conditions = A brief descriptive name input by the user that identifies this set of Operating Conditions, for example: Normal, High Temperature, Low Temperature, High Pressure, Low Pressure required Operating_Pressure = (psig : MPa) Normal pressure for the conditions. Operating Pressure is used in calculations. If it is not provided Design Pressure used. required Operating_Temperature = (°F : °C) Normal Operating Temperature for the conditions. The default is 70.0 F. Operating Temperature is used in calculations. If it is not provided Design Temperature is used. required Minimum_Temperature = (°F : °C) Minimum Operating Temperature Under Normal, Startup, Shutdown, Or Upset Conditions. The Normal Operating Temperature is the default value Maximum_Temperature = (°F : °C) Maximum Operating Temperature Under Normal, Startup, Shutdown, Or Upset Conditions Steam_Out = Option Flag to indicate Steam Out (equipment has been steamed-out prior to water flushing to remove residual caustic) required Process_Fluid = Fluid Model Identification (Such as C1-C2, C3-C4, ACID-LP, H2, H2S, EO, CO, etc.) required Initial_Fluid_Phase = Fluid Steady-State Operating Phase [Gas (default), Liquid, or Powder] required Original Consequence Model Only Fluid_Velocity = (ft/sec : m/sec) Fluid Velocity (Optional Input) Hydrogen_Partial_Pres = (psig : MPa) Hydrogen Partial Pressure is only used for assessment of High Temperature Hydrogen Attack (HTHA) required Toxic_Model = Toxic Model Identification (Such as H2S, HF, AMMONIA, CL, EO, PO, NO2, HCL, TDI, etc.) required Original Consequence Model Only Proprietary and Confidential - Equity Engineering Group, Inc.
API RBI User's Guide
No.
Mary Buchheim Doc Response/Approved
Checked
Page 133 of 301
April 2007
Rev02
File API-RBI User Guide.Doc
Percent_Toxic = Percentage Of Toxic Fluid In Operating Stream (%) (Optional Input) Original Consequence Model Only Toxic_Duration = (min : min) The specified Duration of Toxic Release Event is used if it is GT 0.0, otherwise, it is computed using Paragraph 7.9.5.3 of the BRD (Minutes) Original Consequence Model Only Operating_Conditions_Comments = Analyst comments (Optional Input)
Proprietary and Confidential - Equity Engineering Group, Inc.
API RBI User's Guide
No.
Mary Buchheim Doc Response/Approved
7.20.5
Checked
Page 134 of 301
April 2007
Rev02
File API-RBI User Guide.Doc
Operating Condition Tab – Tube Bundle
7.20.5.1 Field Help -Operating Conditions Tab –Tube Bundle TS_Process_Unit = This is only used as a matching criteria for the reliability databases. In general, tubeside and shellside process units will be the same. However, in tighly integrated units, tubeside and shellside units may be different. Additionally, there are some instances, such as when the user wants to track bundles in a cooling water system, where different process units may be entered. Select from: Unknown, Amine Regeneration, Amine Treating, Aromatics Recovery (Solvent Extraction/Toluene Dealkylation), Catalytic Reforming (CCR), Catalytic Reforming (Fixed Bed), Caustic Treating (Merox), Crude Distillation Unit, Cumene, Delayed Coker, Distillate Fractionator, Fluid Coker, Dimersol, Ether Plant (MTBE/TAME), Fluid Catalytic Cracking, Sat Gas Plant, Unsat Gas Plant (FCC GasCon), Gas Separation (nitrogen/oxygen), HF Alkylation, Hydrotreater (Desulferizer/Hydrocracker 1st Stage), Hydrocracker (2st Stage), Hydrogen Reforming, Isomerization, LPG Refrigeration, Lube Plant, Polymerization, Partial Oxidation, Selective Hydrogenation Unit (SHU), Sour Water Stripper, Sulfolane, Sulfur Recovery Unit, Sulfuric Acid Alkylation, Sulfuric Acid Plant, Tail Gas Treater (SCOT/Stretford/Wellman-Lord/others), Thermal cracking (Visbreaker), Vacuum Unit, Cooling Tower Water, Cooling Water - other TS_Operating_Pressure = (psig : MPa) Tubeside Operating Pressure TS_Inlet_Temperature = (°F : °C) Tubeside Inlet Temperature TS_Outlet_Temperature = (°F : °C) Tubeside Outlet Temperature Proprietary and Confidential - Equity Engineering Group, Inc.
API RBI User's Guide
No.
Mary Buchheim Doc Response/Approved
Checked
Page 135 of 301
April 2007
Rev02
File API-RBI User Guide.Doc
TS_Fluid_Name = Tubeside Fluid Select from all original fluids as well as fluids defined with the fluid designer TS_Fluid_Category = Select from :Unknown, Light crude feed,Heavy crude feed, Crude tower overheads, Hydrogen, Fuel gas (ethane/methane/LNG), Ethylene, Syngas, LPG (propane/butane), Olefins (propylene/butylene/amylene), Gasoline (naphtha/pentane/hexane/heptane/LSR/Polymerate/hydrocrackate/isomerate/reformate/alkylate) , Ethers (MTBE/TAME), Alcohols (methanol/ethanol), Light Distillate (Kero/#1 oil/Jet), Medium Distillate (Diesel/LGO/LCO/#3 oil/coker gas oil), Heavy Distillate (AGO/HGO/HCO), Atmospheric resid, Lube oil (seal oil), Vacuum residue (#6 Oil/Bunker), Visbreaker residue (FCC Slurry/MF bottoms), Sludge (API Separator Btms), Rich Amine, Lean Amine, Benfield or other non-amine based acid gas removal, Sour Water, Tempered water/non-corrosive liquid, BFW, Steam/Condensate, Caustic Solution, Spent Caustic, Acid Gas (Tail Gas), Sulfur Liquid, H2S, Hydrofluoric Acid, Sulfuric Acid, Phosphoric Acid", Other Acid, Cooling Tower Water- corrosive, Cooling Tower Water- non-corrosive, River water, Well water, Brackish water, Sea water, Waste Water, Inert Gas, Air, CO2 TS_Fluid_Phase = Tubeside Fluid phase : Unknown, Gas, Liquid, Two Phase TS_Calculated_Phase = % Liquid as calculated for the specific fluid composition, at the Operating Temperature and Pressure TS_Fouling_Severity Measure of the propensity of the Tubeside fluid to foul. Select from : Unknown, None, Mild, Moderate, Severe TS_Design_Tube_Velocity = (ft/sec : m/sec) Fluid Velocity. This is only used as a matching criteria for the reliability databases. SS_Process_Unit = This is only used as a matching criteria for the reliability databases. In general, tubeside and shellside process units will be the same. However, in tighly integrated units, tubeside and shellside units may be different. Additionally, there are some instances, such as when the user wants to track bundles in a cooling water system, where different process units may be entered. Select from: Unknown, Amine Regeneration, Amine Treating, Aromatics Recovery (Solvent Extraction/Toluene Dealkylation), Catalytic Reforming (CCR), Catalytic Reforming (Fixed Bed), Caustic Treating (Merox), Crude Distillation Unit, Cumene, Delayed Coker, Distillate Fractionator, Fluid Coker, Dimersol, Ether Plant (MTBE/TAME), Fluid Catalytic Cracking, Sat Gas Plant, Unsat Gas Plant (FCC GasCon), Gas Separation (nitrogen/oxygen), HF Alkylation, Hydrotreater (Desulferizer/Hydrocracker 1st Stage), Hydrocracker (2st Stage), Hydrogen Reforming, Isomerization, LPG Refrigeration, Lube Plant, Polymerization, Partial Oxidation, Selective Hydrogenation Unit (SHU), Sour Water Stripper, Sulfolane, Sulfur Recovery Unit, Sulfuric Acid Alkylation, Sulfuric Acid Plant, Tail Gas Treater (SCOT/Stretford/Wellman-Lord/others), Thermal cracking (Visbreaker), Vacuum Unit, Cooling Tower Water, Cooling Water - other SS_Operating_Pressure = (psig : MPa) Shellside Operating Pressure SS_Inlet_Temperature = (°F : °C) Shellside Inlet Temperature SS_Outlet_Temperature = (°F : °C) Shellside Outlet Temperature SS_Fluid_Name = Shellside Fluid Select from all original fluids as well as fluids defined with the fluid designer SS_Fluid_Category = Select from :Unknown, Light crude feed,Heavy crude feed, Crude tower overheads, Hydrogen, Fuel gas (ethane/methane/LNG), Ethylene, Syngas, LPG (propane/butane), Olefins (propylene/butylene/amylene), Gasoline (naphtha/pentane/hexane/heptane/LSR/Polymerate/hydrocrackate/isomerate/reformate/alkylate) , Ethers (MTBE/TAME), Alcohols (methanol/ethanol), Light Distillate (Kero/#1 oil/Jet), Medium Distillate (Diesel/LGO/LCO/#3 oil/coker gas oil), Heavy Distillate (AGO/HGO/HCO), Atmospheric resid, Lube oil (seal oil), Vacuum residue (#6 Oil/Bunker), Visbreaker residue (FCC Slurry/MF bottoms), Sludge (API Separator Btms), Rich Amine, Lean Amine, Benfield or other non-amine based acid gas removal, Sour Water, Tempered water/non-corrosive liquid, BFW, Steam/Condensate, Caustic Solution, Spent Caustic, Acid Gas (Tail Gas), Sulfur Liquid, H2S, Hydrofluoric Acid, Sulfuric Acid, Phosphoric Acid", Other Acid, Cooling Tower Water- corrosive, Cooling Tower Water- non-corrosive, River water, Well water, Brackish water, Sea water, Waste Water, Inert Gas, Air, CO2 SS_Fluid_Phase = Shellside Fluid phase : Unknown, Gas, Liquid, Two Phase Proprietary and Confidential - Equity Engineering Group, Inc.
API RBI User's Guide
No.
Mary Buchheim Doc Response/Approved
Checked
Page 136 of 301
April 2007
Rev02
File API-RBI User Guide.Doc
SS_Calculated_Phase = % Liquid as calculated for the specific fluid composition, at the Operating Temperature and Pressure SS_Fouling_Severity = Measure of the propensity of the Shellside fluid to foul. Select from : Unknown, None, Mild, Moderate, Severe SS_Design_Tube_Velocity = (ft/sec : m/sec) Fluid Velocity. This is only used as a matching criteria for the reliability databases.
Proprietary and Confidential - Equity Engineering Group, Inc.
API RBI User's Guide
No.
Mary Buchheim Doc Response/Approved
7.20.6
Checked
Page 137 of 301
April 2007
Rev02
File API-RBI User Guide.Doc
Operating Condition Tab – Tank
7.20.7 Field Help -Operating Conditions Tab - Tank Tank_OMFH = (ft : m) Tank Operating Fill Height Tank_OSG = Tank Operating Specific Gravity Operating_Temperature = (°F : °C) Normal Operating Temperature for the conditions. The default is 70.0 F. Operating Temperature is used in calculations. If it is not provided Design Temperature is used. required Minimum_Temperature = (°F : °C) Minimum Operating Temperature Under Normal, Startup, Shutdown, Or Upset Conditions. The Normal Operating Temperature is the default value Maximum_Temperature = (°F : °C) Maximum Operating Temperature Under Normal, Startup, Shutdown, Or Upset Conditions Steam_Out = Option Flag to indicate Steam Out (equipment has been steamed-out prior to water flushing to remove residual caustic) required Process_Fluid = Fluid Model Identification (Such as C1-C2, C3-C4, ACID-LP, H2, H2S, EO, CO, etc.) required Initial_Fluid_Phase = Fluid Steady-State Operating Phase [Gas (default), Liquid, or Powder] required Fluid_Velocity = (ft/sec : m/sec) Fluid Velocity (Optional Input) Hydrogen_Partial_Pres = (psig : MPa) Hydrogen Partial Pressure is only used for assessment of High Temperature Hydrogen Attack (HTHA) required Toxic_Model = Toxic Model Identification (Such as H2S, HF, AMMONIA, CL, EO, PO, NO2, HCL, TDI, etc.) required Percent_Toxic = Percentage Of Toxic Fluid In Operating Stream (%) (Optional Input) Toxic_Duration = (min : min) The specified Duration of Toxic Release Event is used if it is GT 0.0, otherwise, it is computed using Paragraph 7.9.5.3 of the BRD (Minutes) Operating_Conditions_Comments = Analyst comments (Optional Input)
Proprietary and Confidential - Equity Engineering Group, Inc.
API RBI User's Guide
No.
Mary Buchheim Doc Response/Approved
7.20.8
Checked
Page 138 of 301
April 2007
Rev02
File API-RBI User Guide.Doc
Component Settings Tab
7.20.9 Field Help - Component Settings Tab Consequence_Modeler_Flag = Flag to indicate if ORIGINAL or NEW consequence model is to be used. Default = ORIGINAL. Changing the Consequence Model flag from Original to New, causes the creation of new fluids to represent the fluids, Toxic Model and Toxic Percent for each component. RBI_Date = (yyyy-mm-dd :yyyy-mm-dd) The Date the RBI Analysis was performed Component_Setting = The unique description of this component or global setting required Available_External_Environment = The Environmental Driver for External Corrosion required Management_Factor = The Management System Modification Factor (MSMF); MSMF can be specified (with an input value ranging from 0.1 to 100) or computed if not specified. The Computed value of MSMF is based on the Management Systems Evaluation Score (MS_SCORE) from Figure 8-5 in the BRD Management_Score = Score on the Management Systems Evaluation (MS_SCORE) (Optional Input with a default value = 0.0) Population_Density = (person/ft² : person/m²) Population Density, Global Setting for all Components in this Unit (Default used in Consequence & Risk Table) (Optional input with a Default value = 0.0001) Inspection_Option = There are two Inspection Options, Date and Plan. DATE derives an Inspection Date based on the specified inspection information, while PLAN derives an inspection plan based on the specified inspection Date required Plan_Date = (yyyy-mm-dd :yyyy-mm-dd) The Global Settings field for Inspection Plan. Injury_Cost = ($ :$) The Cost for a Personnel Injury, Global Setting for all Components in this Unit (Default used in Consequence & Risk Table) (Optional input with a default value of 2,000,000.0) Environmental_Cost = ($/day :$/day) The Cost associated with Environmental Cleanup, Global Setting for all Components in this Unit (Default used in Consequence & Risk Table) (Optional input with a default value = 0.0) Equipment_Cost = ($/ft² : $/m²) The Cost for Affected Area, Global Setting for all Components in this Unit (Default used in Consequence & Risk Table) (Optional input with default value = 550.0) Proprietary and Confidential - Equity Engineering Group, Inc.
API RBI User's Guide
No.
Mary Buchheim Doc Response/Approved
Checked
Page 139 of 301
April 2007
Rev02
File API-RBI User Guide.Doc
Production_Cost = ($/day : $/day) The Cost associated with Production Loss, Global Setting for all Components in this Unit (Default used in Consequence & Risk Table) (Optional input with a default value = 100,000.0) Analysis_Modification = Brief Description of Analysis Modification Inspection_Plan_Basis = Option Flag to indicate the basis for the risk measure to be used in determining the next Inspection date [Financial Risk (default) or Area Risk] required Area_Risk_Target = (ft²/yr : m²/yr) The Global Settings field for the Target Area Risk (the area risk for establishing a future inspection date); Target Area Risk is only used if the Inspection_Plan_Basis = area. The Target Area Risk set in the Global Settings Form is the default value. Required if inspection plan basis is area Financial_Risk_Target = ($/year :$/year) The Global Settings field for the Target Financial Risk (the financial risk for establishing a future inspection date); Target Financial Risk is only used if the Inspection_Plan_Basis = Financial (Risk Flag indicates the basis of risk measure to be used in determining the next inspection). The Target Financial Risk set in the Global Settings Form is the default value. Required if inspection plan basis is financial Max_Insp_Int = (yrs : yrs) Maximum Inspection Interval (default = 10 years) is used as an Upper Bound to the computed Inspection Interval (Optional Input) For Component_Type=HEXTUBE, the maximum inspection Interval = 25 years. Turn_Around_Date_1 = (YYYY-MM-DD :YYYY-MM-DD) Turn Around Date 1 For Component_Type=HEXTUBE, this value is only used in the cost benefit analysis to make economic inspection and bundle replacement decisions. Turn_Around_Date_2 = (YYYY-MM-DD :YYYY-MM-DD) Turn Around Date 2 For Component_Type=HEXTUBE, this value is only used in the cost benefit analysis to make economic inspection and bundle replacement decisions. DF_Target = Damage Factor Target
Proprietary and Confidential - Equity Engineering Group, Inc.
API RBI User's Guide
No.
Mary Buchheim Doc Response/Approved
7.20.10
Checked
Page 140 of 301
April 2007
Rev02
File API-RBI User Guide.Doc
Component Settings Tab – Tank
7.20.11 Field Help - Component Settings Tab – Tank Consequence_Modeler_Flag = Flag to indicate if ORIGINAL or NEW consequence model is to be used. Default = ORIGINAL. For tank components only the ORIGINAL consequence model can be used. RBI_Date = (yyyy-mm-dd :yyyy-mm-dd) The Date the RBI Analysis was performed Available_External_Environment = The Environmental Driver for External Corrosion required Management_Factor = The Management System Modification Factor (MSMF); MSMF can be specified (with an input value ranging from 0.1 to 100) or computed if not specified. The Computed value of MSMF is based on the Management Systems Evaluation Score (MS_SCORE) from Figure 8-5 in the BRD Management_Score = Score on the Management Systems Evaluation (MS_SCORE) (Optional Input with a default value = 0.0) Population_Density = (person/ft² : person/m²) Population Density, Global Setting for all Components in this Unit (Default used in Consequence & Risk Table) (Optional input with a Default value = 0.0001) Inspection_Option = There are two Inspection Options, Date and Plan. DATE derives an Inspection Date based on the specified inspection information, while PLAN derives an inspection plan based on the specified inspection Date required Plan_Date = (yyyy-mm-dd :yyyy-mm-dd) The Global Settings field for Inspection Plan. Injury_Cost = ($ :$) The Cost for a Personnel Injury, Global Setting for all Components in this Unit (Default used in Consequence & Risk Table) (Optional input with a default value of 2,000,000.0) Environmental_Cost = ($/day :$/day) The Cost associated with Environmental Cleanup, Global Setting for all Components in this Unit (Default used in Consequence & Risk Table) (Optional input with a default value = 0.0) Equipment_Cost = ($/ft² : $/m²) The Cost for Affected Area, Global Setting for all Components in this Unit (Default used in Consequence & Risk Table) (Optional input with default value = 550.0) Proprietary and Confidential - Equity Engineering Group, Inc.
API RBI User's Guide
No.
Mary Buchheim Doc Response/Approved
Checked
Page 141 of 301
April 2007
Rev02
File API-RBI User Guide.Doc
Production_Cost = ($/day : $/day) The Cost associated with Production Loss, Global Setting for all Components in this Unit (Default used in Consequence & Risk Table) (Optional input with a default value = 100,000.0) Analysis_Modification = Brief Description of Analysis Modification Inspection_Plan_Basis = Option Flag to indicate the basis for the risk measure to be used in determining the next Inspection date [Financial Risk (default) or Area Risk] required Area_Risk_Target = (ft²/yr : m²/yr) The Global Settings field for the Target Area Risk (the area risk for establishing a future inspection date); Target Area Risk is only used if the Inspection_Plan_Basis = area. The Target Area Risk set in the Global Settings Form is the default value. Required if inspection plan basis is area Financial_Risk_Target = ($/year :$/year) The Global Settings field for the Target Financial Risk (the financial risk for establishing a future inspection date); Target Financial Risk is only used if the Inspection_Plan_Basis = Financial (Risk Flag indicates the basis of risk measure to be used in determining the next inspection). The Target Financial Risk set in the Global Settings Form is the default value. Required if inspection plan basis is financial Max_Insp_Int = (yrs : yrs) Maximum Inspection Interval (default = 10 years) is used as an Upper Bound to the computed Inspection Interval (Optional Input) For Component_Type=HEXTUBE, the maximum inspection Interval = 25 years. Turn_Around_Date_1 = (YYYY-MM-DD :YYYY-MM-DD) Turn Around Date 1 For Component_Type=HEXTUBE, this value is only used in the cost benefit analysis to make economic inspection and bundle replacement decisions. Turn_Around_Date_2 = (YYYY-MM-DD :YYYY-MM-DD) Turn Around Date 2 For Component_Type=HEXTUBE, this value is only used in the cost benefit analysis to make economic inspection and bundle replacement decisions. DF_Target = Damage Factor Target Tank_Environ_Sensitivity = Select Low, Medium, or High. Determines the expected cost factor per barrel of spilled fluid for environmental clean up in worst case scenario. Tank_Welded_Flag = Flag to indicate if tank is welded or not. If tank is welded factor is 1 if the tank is riveted the factor is 10. Tank_API653_Flag = Flag to indicate if tank is maintained according to API653. If API653 is used the factor is 1, if API653 is not used the factor is 5. Tank_Soil_Type = Foundation Soil Type. Each soil type has a specific permeability to various fluids. Choices are Coarse Sand, Fine Sand, Very Fine Sand, Silt, Sandy Clay, Clay, Asphalt-Concrete. Tank Settlement Flag = Options are API653OK - Evaluated per API653 and ok, API653NG Evaluated per API653 and not good, Never Evaluated, Concrete Tank_Release_Prevent_Flag = Flag to indicate if tank has a leak prevention barrier Tank_Product_Leave_Dike = Percentage of Product that would escape the Dike Tank_Product_Leave_Dike_On = Percentage of Product that leaves the dike that contaminates on site soil (within the boundary of the facilty) Tank_Product_Leave_Dike_Off = Percentage of Product that leaves the dike that contaminates off site soil (outside the boundary of the facilty) Tank_Distance_Ground_Water = ( ft : m) Shortest measured or minimum vertical distance from tank floor to ground water
Proprietary and Confidential - Equity Engineering Group, Inc.
API RBI User's Guide
No.
Mary Buchheim Doc Response/Approved
7.20.12
Checked
Page 142 of 301
April 2007
Rev02
File API-RBI User Guide.Doc
Component SettingsTab - Bundle
7.20.13 Field Help – Bundle Component Settings Tab RBI_Date = (yyyy-mm-dd :yyyy-mm-dd) The Date the RBI Analysis was performed Inspection_Option = There are two Inspection Options, Date and Plan. DATE derives an Inspection Date based on the specified inspection information. PLAN derives an inspection plan based on the specified inspection Date. For Component_Type = HEXTUBE (Tube Bundle) only the plan option is available. Plan_Date = (yyyy-mm-dd :yyyy-mm-dd) Plan_Date = In PLAN mode, this is the date supplied by the user for which an inspection plan is calculated. Inspections are recommended, to maintan the calculated risk at or below the specified target risk. For tube bundles, component_type = HEXTUBE, the default date is RBI Date plus the maximum inspection interval. Bundle_Financial_Risk_Target = ($/year) User bundle financial risk tolerance. This value is used to determine the target date, i.e. the date where the calculated bundle risk exceeds the financial risk target. Max_Insp_Int = (yrs : yrs) Maximum Inspection Interval (default = 10 years) is used as an Upper Bound to the computed Inspection Interval (Optional Input) Proprietary and Confidential - Equity Engineering Group, Inc.
API RBI User's Guide
No.
Mary Buchheim Doc Response/Approved
Checked
Page 143 of 301
April 2007
Rev02
File API-RBI User Guide.Doc
Production_Cost = ($/day) The Cost associated with Production Losses. (Optional input with a default value = 100,000.0) Production_Impact = Select type of impact for bundle leak: None, Bypass, Bypass with Rate Reduction,Shutdown Rate_Cut = Percentage reduction in capacity as a result of bypassing a heat exchanger for repair or bundle replacement. Required if Production Impact set to Bypass with Rate Reduction Planned_SD = Number of days required to repair or replace failed exchanger bundle when the shutdown is planned. This value is only used in the cost benefit analysis to determine the optimal bundle replacement frequency. (days) Unplanned_SD = Number of days required to repair or replace failed exchanger bundle when the shutdown is unplanned (days). This should typically be a longer duration than a planned shutdown to allow for lead time to mobilize or to purchase a replacement bundle. Bundle_Cost = $ Cost of replacement bundle. If not input by the user, this value will be estimated based on the size and metallurgy of the tube bundle. Bundle_Install_Cost = $ Cost of maintenance required to remove, clean, and re-install exchanger bundle Hurdle_Cost = % This is the rate (Return on Investment) above the economic break even point at which a decision to inspect or replace a bundle is made. This is only used in the CBA. For example, if the cost to replace a bundle is $100,000 and the user requires a 25% Hurdle Rate (ROI), the software will recommend bundle replacement when the risk savings exceeds $125,000. Default is 0.0. Lost_Opportunity = $ Additional cost beyond production losses or environmental costs as a result of bundle failure. For example, this value can be used to enter the costs associated with damage to cooling towers resulting from bundle failures. Environmental_Impact = Environmental costs associated with bundle failure. Turn_Around_Date_1 = (YYYY-MM-DD :YYYY-MM-DD) Turn Around Date 1 For Component_Type=HEXTUBE, this value is only used in the cost benefit analysis to make economic inspection and bundle replacement decisions. Turn_Around_Date_2 = (YYYY-MM-DD :YYYY-MM-DD) Turn Around Date 2 For Component_Type=HEXTUBE, this value is only used in the cost benefit analysis to make economic inspection and bundle replacement decisions. Tube_Wall_Failure_Fraction = Define the fraction of wall thickness that constitutes bundle failure (number between 0.0 and 1.0). Default is 0.5
Proprietary and Confidential - Equity Engineering Group, Inc.
API RBI User's Guide
No.
Mary Buchheim Doc Response/Approved
7.20.14
Checked
Page 144 of 301
April 2007
Rev02
Volume and Mass Tab
Proprietary and Confidential - Equity Engineering Group, Inc.
File API-RBI User Guide.Doc
API RBI User's Guide
Page 145 of 301 No.
Mary Buchheim Doc Response/Approved
Checked
April 2007
Rev02
File API-RBI User Guide.Doc
7.20.14.1 Volumes If the percent liquid is not supplied for a component, then the following values are used. Table 4 Default % Liquid Component Type % Liquid Default PIPE-1 100% PIPE-2 100% PIPE-4 100% PIPE-6 100% PIPE-8 100% PIPE-10 100% PIPE-12 100% PIPE-16 100% PIPE-16 GT 16 100% COLTOP 25% COLMID 25% COLBTM 37% DRUM 50% FILTER 100% FINFAN 25% KODRUM 10% REACTOR 15% HEXSS 50% HEXTS 25% HEXTUBE 25% COMPC 0% COMPR 0% PUMP1S 100% PUMP2S 100% PUMPR 100% TANKBOTTOM 100% COURSE 100%
7.20.14.2 Field Help - Volume & Mass Tab Total Estimated Mass = (lbm : kg) When a value is entered here by the User, this mass will be utilized by the program as the inventory mass. Calculated values provided elsewhere on the screen are provided for informational purposes only. Percent_Liquid_Volume = When a value is entered here, it will be used by the software. If this is left blank or a value of 0.0 is entered, the default values per Table A.3.2 of Part 3 Annex A of API RP581 will be used. Calculated_Pct_Liquid_Volume = The value calculated here is provided when the NEW consequence modeler is selected on the Component Setting tab. Volume = (ft3 : m3) The component total volume is calculated based on the component geometry. Calculated_Vapor_Volume = (ft3 : m3) The calculated component vapor volume based on the total volume of the component and the Percent Liquid Volume = Volume x (1 - Percent Liquid Volume)/100 Calculated_Liquid_Volume = (ft3 : m3) The calculated component liquid volume based on the total volume of the component and the Percent Liquid Volume = Volume x Percent Liquid Volume/100 Proprietary and Confidential - Equity Engineering Group, Inc.
API RBI User's Guide
No.
Mary Buchheim Doc Response/Approved
Checked
Page 146 of 301
April 2007
Rev02
File API-RBI User Guide.Doc
Est_Vapor_Volume = (ft3 : m3) Estimated Component Vapor Volume is used in the calculations only if input is GT 0.0 Est_Liquid_Volume = (ft3 : m3) Estimated Component Liquid Volume is used in the calculations only if input is GT 0.0 Component_Vapor_Density = (lbm/ft3 : Kg/m3) The calculated vapor density. When the OLD consequence modeler is selected on the Component Setting tab, the vapor density is calculated assuming the Ideal Gas Law using the molecular weight (from Table 5.2 of Part 3 of API RP581) and the operating pressure and temperature of the fluid. When the NEW consequence modeler is selected, the software calculates the density based on the operating conditions and the fluid composition entered by the User. Component_Liquid_Density = (lbm/ft3 : Kg/m3) The calculated liquid density. When the OLD consequence modeler is selected on the Component Setting tab, the liquid density comes from Table 5.2 of Part 3 of API RP581. When the NEW consequence modeler is selected, the software calculates the density based on the operating conditions and the fluid composition entered by the User. Total Calculated Mass = (lbm : kg) This is the calculated fluid mass of the component. This value will be used by the software, only when a estimated value (Total Estimated Value) has not been entered by the User.
Proprietary and Confidential - Equity Engineering Group, Inc.
API RBI User's Guide
No.
Mary Buchheim Doc Response/Approved
Checked
Page 147 of 301
April 2007
Rev02
File API-RBI User Guide.Doc
7.20.15 Bundle Filter This tab is used to select the criteria that will be applied to the reliability database to create the set of bundle data used for the weibull analysis.
The filters appear in the panel on the left. The selected filter are on the right. Use the + to add a filter that matches the current bundle.
Proprietary and Confidential - Equity Engineering Group, Inc.
API RBI User's Guide
Page 148 of 301 No.
Mary Buchheim Doc Response/Approved
Checked
April 2007
Rev02
File API-RBI User Guide.Doc
Use the +Edit button to add a of criterion but change the value used in for the filter.
The same filter can be added multiple times
Use the X to remove 1 filter and the XX to remove all applied filters.
Proprietary and Confidential - Equity Engineering Group, Inc.
API RBI User's Guide
No.
Mary Buchheim Doc Response/Approved
Checked
Page 149 of 301
April 2007
Rev02
File API-RBI User Guide.Doc
Once a satisfactory set of filters have been applied, save the component. The seleced criteria will be applied to the reliability database and a weibull statistical analysis will be performed. The bundles included in the cut set can be reviewed by pressing the Bundle Matches button. The Component must be saved for the filters to be applied, the Bundle Matches to be updated, and the Weibull calculations to be preformed.
Proprietary and Confidential - Equity Engineering Group, Inc.
API RBI User's Guide
No.
Mary Buchheim Doc Response/Approved
7.20.16
Checked
Page 150 of 301
April 2007
Rev02
Weibull Plot
Proprietary and Confidential - Equity Engineering Group, Inc.
File API-RBI User Guide.Doc
API RBI User's Guide
No.
Mary Buchheim Doc Response/Approved
Checked
Page 151 of 301
April 2007
Rev02
File API-RBI User Guide.Doc
7.21 Thinning Damage Mechanism Form This form presents the following groups of information: • Input data requirements are displayed in the top left column. • Damage Drivers are summarized in the right top column. • Analysis results and a Risk summary are presented in the lower half of the screen. • Base and Cladding Material Corrosion Rates in the center column. Base or Clad rates are shown based on the presence of a Base or Clad Material. 7.21.1
Thinning Tab
7.21.1.1 Input Fields Component = The user name for this Component Component_Description = Analyst Description (Optional Input) Component_Comments = Analyst Comments (Optional Input) What-If = Flag to indicate "What if" calculations. "What if" calculation results are not saved to the database. Online_Monitoring = Type of On-Line Monitoring. Options are None, K:Key Process, P:Corrosion Probes, C: Corrosion Coupons,KC :Key Process and Corrosion Coupons, KC and P :Key Process, Corrosion Coupons, and Corrosion Probes, KP: Key Process, Corrosion Probes, PC: Corrosion Probes, Corrosion Coupons Injection_Point_Flag = Option Flag to indicate an Injection Point, a point where a chemical (including water) is being added to the main flow stream Injection_Point_Inspection_Flag = Option Flag to indicate an Injection Point Effective Inspection [an injection point is a point where a chemical (including water) is being added to the main flow stream] Proprietary and Confidential - Equity Engineering Group, Inc.
API RBI User's Guide
No.
Mary Buchheim Doc Response/Approved
Checked
Page 152 of 301
April 2007
Rev02
File API-RBI User Guide.Doc
Deadleg_Flag = Option Flag to indicate Deadleg; Deadleg is defined as a section of piping or piping circuit that is used only during intermittent service such as start-ups, shutdowns, or regeneration cycles rather than continuous service Deadleg_Inspection = Option Flag to indicate Deadleg Point Effective Inspection Thinning_Type = The Thinning Type (General or Local) It is needed for the Inspection Effectiveness Tables G-6A And G-6B In The BRD. It can be specified. If it is not specified, Thinning Type will be computed based on the value of Governing Thinning Mechanism (MECH_THIN) and Table G-5 of the BRD. BM_Gov_Thin_Mech = The computed Base Material Governing Thinning Mechanism. It represents the Specified Base Material Thinning Mechanism with the Maximum Corrosion Rate. The computed Base Material Governing Thinning Mechanism. It represents the Specified Base Material Thinning Mechanism with the Maximum Corrosion Rate. The Thinning Mechanism, such as High Temperature Oxidation Corrosion, Amine Corrosion, Sour Water Corrosion, HF Corrosion, Sulfuric Acid Corrosion, HCL Corrosion, Sulfidic/Napthinic Acid Corrosion, H2S/H2 Corrosion, Soil/Underground, CO2, Acid Sour Water, Cooling Water, or Tank Floor that results in the Highest Corrosion Rate will be loaded. CM_Gov_Thin_Mech = The computed Clad Material Governing Thinning Mechanism. It represents the Specified Clad Material Thinning Mechanism with the Maximum Corrosion Rate. The computed Clad Material Governing Thinning Mechanism. It represents the Specified Clad Material Thinning Mechanism with the Maximum Corrosion Rate. The Thinning Mechanism, such as High Temperature Oxidation Corrosion, Amine Corrosion, Sour Water Corrosion, HF Corrosion, Sulfuric Acid Corrosion, HCL Corrosion, Sulfidic/Napthinic Acid Corrosion, H2S/H2 Corrosion, Soil/Underground, CO2, Acid Sour Water, Cooling Water, or Tank Floor that results in the Highest Corrosion Rate will be loaded. BM_Corrosion_Rate = Option Flag to indicate How the Base Material Corrosion Rate is Computed BM_Estimated_Rate = (mpy : mm/yr) Base Material Estimated Corrosion Rate BM_Measured_Rate = (mpy : mm/yr) Base Material Measured Corrosion Rate (Optional Input) BM_Calculated_Rate = (mpy : mm/yr) Base Material Calculated Corrosion Rate CM_Corrosion_Rate = Option Flag to indicate How the Clad Material Corrosion Rate is Computed CM_Estimated_Rate = (mpy : mm/yr) Clad Material Estimated Corrosion Rate CM_Measured_Rate = (mpy : mm/yr) Clad Material Measured Corrosion Rate (Optional Input) CM_Calculated_Rate = (mpy : mm/yr) Clad Material Calculated Corrosion Rate 7.21.1.2 Damage Drivers BM_Spec = Base Material Specification list based on the Construction Code selected BM_Grade = Base Material Grade based on the Construction Code selected Design_Temperature = (°F : °C) Design Temperature can represent either Shellside or Tubeside Temperature depending on Equipment Type and Component Type. Usually Design Temperature represents the Shellside Temperature, but if Equipment Type = HEAT EXCHANGER and Component Type = HEXTS or HEXTUBE, then Design Temperature represents Tubeside Temperature. Design Temperature is only used in calculations if Operating Temperature is not provided. Design_Pressure = (psig : MPa) Design Pressure can represent either Shellside or Tubeside Pressure depending on Equipment Type and Component Type. Usually Design Pressure represents the Shellside Pressure, but if Equipment Type = HEAT EXCHANGER and Component Type = HEXTS or HEXTUBE, then Design Pressure represents Tubeside Pressure. Design Pressure is only used in calculations if Operating Pressure is not provided. Component_Start_Date = (yyyy-mm-dd : yyyy-mm-dd) The Service Start Date, typically the commissioning date of the unit Furnished_Thk = (in : mm) Furnished Thickness Excluding Cladding. The Furnished Thickness is the total wall thickness at the time of equipment installation. Either Furnished Thickness or Nominal Thickness must be specified. If Furnished Thickness and Furnished Nominal Thickness are both specified, then Furnished Thickness will be used in the calculations Insp_Date = Inspection Date for Selected Damage Type Proprietary and Confidential - Equity Engineering Group, Inc.
API RBI User's Guide
No.
Mary Buchheim Doc Response/Approved
Checked
Page 153 of 301
April 2007
Rev02
File API-RBI User Guide.Doc
Measured_Thickness = (in : mm) Thickness at Inspection Date. This Is the Thickness measured at the time of the inspection. It includes the Cladding or Weld Overlay Thickness, as applicable, and is only valid for inspection categories A and B Operating_Conditions = A brief descriptive name input by the user that identifies this set of Operating Conditions, for example: Normal, High Temperature, Low Temperature, High Pressure, Low Pressure Operating_Temperature = (°F : °C) Normal Operating Temperature. The default is 70.0 F. Operating Temperature is used in calculations. If it is not provided Design Temperature is used. Operating_Pressure = (psig : MPa) Operating Pressure must be entered on the Operating Condition Form. Operating Pressure is used in calculations. If it is not provided Design Pressure used. 7.21.1.3 Analysis Results Highest_Effective_Insp = The Highest Effective Inspection for Selected Damage Type computed as a running total based on inspection history for up to the last six inspections No_Highest_Effective_Insp = Equivalent Number of Highest Effective Inspections, Up tTo Six Past Inspections Will Be Considered Age = (yrs :yrs) The computed Time at the current service condition for Selected damage Type, computed as the RBI_DATE (the date the RBI analysis was conducted) minus the Inspection Category Date (the date of the last inspection) DF = The computed Technical Module Subfactor (TMSF) for Selected Damage Type Likelihood_Category = The computed Likelihood Category for Selected Damage Type 7.21.1.4 Risk Summary Total_DF = The computed Total Technical Module Subfactor (TMSF) value based on all acting Damage Mechanisms POF = The computed Damage Adjusted Failure Frequency COF = (ft² : m²) The computed Consequence Area or the Consequence of Failure (COF) Risk_Matrix = A 5x5 matrix that compares Likelihood Categories to Consequence Categories to determine High, Medium-High, Medium, and Low Risks. See Figure B-1 of the BRD Risk_Category = The computed value for Qualitative Risk based on Risk Matrix Maximum_Risk = (ft²/yr : m²/yr) The computed Maximum Risk based on area Financial_Risk = ($/yr : $/yr) The computed Financial Risk
Proprietary and Confidential - Equity Engineering Group, Inc.
API RBI User's Guide
No.
Mary Buchheim Doc Response/Approved
Checked
Page 154 of 301
April 2007
Rev02
File API-RBI User Guide.Doc
7.21.1.5 What-If Fields Design_Temperature = (°F : °C) Design Temperature can represent either Shellside or Tubeside Temperature depending on Equipment Type and Component Type. Usually Design Temperature represents the Shellside Temperature, but if Equipment Type = HEAT EXCHANGER and Component Type = HEXTS or HEXTUBE, then Design Temperature represents Tubeside Temperature. Design Temperature is only used in calculations if Operating Temperature is not provided. Design_Pressure = (psig : MPa) Design Pressure can represent either Shellside or Tubeside Pressure depending on Equipment Type and Component Type. Usually Design Pressure represents the Shellside Pressure, but if Equipment Type = HEAT EXCHANGER and Component Type = HEXTS or HEXTUBE, then Design Pressure represents Tubeside Pressure. Design Pressure is only used in calculations if Operating Pressure is not provided. Component_Start_Date = (yyyy-mm-dd : yyyy-mm-dd) The Service Start Date, typically the commissioning date of the unit Furnished_Thk = (in : mm) Furnished Thickness Excluding Cladding. The Furnished Thickness is the total wall thickness at the time of equipment installation. Either Furnished Thickness or Nominal Thickness must be specified. If Furnished Thickness and Furnished Nominal Thickness are both specified, then Furnished Thickness will be used in the calculations Insp_Date = Inspection Date for Selected Damage Type Measured_Thickness = (in : mm) Thickness at Inspection Date. This Is the Thickness measured at the time of the inspection. It includes the Cladding or Weld Overlay Thickness, as applicable, and is only valid for inspection categories A and B Operating_Conditions = A brief descriptive name input by the user that identifies this set of Operating Conditions, for example: Normal, High Temperature, Low Temperature, High Pressure, Low Pressure Proprietary and Confidential - Equity Engineering Group, Inc.
API RBI User's Guide
No.
Mary Buchheim Doc Response/Approved
Checked
Page 155 of 301
April 2007
Rev02
File API-RBI User Guide.Doc
Operating_Temperature = (°F : °C) Normal Operating Temperature. The default is 70.0 F. Operating Temperature is used in calculations. If it is not provided Design Temperature is used. Operating_Pressure = (psig : MPa) Operating Pressure must be entered on the Operating Condition Form. Operating Pressure is used in calculations. If it is not provided Design Pressure used. 7.21.1.6 FORM ACTIONS SAVE 1. Change existing data to new values 2. All Required Field Elements Must be Input Before Saving a Form 3. Select Save Data Button From the Action Panel 4. If Data Passes Validation The New Data Will Be saved 5. If Validation Fails The User Errors are Immediately Displayed in the Error Reply Message HELP View this form help screen DELETE Delete this Damage Form from the database CALCULATE Calculate the RBI results for this particular component as a "WHAT IF" calculation. This feature is activated by changing the "WHAT IF" flag to YES. Additional input fields are available but input data and results are NOT saved back to the database for a "WHAT IF" Calculation.
Proprietary and Confidential - Equity Engineering Group, Inc.
API RBI User's Guide
Page 156 of 301 No.
Mary Buchheim Doc Response/Approved
April 2007
Checked
Rev02
File API-RBI User Guide.Doc
7.21.2 Thinning Supplemental Tab If the corrosion rate for either Base Material or Clad Material is selected as CALCULATED, there will be a CALC button for BM or CM CORROSION calculations on the screen. If you select a Calculated Corrosion Rate for either Base Material or Clad Material then save the Damage Form BEFORE pressing either CALC button. If both a base and a cladding thickness are specified then all types supplemental thinning are enabled. Amine
H2S/H2
HCL
HF
CS LC HA
CS LC HA
CS LC HC HA NF
CS NF
High Temp Oxidation CS LC HC HA NF
Sour Water
Sulfuric Acid
CS LC
CS LC HA
Sulfidic Napthenic Acid CS LC HC HA NF
Acid Sour Water CS
CO2
Cooling Water
Soil Underground
CS LC
CS LC
CS LC
Tank Floor
CS – Carbon Steels LC – Low Chrome Steels HC – High Chrome Steels HA – High Alloy NF – Non Ferrous The type of Corrosion as well as the specific data requirements for each corrosion type are entered on this form.. • Operating Conditions • Corrosion Supplement Active: The thinning supplement flag is set to No as a default. If the user changes the flag to Yes, then the data requirements for that supplement will be checked and the data will be saved. Data Requirements for supplements that are not active, are not checked and are not saved. 1. Amine, 2. H2S/H2, 3. HCL, 4. HF, 5. High Temperature Oxidation, 6. Sour Water, 7. Sulfuric Acid 8. Sulfidic/Napthenic Acid, 9. Acid Sour Water 10. CO2 11. Cooling Water 12. Soil/Underground 13. Tank Floor • Corrosion Input • Results for Base and/or Clad Materials
Proprietary and Confidential - Equity Engineering Group, Inc.
API RBI User's Guide
No.
Mary Buchheim Doc Response/Approved
Checked
Page 157 of 301
April 2007
Rev02
File API-RBI User Guide.Doc
7.21.2.1 Amine
Input Fields Design_Temperature = (°F : °C) Design Temperature can represent either Shellside or Tubeside Temperature depending on Equipment Type and Component Type. Usually Design Temperature represents the Shellside Temperature, but if Equipment Type = HEAT EXCHANGER and Component Type = HEXTS or HEXTUBE, then Design Temperature represents Tubeside Temperature. Design Temperature is only used in calculations if Operating Temperature is not provided. Operating_Temperature = (°F : °C) Normal Operating Temperature. The default is 70.0 F. Operating Temperature is used in calculations. If it is not provided Design Temperature is used. Fluid_Velocity = (ft/sec : m/sec) Fluid Velocity (Optional Input) Operating_Pressure_(MPa) = Operating Pressure must be entered on the Operating Condition Form. Operating Pressure is used in calculations. If it is not provided Design Pressure used. Supplement Active = Flag to indicate if corrosion supplement is active. Corrosion_Type = Type Of Corrosion to be used in the Supplemental Thinning Corrosion Settings BM_Amine_Corrosion_Flag = Option Flag to indicate Base Material Amine Corrosion (Base Material Corrosion Rate for Amine is Computed) CM_Amine_Corrosion_Flag = Option Flag to indicate Cladding Material Amine Corrosion (Cladding Material Corrosion Rate for Amine is Computed) Amine_Type = Amine Type (Monoethanolamine -- MEA, Diethanolamine -- DEA, OR Methyldiethanolamine -- MDEA) HSAH_Conc = (wt% : wt%) Heat Stable Amine Salt concentration (wt%); must be input if Amine Flag = Yes Range is GT= 2.0 to GT 4.0 Amine_Acid_Conc = (wt% : wt%) Acid concentration (wt%) must be input if Amine Calculation indicator is selected. Range is LT= 20.0 wt% for MEA, LT= 30.0 wt% for DEA, or Lt= 50.0 wt% for MDEA Acid_Gas_Loading = (mol :mol) Acid Gas Loading (Mol/mol) must be input if Amine Calculation indicator is selected Range is GT= 0.1 to GT 0.7 Proprietary and Confidential - Equity Engineering Group, Inc.
API RBI User's Guide
No.
Mary Buchheim Doc Response/Approved
Checked
Page 158 of 301
April 2007
Rev02
File API-RBI User Guide.Doc
BM_Amine_Corrosion_Rate = (mpy : mm/yr) The computed Base Material Corrosion Rate for Amine CM_Amine_Corrosion_Rate = (mpy : mm/yr) The computed Cladding Material Corrosion Rate for Amine BM_Gov_Thin_Mech = The computed Base Material Governing Thinning Mechanism. It represents the Specified Base Material Thinning Mechanism with the Maximum Corrosion Rate. The computed Base Material Governing Thinning Mechanism. It represents the Specified Base Material Thinning Mechanism with the Maximum Corrosion Rate. The Thinning Mechanism, such as High Temperature Oxidation Corrosion, Amine Corrosion, Sour Water Corrosion, HF Corrosion, Sulfuric Acid Corrosion, HCL Corrosion, Sulfidic/Napthinic Acid Corrosion, H2S/H2 Corrosion, Soil/Underground, CO2, Acid Sour Water, Cooling Water, or Tank Floor that results in the Highest Corrosion Rate will be loaded. CM_Gov_Thin_Mech = The computed Clad Material Governing Thinning Mechanism. It represents the Specified Clad Material Thinning Mechanism with the Maximum Corrosion Rate. The computed Clad Material Governing Thinning Mechanism. It represents the Specified Clad Material Thinning Mechanism with the Maximum Corrosion Rate. The Thinning Mechanism, such as High Temperature Oxidation Corrosion, Amine Corrosion, Sour Water Corrosion, HF Corrosion, Sulfuric Acid Corrosion, HCL Corrosion, Sulfidic/Napthinic Acid Corrosion, H2S/H2 Corrosion, Soil/Underground, CO2, Acid Sour Water, Cooling Water, or Tank Floor that results in the Highest Corrosion Rate will be loaded. BM_Gov_Thin_Corr_Rate = (mpy : mm/yr) The computed Base Material Corrosion Rate for the Governing Thinning Mechanism (mpy) CM_Gov_Thin_Corr_Rate = (mpy : mm/yr) The computed Cladding Material Corrosion Rate for the Governing Thinning Mechanism (mpy) Total_BM_Corr_Rate = (mpy : mm/yr) The Computed Sum Of All Corrosion Rates for Base Materials Based On The Selected Thinning Mechanisms (mpy) Total_CM_Corr_Rate = (mpy : mm/yr) The Computed Sum Of All Corrosion Rates for Cladding Materials Based On The Selected Thinning Mechanisms (mpy)
Proprietary and Confidential - Equity Engineering Group, Inc.
API RBI User's Guide
No.
Mary Buchheim Doc Response/Approved
Checked
Page 159 of 301
April 2007
Rev02
File API-RBI User Guide.Doc
7.21.2.2 H2S/H2
Input Fields Design_Temperature = (°F : °C) Design Temperature can represent either Shellside or Tubeside Temperature depending on Equipment Type and Component Type. Usually Design Temperature represents the Shellside Temperature, but if Equipment Type = HEAT EXCHANGER and Component Type = HEXTS or HEXTUBE, then Design Temperature represents Tubeside Temperature. Design Temperature is only used in calculations if Operating Temperature is not provided. Operating_Temperature = (°F : °C) Normal Operating Temperature. The default is 70.0 F. Operating Temperature is used in calculations. If it is not provided Design Temperature is used. Fluid_Velocity = (ft/sec : m/sec) Fluid Velocity (Optional Input) Operating_Pressure_(MPa) = Operating Pressure must be entered on the Operating Condition Form. Operating Pressure is used in calculations. If it is not provided Design Pressure used. Supplement Active = Flag to indicate if corrosion supplement is active. BM_H2S_H2_Corrosion_Flag = Option Flag to indicate Base Material H2SH2 Corrosion (Base Material Corrosion Rate for H2SH2 is Computed) CM_H2S_H2_Corrosion_Flag = Option Flag to indicate Cladding Material H2SH2 Corrosion (Cladding Material Corrosion Rate for H2SH2 is Computed) Hydrocarbon_Type = Type Of Hydrocarbon; Must be input (Naptha, or Gas Oil) H2S_Conc = (Mole % : Mole %) H2S Concentration; Must be input if H2SH2 Option = YES. Range is LT 0.002 to GT 1.0 BM_H2S_H2_Corrosion_Rate = (mpy : mm/yr) The computed Base Material Corrosion Rate for H2SH2 CM_H2S_H2_Corrosion_Rate = (mpy : mm/yr) The computed Cladding Material Corrosion Rate for H2SH2
Proprietary and Confidential - Equity Engineering Group, Inc.
API RBI User's Guide
No.
Mary Buchheim Doc Response/Approved
Checked
Page 160 of 301
April 2007
Rev02
File API-RBI User Guide.Doc
BM_Gov_Thin_Mech = The computed Base Material Governing Thinning Mechanism. It represents the Specified Base Material Thinning Mechanism with the Maximum Corrosion Rate. The computed Base Material Governing Thinning Mechanism. It represents the Specified Base Material Thinning Mechanism with the Maximum Corrosion Rate. The Thinning Mechanism, such as High Temperature Oxidation Corrosion, Amine Corrosion, Sour Water Corrosion, HF Corrosion, Sulfuric Acid Corrosion, HCL Corrosion, Sulfidic/Napthinic Acid Corrosion, H2S/H2 Corrosion, Soil/Underground, CO2, Acid Sour Water, Cooling Water, or Tank Floor that results in the Highest Corrosion Rate will be loaded. CM_Gov_Thin_Mech = The computed Clad Material Governing Thinning Mechanism. It represents the Specified Clad Material Thinning Mechanism with the Maximum Corrosion Rate. The computed Clad Material Governing Thinning Mechanism. It represents the Specified Clad Material Thinning Mechanism with the Maximum Corrosion Rate. The Thinning Mechanism, such as High Temperature Oxidation Corrosion, Amine Corrosion, Sour Water Corrosion, HF Corrosion, Sulfuric Acid Corrosion, HCL Corrosion, Sulfidic/Napthinic Acid Corrosion, H2S/H2 Corrosion, Soil/Underground, CO2, Acid Sour Water, Cooling Water, or Tank Floor that results in the Highest Corrosion Rate will be loaded. BM_Gov_Thin_Corr_Rate = (mpy : mm/yr) The computed Base Material Corrosion Rate for the Governing Thinning Mechanism (mpy) CM_Gov_Thin_Corr_Rate = (mpy : mm/yr) The computed Cladding Material Corrosion Rate for the Governing Thinning Mechanism (mpy) Total_BM_Corr_Rate = (mpy : mm/yr) The Computed Sum Of All Corrosion Rates for Base Materials Based On The Selected Thinning Mechanisms (mpy) Total_CM_Corr_Rate = (mpy : mm/yr) The Computed Sum Of All Corrosion Rates for Cladding Materials Based On The Selected Thinning Mechanisms (mpy)
Proprietary and Confidential - Equity Engineering Group, Inc.
API RBI User's Guide
No.
Mary Buchheim Doc Response/Approved
Checked
Page 161 of 301
April 2007
Rev02
File API-RBI User Guide.Doc
7.21.2.3 HCL
Input Fields Design_Temperature = (°F : °C) Design Temperature can represent either Shellside or Tubeside Temperature depending on Equipment Type and Component Type. Usually Design Temperature represents the Shellside Temperature, but if Equipment Type = HEAT EXCHANGER and Component Type = HEXTS or HEXTUBE, then Design Temperature represents Tubeside Temperature. Design Temperature is only used in calculations if Operating Temperature is not provided. Operating_Temperature = (°F : °C) Normal Operating Temperature. The default is 70.0 F. Operating Temperature is used in calculations. If it is not provided Design Temperature is used. Fluid_Velocity = (ft/sec : m/sec) Fluid Velocity (Optional Input) Operating_Pressure_(MPa) = Operating Pressure must be entered on the Operating Condition Form. Operating Pressure is used in calculations. If it is not provided Design Pressure used. Supplement Active = Flag to indicate if corrosion supplement is active. BM_HCL_Corrosion_Flag = (mpy : mm/yr) Option Flag to indicate Base Material Hydrochloric Acid (HCL) Corrosion (Base Material Corrosion Rate for HCL is Computed) CM_HCL_Corrosion_Flag = (mpy : mm/yr) Option Flag to indicate Cladding Material Hydrochloric Acid (HCL) Corrosion (Cladding Material Corrosion Rate for HCL is Computed) HCL_pH = Hydrochloric Acid (HCL) pH; Entry must be input ONLY if HCL Corrosion Option = YES for CS and SS Materials. Range is LT = 0.5 to 8.02. If pH is entered it is used in the calculations. HCL_Conc = (wt% : wt%) Hydrochloric Acid (HCL) Chloride Concentration; Must be input if Hydrochloric Acid Option = Yes (HCL FLAG) for high alloy materials. Range is LT = 0.5 wt% to 5 wt%. Oxidant_Flag = Option Flag to indicate the presence of Air Oxidants Pitting_Flag = Option to account for Pitting BM_HCL_Corrosion_Rate = (mpy : mm/yr) The computed Base Material Corrosion Rate for Hydrochloric Acid (HCL) Proprietary and Confidential - Equity Engineering Group, Inc.
API RBI User's Guide
No.
Mary Buchheim Doc Response/Approved
Checked
Page 162 of 301
April 2007
Rev02
File API-RBI User Guide.Doc
CM_HCL_Corrosion_Rate = (mpy : mm/yr) The computed Cladding Material Corrosion Rate for Hydrochloric Acid (HCL) BM_Gov_Thin_Mech = The computed Base Material Governing Thinning Mechanism. It represents the Specified Base Material Thinning Mechanism with the Maximum Corrosion Rate. The computed Base Material Governing Thinning Mechanism. It represents the Specified Base Material Thinning Mechanism with the Maximum Corrosion Rate. The Thinning Mechanism, such as High Temperature Oxidation Corrosion, Amine Corrosion, Sour Water Corrosion, HF Corrosion, Sulfuric Acid Corrosion, HCL Corrosion, Sulfidic/Napthinic Acid Corrosion, H2S/H2 Corrosion, Soil/Underground, CO2, Acid Sour Water, Cooling Water, or Tank Floor that results in the Highest Corrosion Rate will be loaded. CM_Gov_Thin_Mech = The computed Clad Material Governing Thinning Mechanism. It represents the Specified Clad Material Thinning Mechanism with the Maximum Corrosion Rate. The computed Clad Material Governing Thinning Mechanism. It represents the Specified Clad Material Thinning Mechanism with the Maximum Corrosion Rate. The Thinning Mechanism, such as High Temperature Oxidation Corrosion, Amine Corrosion, Sour Water Corrosion, HF Corrosion, Sulfuric Acid Corrosion, HCL Corrosion, Sulfidic/Napthinic Acid Corrosion, H2S/H2 Corrosion, Soil/Underground, CO2, Acid Sour Water, Cooling Water, or Tank Floor that results in the Highest Corrosion Rate will be loaded. BM_Gov_Thin_Corr_Rate = (mpy : mm/yr) The computed Base Material Corrosion Rate for the Governing Thinning Mechanism (mpy) CM_Gov_Thin_Corr_Rate = (mpy : mm/yr) The computed Cladding Material Corrosion Rate for the Governing Thinning Mechanism (mpy) Total_BM_Corr_Rate = (mpy : mm/yr) The Computed Sum Of All Corrosion Rates for Base Materials Based On The Selected Thinning Mechanisms (mpy) Total_CM_Corr_Rate = (mpy : mm/yr) The Computed Sum Of All Corrosion Rates for Cladding Materials Based On The Selected Thinning Mechanisms (mpy)
Proprietary and Confidential - Equity Engineering Group, Inc.
API RBI User's Guide
No.
Mary Buchheim Doc Response/Approved
Checked
Page 163 of 301
April 2007
Rev02
File API-RBI User Guide.Doc
7.21.2.4 HF
Input Fields Design_Temperature = (°F : °C) Design Temperature can represent either Shellside or Tubeside Temperature depending on Equipment Type and Component Type. Usually Design Temperature represents the Shellside Temperature, but if Equipment Type = HEAT EXCHANGER and Component Type = HEXTS or HEXTUBE, then Design Temperature represents Tubeside Temperature. Design Temperature is only used in calculations if Operating Temperature is not provided. Operating_Temperature = (°F : °C) Normal Operating Temperature. The default is 70.0 F. Operating Temperature is used in calculations. If it is not provided Design Temperature is used. Fluid_Velocity = (ft/sec : m/sec) Fluid Velocity (Optional Input) Operating_Pressure_(MPa) = Operating Pressure must be entered on the Operating Condition Form. Operating Pressure is used in calculations. If it is not provided Design Pressure used. Supplement Active = Flag to indicate if corrosion supplement is active. BM_HF_Corrosion_Flag = Option Flag to indicate Base Material HF Corrosion (Base Material Corrosion Rate for HF is Computed) CM_HF_Corrosion_Flag = Option Flag to indicate Cladding Material HF Corrosion (Cladding Material Corrosion Rate for HFis Computed) Residual_Stress = Option Flag to indicate Residual Stress Aeration = Option Flag to indicate Aeration HF_Acid_Conc = (wt% : wt%) Hydrofluoric Acid Concentration. Must be input if HF Corrosion is selected. Range is 0 wt% to GT 80 wt%. BM_HF_Corrosion_Rate = (mpy : mm/yr) The computed Base Material Corrosion Rate for HF CM_HF_Corrosion_Rate = (mpy : mm/yr) The computed Cladding Material Corrosion Rate for HF
Proprietary and Confidential - Equity Engineering Group, Inc.
API RBI User's Guide
No.
Mary Buchheim Doc Response/Approved
Checked
Page 164 of 301
April 2007
Rev02
File API-RBI User Guide.Doc
BM_Gov_Thin_Mech = The computed Base Material Governing Thinning Mechanism. It represents the Specified Base Material Thinning Mechanism with the Maximum Corrosion Rate. The computed Base Material Governing Thinning Mechanism. It represents the Specified Base Material Thinning Mechanism with the Maximum Corrosion Rate. The Thinning Mechanism, such as High Temperature Oxidation Corrosion, Amine Corrosion, Sour Water Corrosion, HF Corrosion, Sulfuric Acid Corrosion, HCL Corrosion, Sulfidic/Napthinic Acid Corrosion, H2S/H2 Corrosion, Soil/Underground, CO2, Acid Sour Water, Cooling Water, or Tank Floor that results in the Highest Corrosion Rate will be loaded. CM_Gov_Thin_Mech = The computed Clad Material Governing Thinning Mechanism. It represents the Specified Clad Material Thinning Mechanism with the Maximum Corrosion Rate. The computed Clad Material Governing Thinning Mechanism. It represents the Specified Clad Material Thinning Mechanism with the Maximum Corrosion Rate. The Thinning Mechanism, such as High Temperature Oxidation Corrosion, Amine Corrosion, Sour Water Corrosion, HF Corrosion, Sulfuric Acid Corrosion, HCL Corrosion, Sulfidic/Napthinic Acid Corrosion, H2S/H2 Corrosion, Soil/Underground, CO2, Acid Sour Water, Cooling Water, or Tank Floor that results in the Highest Corrosion Rate will be loaded. BM_Gov_Thin_Corr_Rate = (mpy : mm/yr) The computed Base Material Corrosion Rate for the Governing Thinning Mechanism (mpy) CM_Gov_Thin_Corr_Rate = (mpy : mm/yr) The computed Cladding Material Corrosion Rate for the Governing Thinning Mechanism (mpy) Total_BM_Corr_Rate = (mpy : mm/yr) The Computed Sum Of All Corrosion Rates for Base Materials Based On The Selected Thinning Mechanisms (mpy) Total_CM_Corr_Rate = (mpy : mm/yr) The Computed Sum Of All Corrosion Rates for Cladding Materials Based On The Selected Thinning Mechanisms (mpy)
Proprietary and Confidential - Equity Engineering Group, Inc.
API RBI User's Guide
No.
Mary Buchheim Doc Response/Approved
Checked
Page 165 of 301
April 2007
Rev02
File API-RBI User Guide.Doc
7.21.2.5 High Temperature Oxidation
Input Fields Design_Temperature = (°F : °C) Design Temperature can represent either Shellside or Tubeside Temperature depending on Equipment Type and Component Type. Usually Design Temperature represents the Shellside Temperature, but if Equipment Type = HEAT EXCHANGER and Component Type = HEXTS or HEXTUBE, then Design Temperature represents Tubeside Temperature. Design Temperature is only used in calculations if Operating Temperature is not provided. Operating_Temperature = (°F : °C) Normal Operating Temperature. The default is 70.0 F. Operating Temperature is used in calculations. If it is not provided Design Temperature is used. Fluid_Velocity = (ft/sec : m/sec) Fluid Velocity (Optional Input) Operating_Pressure_(MPa) = Operating Pressure must be entered on the Operating Condition Form. Operating Pressure is used in calculations. If it is not provided Design Pressure used. Supplement Active = Flag to indicate if corrosion supplement is active. BM_High_Temperature_Oxidation_Flag = Option Flag to indicate Base Material High Temperature Oxidation Corrosion (Base Matereial Corrosion Rate for High Temperature Oxidation is Computed) CM_High_Temperature_Oxidation_Flag = Option Flag to indicate Cladding Material High Temperature Oxidation Corrosion (Cladding Matereial Corrosion Rate for High Temperature Oxidation is Computed) BM_High_Temperature_Oxidation_Rate = (mpy : mm/yr) The computed Base Material Corrosion Rate for High Temperature Oxidation CM_High_Temperature_Oxidation_Rate = (mpy : mm/yr) The computed Cladding Material Corrosion Rate for High Temperature Oxidation
Proprietary and Confidential - Equity Engineering Group, Inc.
API RBI User's Guide
No.
Mary Buchheim Doc Response/Approved
Checked
Page 166 of 301
April 2007
Rev02
File API-RBI User Guide.Doc
BM_Gov_Thin_Mech = The computed Base Material Governing Thinning Mechanism. It represents the Specified Base Material Thinning Mechanism with the Maximum Corrosion Rate. The computed Base Material Governing Thinning Mechanism. It represents the Specified Base Material Thinning Mechanism with the Maximum Corrosion Rate. The Thinning Mechanism, such as High Temperature Oxidation Corrosion, Amine Corrosion, Sour Water Corrosion, HF Corrosion, Sulfuric Acid Corrosion, HCL Corrosion, Sulfidic/Napthinic Acid Corrosion, H2S/H2 Corrosion, Soil/Underground, CO2, Acid Sour Water, Cooling Water, or Tank Floor that results in the Highest Corrosion Rate will be loaded. CM_Gov_Thin_Mech = The computed Clad Material Governing Thinning Mechanism. It represents the Specified Clad Material Thinning Mechanism with the Maximum Corrosion Rate. The computed Clad Material Governing Thinning Mechanism. It represents the Specified Clad Material Thinning Mechanism with the Maximum Corrosion Rate. The Thinning Mechanism, such as High Temperature Oxidation Corrosion, Amine Corrosion, Sour Water Corrosion, HF Corrosion, Sulfuric Acid Corrosion, HCL Corrosion, Sulfidic/Napthinic Acid Corrosion, H2S/H2 Corrosion, Soil/Underground, CO2, Acid Sour Water, Cooling Water, or Tank Floor that results in the Highest Corrosion Rate will be loaded. BM_Gov_Thin_Corr_Rate = (mpy : mm/yr) The computed Base Material Corrosion Rate for the Governing Thinning Mechanism (mpy) CM_Gov_Thin_Corr_Rate = (mpy : mm/yr) The computed Cladding Material Corrosion Rate for the Governing Thinning Mechanism (mpy) Total_BM_Corr_Rate = (mpy : mm/yr) The Computed Sum Of All Corrosion Rates for Base Materials Based On The Selected Thinning Mechanisms (mpy) Total_CM_Corr_Rate = (mpy : mm/yr) The Computed Sum Of All Corrosion Rates for Cladding Materials Based On The Selected Thinning Mechanisms (mpy)
Proprietary and Confidential - Equity Engineering Group, Inc.
API RBI User's Guide
No.
Mary Buchheim Doc Response/Approved
Checked
Page 167 of 301
April 2007
Rev02
File API-RBI User Guide.Doc
7.21.2.6 Sour Water
Input Fields Design_Temperature = (°F : °C) Design Temperature can represent either Shellside or Tubeside Temperature depending on Equipment Type and Component Type. Usually Design Temperature represents the Shellside Temperature, but if Equipment Type = HEAT EXCHANGER and Component Type = HEXTS or HEXTUBE, then Design Temperature represents Tubeside Temperature. Design Temperature is only used in calculations if Operating Temperature is not provided. Operating_Temperature = (°F : °C) Normal Operating Temperature. The default is 70.0 F. Operating Temperature is used in calculations. If it is not provided Design Temperature is used. Fluid_Velocity = (ft/sec : m/sec) Fluid Velocity (Optional Input) Operating_Pressure_(MPa) = Operating Pressure must be entered on the Operating Condition Form. Operating Pressure is used in calculations. If it is not provided Design Pressure used. Supplement Active = Flag to indicate if corrosion supplement is active. BM_Sour_Water_Corrosion_Flag = Option Flag to indicate Base Material Sour Water Corrosion (Base Material Corrosion Rate for Sour Water is Computed) CM_Sour_Water_Corrosion_Flag = Option Flag to indicate Cladding Material Sour Water Corrosion (Cladding Material Corrosion Rate for Sour Water is Computed) Kp_NH4HS_Conc = (wt% : wt%) NH4HS Concentration of Condensed Water; must be entered if Sour Water Corrosion Option = Yes and Kp Factor is NOT input. Range is LT 2 wt% to GT 20 wt%. Kp_Factor = Kp Factor; must be input if Sour Water Corrosion is indicated and NH4HS Concentration is NOT Input Range is LT = 0.07 to = GT 1.0 BM_Sour_Water_Corrosion_Rate = (mpy : mm/yr) Computed Base Material Sour Water Corrosion Rate CM_Sour_Water_Corrosion_Rate = (mpy : mm/yr) Computed Cladding Material Sour Water Corrosion Rate
Proprietary and Confidential - Equity Engineering Group, Inc.
API RBI User's Guide
No.
Mary Buchheim Doc Response/Approved
Checked
Page 168 of 301
April 2007
Rev02
File API-RBI User Guide.Doc
BM_Gov_Thin_Mech = The computed Base Material Governing Thinning Mechanism. It represents the Specified Base Material Thinning Mechanism with the Maximum Corrosion Rate. The computed Base Material Governing Thinning Mechanism. It represents the Specified Base Material Thinning Mechanism with the Maximum Corrosion Rate. The Thinning Mechanism, such as High Temperature Oxidation Corrosion, Amine Corrosion, Sour Water Corrosion, HF Corrosion, Sulfuric Acid Corrosion, HCL Corrosion, Sulfidic/Napthinic Acid Corrosion, H2S/H2 Corrosion, Soil/Underground, CO2, Acid Sour Water, Cooling Water, or Tank Floor that results in the Highest Corrosion Rate will be loaded. CM_Gov_Thin_Mech = The computed Clad Material Governing Thinning Mechanism. It represents the Specified Clad Material Thinning Mechanism with the Maximum Corrosion Rate. The computed Clad Material Governing Thinning Mechanism. It represents the Specified Clad Material Thinning Mechanism with the Maximum Corrosion Rate. The Thinning Mechanism, such as High Temperature Oxidation Corrosion, Amine Corrosion, Sour Water Corrosion, HF Corrosion, Sulfuric Acid Corrosion, HCL Corrosion, Sulfidic/Napthinic Acid Corrosion, H2S/H2 Corrosion, Soil/Underground, CO2, Acid Sour Water, Cooling Water, or Tank Floor that results in the Highest Corrosion Rate will be loaded. BM_Gov_Thin_Corr_Rate = (mpy : mm/yr) The computed Base Material Corrosion Rate for the Governing Thinning Mechanism (mpy) CM_Gov_Thin_Corr_Rate = (mpy : mm/yr) The computed Cladding Material Corrosion Rate for the Governing Thinning Mechanism (mpy) Total_BM_Corr_Rate = (mpy : mm/yr) The Computed Sum Of All Corrosion Rates for Base Materials Based On The Selected Thinning Mechanisms (mpy) Total_CM_Corr_Rate = (mpy : mm/yr) The Computed Sum Of All Corrosion Rates for Cladding Materials Based On The Selected Thinning Mechanisms (mpy)
Proprietary and Confidential - Equity Engineering Group, Inc.
API RBI User's Guide
No.
Mary Buchheim Doc Response/Approved
Checked
Page 169 of 301
April 2007
Rev02
File API-RBI User Guide.Doc
7.21.2.7 Sulfidic/Napthenic Acid
Input Fields Design_Temperature = (°F : °C) Design Temperature can represent either Shellside or Tubeside Temperature depending on Equipment Type and Component Type. Usually Design Temperature represents the Shellside Temperature, but if Equipment Type = HEAT EXCHANGER and Component Type = HEXTS or HEXTUBE, then Design Temperature represents Tubeside Temperature. Design Temperature is only used in calculations if Operating Temperature is not provided. Operating_Temperature = (°F : °C) Normal Operating Temperature. The default is 70.0 F. Operating Temperature is used in calculations. If it is not provided Design Temperature is used. Fluid_Velocity = (ft/sec : m/sec) Fluid Velocity (Optional Input) Operating_Pressure_(MPa) = Operating Pressure must be entered on the Operating Condition Form. Operating Pressure is used in calculations. If it is not provided Design Pressure used. Supplement Active = Flag to indicate if corrosion supplement is active. BM_Sulfidic_Napthenic_Acid_Corrosion_Flag = Option Flag to indicate Base Material Sulfidic/Napthenic Acid (SNA) Corrosion (Base Material Corrosion Rate for SNA is Computed) CM_Sulfidic_Napthenic_Acid_Corrosion_Flag = Option Flag to indicate Cladding Material Sulfidic/Napthenic Acid (SNA) Corrosion (Cladding Material Corrosion Rate for SNA is Computed) Sulfidic_Napthenic_Acid_Sulfur_Conc = (wt% : wt%) SNA Sulfur Concentration must be input if the Sulfidic/Napthenic Acid Corrosion option is selected TAN = SNA TAN must be input if the Sulfidic/Napthenic Acid Corrosion option is selected. Range is LT= 0.3 to = GT 6.0 BM_Sulfidic_Napthenic_Acid_Corrosion_Rate = (mpy : mm/yr) The computed Base Material Corrosion Rate for Sulfidic/Napthenic Acid Corrosion CM_Sulfidic_Napthenic_Acid_Corrosion_Rate = (mpy : mm/yr) The computed Cladding Material Corrosion Rate for Sulfidic/Napthenic Acid Corrosion Proprietary and Confidential - Equity Engineering Group, Inc.
API RBI User's Guide
No.
Mary Buchheim Doc Response/Approved
Checked
Page 170 of 301
April 2007
Rev02
File API-RBI User Guide.Doc
BM_Gov_Thin_Mech = The computed Base Material Governing Thinning Mechanism. It represents the Specified Base Material Thinning Mechanism with the Maximum Corrosion Rate. The computed Base Material Governing Thinning Mechanism. It represents the Specified Base Material Thinning Mechanism with the Maximum Corrosion Rate. The Thinning Mechanism, such as High Temperature Oxidation Corrosion, Amine Corrosion, Sour Water Corrosion, HF Corrosion, Sulfuric Acid Corrosion, HCL Corrosion, Sulfidic/Napthinic Acid Corrosion, H2S/H2 Corrosion, Soil/Underground, CO2, Acid Sour Water, Cooling Water, or Tank Floor that results in the Highest Corrosion Rate will be loaded. CM_Gov_Thin_Mech = The computed Clad Material Governing Thinning Mechanism. It represents the Specified Clad Material Thinning Mechanism with the Maximum Corrosion Rate. The computed Clad Material Governing Thinning Mechanism. It represents the Specified Clad Material Thinning Mechanism with the Maximum Corrosion Rate. The Thinning Mechanism, such as High Temperature Oxidation Corrosion, Amine Corrosion, Sour Water Corrosion, HF Corrosion, Sulfuric Acid Corrosion, HCL Corrosion, Sulfidic/Napthinic Acid Corrosion, H2S/H2 Corrosion, Soil/Underground, CO2, Acid Sour Water, Cooling Water, or Tank Floor that results in the Highest Corrosion Rate will be loaded. BM_Gov_Thin_Corr_Rate = (mpy : mm/yr) The computed Base Material Corrosion Rate for the Governing Thinning Mechanism (mpy) CM_Gov_Thin_Corr_Rate = (mpy : mm/yr) The computed Cladding Material Corrosion Rate for the Governing Thinning Mechanism (mpy) Total_BM_Corr_Rate = (mpy : mm/yr) The Computed Sum Of All Corrosion Rates for Base Materials Based On The Selected Thinning Mechanisms (mpy) Total_CM_Corr_Rate = (mpy : mm/yr) The Computed Sum Of All Corrosion Rates for Cladding Materials Based On The Selected Thinning Mechanisms (mpy)
Proprietary and Confidential - Equity Engineering Group, Inc.
API RBI User's Guide
No.
Mary Buchheim Doc Response/Approved
Checked
Page 171 of 301
April 2007
Rev02
File API-RBI User Guide.Doc
7.21.2.8 Sulfuric Acid
Input Fields Design_Temperature = (°F : °C) Design Temperature can represent either Shellside or Tubeside Temperature depending on Equipment Type and Component Type. Usually Design Temperature represents the Shellside Temperature, but if Equipment Type = HEAT EXCHANGER and Component Type = HEXTS or HEXTUBE, then Design Temperature represents Tubeside Temperature. Design Temperature is only used in calculations if Operating Temperature is not provided. Operating_Temperature = (°F : °C) Normal Operating Temperature. The default is 70.0 F. Operating Temperature is used in calculations. If it is not provided Design Temperature is used. Fluid_Velocity = (ft/sec : m/sec) Fluid Velocity (Optional Input) Operating_Pressure_(MPa) = Operating Pressure must be entered on the Operating Condition Form. Operating Pressure is used in calculations. If it is not provided Design Pressure used. Supplement Active = Flag to indicate if corrosion supplement is active. BM_Sulfuric_Acid_Corrosion_Flag = Option Flag to indicate Base Material Sulfuric Acid Corrosion (SAC - H2SO4 Corrosion) (Base Material Corrosion Rate for SAC H2SO4 is Computed) CM_Sulfuric_Acid_Corrosion_Flag = Option Flag to indicate Cladding Material Sulfuric Acid Corrosion (SAC -- H2SO4 Corrosion) (Cladding Material Corrosion Rate for SAC H2SO4 is Computed) SA_Acid_Conc = (wt% : wt%) Sulfuric Acid Concentration. Must be input if Sulfuric Acid Corrosion is selected. Range is LT 2.0 wt% to 100 wt%. BM_Sulfuric_Acid_Corrosion_Rate = (mpy : mm/yr) The computed Base Material Corrosion Rate for Sulfuric Acid Corrosion CM_Sulfuric_Acid_Corrosion_Rate = (mpy : mm/yr) The computed Cladding Material Corrosion Rate for Sulfuric Acid Corrosion
Proprietary and Confidential - Equity Engineering Group, Inc.
API RBI User's Guide
No.
Mary Buchheim Doc Response/Approved
Checked
Page 172 of 301
April 2007
Rev02
File API-RBI User Guide.Doc
BM_Gov_Thin_Mech = The computed Base Material Governing Thinning Mechanism. It represents the Specified Base Material Thinning Mechanism with the Maximum Corrosion Rate. The computed Base Material Governing Thinning Mechanism. It represents the Specified Base Material Thinning Mechanism with the Maximum Corrosion Rate. The Thinning Mechanism, such as High Temperature Oxidation Corrosion, Amine Corrosion, Sour Water Corrosion, HF Corrosion, Sulfuric Acid Corrosion, HCL Corrosion, Sulfidic/Napthinic Acid Corrosion, H2S/H2 Corrosion, Soil/Underground, CO2, Acid Sour Water, Cooling Water, or Tank Floor that results in the Highest Corrosion Rate will be loaded. CM_Gov_Thin_Mech = The computed Clad Material Governing Thinning Mechanism. It represents the Specified Clad Material Thinning Mechanism with the Maximum Corrosion Rate. The computed Clad Material Governing Thinning Mechanism. It represents the Specified Clad Material Thinning Mechanism with the Maximum Corrosion Rate. The Thinning Mechanism, such as High Temperature Oxidation Corrosion, Amine Corrosion, Sour Water Corrosion, HF Corrosion, Sulfuric Acid Corrosion, HCL Corrosion, Sulfidic/Napthinic Acid Corrosion, H2S/H2 Corrosion, Soil/Underground, CO2, Acid Sour Water, Cooling Water, or Tank Floor that results in the Highest Corrosion Rate will be loaded. BM_Gov_Thin_Corr_Rate = (mpy : mm/yr) The computed Base Material Corrosion Rate for the Governing Thinning Mechanism (mpy) CM_Gov_Thin_Corr_Rate = (mpy : mm/yr) The computed Cladding Material Corrosion Rate for the Governing Thinning Mechanism (mpy) Total_BM_Corr_Rate = (mpy : mm/yr) The Computed Sum Of All Corrosion Rates for Base Materials Based On The Selected Thinning Mechanisms (mpy) Total_CM_Corr_Rate = (mpy : mm/yr) The Computed Sum Of All Corrosion Rates for Cladding Materials Based On The Selected Thinning Mechanisms (mpy)
Proprietary and Confidential - Equity Engineering Group, Inc.
API RBI User's Guide
No.
Mary Buchheim Doc Response/Approved
Checked
Page 173 of 301
April 2007
Rev02
File API-RBI User Guide.Doc
7.21.2.9 Acid Sour Water
Input Fields Design_Temperature = (°F : °C) Design Temperature can represent either Shellside or Tubeside Temperature depending on Equipment Type and Component Type. Usually Design Temperature represents the Shellside Temperature, but if Equipment Type = HEAT EXCHANGER and Component Type = HEXTS or HEXTUBE, then Design Temperature represents Tubeside Temperature. Design Temperature is only used in calculations if Operating Temperature is not provided. Operating_Temperature = (°F : °C) Normal Operating Temperature. The default is 70.0 F. Operating Temperature is used in calculations. If it is not provided Design Temperature is used. Fluid_Velocity = (ft/sec : m/sec) Fluid Velocity (Optional Input) Supplement Active = Flag to indicate if corrosion supplement is active. Operating_Pressure_(MPa) = Operating Pressure must be entered on the Operating Condition Form. Operating Pressure is used in calculations. If it is not provided Design Pressure used. BM_ASW_Corrosion_Flag = Option Flag to indicate Base Material ASW Corrosion (Base Material Corrosion Rate for ASW is Computed) CM_ASW_Corrosion_Flag = Option Flag to indicate Cladding Material ASW Corrosion (Cladding Material Corrosion Rate for ASW is Computed) ASW_H2O_Flag = Flag to indicate presence of water ASW_pH = pH of acid sour water ASW_Oxygen = Flag to indicate "High" oxygen content (greater than 50 ppb) = Yes, oxygen content less than or equal to 50 ppb = No BM_ASW_Corrosion_Rate = (mpy : mm/yr) The computed Base Material Corrosion Rate for ASW CM_ASW_Corrosion_Rate = (mpy : mm/yr) The computed Cladding Material Corrosion Rate for ASW
Proprietary and Confidential - Equity Engineering Group, Inc.
API RBI User's Guide
No.
Mary Buchheim Doc Response/Approved
Checked
Page 174 of 301
April 2007
Rev02
File API-RBI User Guide.Doc
BM_Gov_Thin_Mech = The computed Base Material Governing Thinning Mechanism. It represents the Specified Base Material Thinning Mechanism with the Maximum Corrosion Rate. The computed Base Material Governing Thinning Mechanism. It represents the Specified Base Material Thinning Mechanism with the Maximum Corrosion Rate. The Thinning Mechanism, such as High Temperature Oxidation Corrosion, Amine Corrosion, Sour Water Corrosion, HF Corrosion, Sulfuric Acid Corrosion, HCL Corrosion, Sulfidic/Napthinic Acid Corrosion, H2S/H2 Corrosion, Soil/Underground, CO2, Acid Sour Water, Cooling Water, or Tank Floor that results in the Highest Corrosion Rate will be loaded. CM_Gov_Thin_Mech = The computed Clad Material Governing Thinning Mechanism. It represents the Specified Clad Material Thinning Mechanism with the Maximum Corrosion Rate. The computed Clad Material Governing Thinning Mechanism. It represents the Specified Clad Material Thinning Mechanism with the Maximum Corrosion Rate. The Thinning Mechanism, such as High Temperature Oxidation Corrosion, Amine Corrosion, Sour Water Corrosion, HF Corrosion, Sulfuric Acid Corrosion, HCL Corrosion, Sulfidic/Napthinic Acid Corrosion, H2S/H2 Corrosion, Soil/Underground, CO2, Acid Sour Water, Cooling Water, or Tank Floor that results in the Highest Corrosion Rate will be loaded. BM_Gov_Thin_Corr_Rate = (mpy : mm/yr) The computed Base Material Corrosion Rate for the Governing Thinning Mechanism (mpy) CM_Gov_Thin_Corr_Rate = (mpy : mm/yr) The computed Cladding Material Corrosion Rate for the Governing Thinning Mechanism (mpy) Total_BM_Corr_Rate = (mpy : mm/yr) The Computed Sum Of All Corrosion Rates for Base Materials Based On The Selected Thinning Mechanisms (mpy) Total_CM_Corr_Rate = (mpy : mm/yr) The Computed Sum Of All Corrosion Rates for Cladding Materials Based On The Selected Thinning Mechanisms (mpy)
Proprietary and Confidential - Equity Engineering Group, Inc.
API RBI User's Guide
No.
Mary Buchheim Doc Response/Approved
Checked
Page 175 of 301
April 2007
Rev02
File API-RBI User Guide.Doc
7.21.2.10 CO2
Input Fields Design_Temperature = (°F : °C) Design Temperature can represent either Shellside or Tubeside Temperature depending on Equipment Type and Component Type. Usually Design Temperature represents the Shellside Temperature, but if Equipment Type = HEAT EXCHANGER and Component Type = HEXTS or HEXTUBE, then Design Temperature represents Tubeside Temperature. Design Temperature is only used in calculations if Operating Temperature is not provided. Operating_Temperature = (°F : °C) Normal Operating Temperature. The default is 70.0 F. Operating Temperature is used in calculations. If it is not provided Design Temperature is used. Fluid_Velocity = (ft/sec : m/sec) Fluid Velocity (Optional Input) Supplement Active = Flag to indicate if corrosion supplement is active. Operating_Pressure_(MPa) = Operating Pressure must be entered on the Operating Condition Form. Operating Pressure is used in calculations. If it is not provided Design Pressure used. BM_CO2_Corrosion_Flag = Option Flag to indicate Base Material CO2 Corrosion (Base Material Corrosion Rate for CO2 is Computed) CM_ CO2_Corrosion_Flag = Option Flag to indicate Cladding Material CO2 Corrosion (Cladding Material Corrosion Rate for CO2 is Computed) CO2_Conc = (mole%:mole%) CO2 Concentration CO2_Density = (lbm/ft3 : Kg/m3) Bulk Density of the stream CO2_Dew_Point = (°F : °C) Dew Point for CO2 CO2_Glycol = (wt%:wt%) Weight percent of water in glycol/water solution CO2_H2O = (wt%:wt%) Weight percent water in system range 0 to 30 % CO2_Inh = (%:%) Efficiency of CO2 Inhibitor CO2_Liq_HC_Flag = Flag to indicate if liquid Hydrocarbons are present CO2_Partial_Pressure = (psi : Mpa) CO2 Partial Pressure maximum 580 psi: 395 Mpa CO2_Roughness = Relative Roughness e/d per Moody Chart Proprietary and Confidential - Equity Engineering Group, Inc.
API RBI User's Guide
No.
Mary Buchheim Doc Response/Approved
Checked
Page 176 of 301
April 2007
Rev02
File API-RBI User Guide.Doc
CO2_Type = Type of water in mixture: Condensation, Seawater, Fe++ Saturated CO2_Viscosity = (cP : cP) Viscosity of the stream CO2_pH = pH of stream (range 3.5 - 6.5) BM_ CO2_Corrosion_Rate = (mpy : mm/yr) The computed Base Material Corrosion Rate for CO2 CM_ CO2_Corrosion_Rate = (mpy : mm/yr) The computed Cladding Material Corrosion Rate for CO2 BM_Gov_Thin_Mech = The computed Base Material Governing Thinning Mechanism. It represents the Specified Base Material Thinning Mechanism with the Maximum Corrosion Rate. The computed Base Material Governing Thinning Mechanism. It represents the Specified Base Material Thinning Mechanism with the Maximum Corrosion Rate. The Thinning Mechanism, such as High Temperature Oxidation Corrosion, Amine Corrosion, Sour Water Corrosion, HF Corrosion, Sulfuric Acid Corrosion, HCL Corrosion, Sulfidic/Napthinic Acid Corrosion, H2S/H2 Corrosion, Soil/Underground, CO2, Acid Sour Water, Cooling Water, or Tank Floor that results in the Highest Corrosion Rate will be loaded. CM_Gov_Thin_Mech = The computed Clad Material Governing Thinning Mechanism. It represents the Specified Clad Material Thinning Mechanism with the Maximum Corrosion Rate. The computed Clad Material Governing Thinning Mechanism. It represents the Specified Clad Material Thinning Mechanism with the Maximum Corrosion Rate. The Thinning Mechanism, such as High Temperature Oxidation Corrosion, Amine Corrosion, Sour Water Corrosion, HF Corrosion, Sulfuric Acid Corrosion, HCL Corrosion, Sulfidic/Napthinic Acid Corrosion, H2S/H2 Corrosion, Soil/Underground, CO2, Acid Sour Water, Cooling Water, or Tank Floor that results in the Highest Corrosion Rate will be loaded. BM_Gov_Thin_Corr_Rate = (mpy : mm/yr) The computed Base Material Corrosion Rate for the Governing Thinning Mechanism (mpy) CM_Gov_Thin_Corr_Rate = (mpy : mm/yr) The computed Cladding Material Corrosion Rate for the Governing Thinning Mechanism (mpy) Total_BM_Corr_Rate = (mpy : mm/yr) The Computed Sum Of All Corrosion Rates for Base Materials Based On The Selected Thinning Mechanisms (mpy) Total_CM_Corr_Rate = (mpy : mm/yr) The Computed Sum Of All Corrosion Rates for Cladding Materials Based On The Selected Thinning Mechanisms (mpy)
Proprietary and Confidential - Equity Engineering Group, Inc.
API RBI User's Guide
No.
Mary Buchheim Doc Response/Approved
Checked
Page 177 of 301
April 2007
Rev02
File API-RBI User Guide.Doc
7.21.2.11 Cooling Water
Input Fields Design_Temperature = (°F : °C) Design Temperature can represent either Shellside or Tubeside Temperature depending on Equipment Type and Component Type. Usually Design Temperature represents the Shellside Temperature, but if Equipment Type = HEAT EXCHANGER and Component Type = HEXTS or HEXTUBE, then Design Temperature represents Tubeside Temperature. Design Temperature is only used in calculations if Operating Temperature is not provided. Operating_Temperature = (°F : °C) Normal Operating Temperature. The default is 70.0 F. Operating Temperature is used in calculations. If it is not provided Design Temperature is used. Fluid_Velocity = (ft/sec : m/sec) Fluid Velocity (Optional Input) Supplement Active = Flag to indicate if corrosion supplement is active. Operating_Pressure_(MPa) = Operating Pressure must be entered on the Operating Condition Form. Operating Pressure is used in calculations. If it is not provided Design Pressure used. BM_CW_Corrosion_Flag = Option Flag to indicate Base Material CW Corrosion (Base Material Corrosion Rate for CW is Computed) CM_CW _Corrosion_Flag = Option Flag to indicate Cladding Material CW Corrosion (Cladding Material Corrosion Rate for CW is Computed) CW_Ca = Calcium Hardness mg/L of CaCO3 Range is between 10 and 1000 mg/L CW_Cl = (ppm : ppm) Chloride Concentration Range is between 5 and 10000 ppm Cl CW_MOA = (mg/L : mg/L) Methyl Orange Alkanility Range is 10 - 1000 mg/L CW_System = Flag to indicate if system is open or closed CW_TDS = (mg/L : mg/L) Total Dissolved Solids Select either 50 - 400 or 400 - 1000 CW_Temp = (°F : °C) Water Side Metal Surface Temperature CW_Water = Flag to indicate if Fresh or Sea water is used. CW_pH = pH of cooling water CW_Type = Flag to indicate if system is Recirculating or Once Through Proprietary and Confidential - Equity Engineering Group, Inc.
API RBI User's Guide
No.
Mary Buchheim Doc Response/Approved
Checked
Page 178 of 301
April 2007
Rev02
File API-RBI User Guide.Doc
BM_CW _Corrosion_Rate = (mpy : mm/yr) The computed Base Material Corrosion Rate for CW CM_CW _Corrosion_Rate = (mpy : mm/yr) The computed Cladding Material Corrosion Rate for CW BM_Gov_Thin_Mech = The computed Base Material Governing Thinning Mechanism. It represents the Specified Base Material Thinning Mechanism with the Maximum Corrosion Rate. The computed Base Material Governing Thinning Mechanism. It represents the Specified Base Material Thinning Mechanism with the Maximum Corrosion Rate. The Thinning Mechanism, such as High Temperature Oxidation Corrosion, Amine Corrosion, Sour Water Corrosion, HF Corrosion, Sulfuric Acid Corrosion, HCL Corrosion, Sulfidic/Napthinic Acid Corrosion, H2S/H2 Corrosion, Soil/Underground, CO2, Acid Sour Water, Cooling Water, or Tank Floor that results in the Highest Corrosion Rate will be loaded. CM_Gov_Thin_Mech = The computed Clad Material Governing Thinning Mechanism. It represents the Specified Clad Material Thinning Mechanism with the Maximum Corrosion Rate. The computed Clad Material Governing Thinning Mechanism. It represents the Specified Clad Material Thinning Mechanism with the Maximum Corrosion Rate. The Thinning Mechanism, such as High Temperature Oxidation Corrosion, Amine Corrosion, Sour Water Corrosion, HF Corrosion, Sulfuric Acid Corrosion, HCL Corrosion, Sulfidic/Napthinic Acid Corrosion, H2S/H2 Corrosion, Soil/Underground, CO2, Acid Sour Water, Cooling Water, or Tank Floor that results in the Highest Corrosion Rate will be loaded. BM_Gov_Thin_Corr_Rate = (mpy : mm/yr) The computed Base Material Corrosion Rate for the Governing Thinning Mechanism (mpy) CM_Gov_Thin_Corr_Rate = (mpy : mm/yr) The computed Cladding Material Corrosion Rate for the Governing Thinning Mechanism (mpy) Total_BM_Corr_Rate = (mpy : mm/yr) The Computed Sum Of All Corrosion Rates for Base Materials Based On The Selected Thinning Mechanisms (mpy) Total_CM_Corr_Rate = (mpy : mm/yr) The Computed Sum Of All Corrosion Rates for Cladding Materials Based On The Selected Thinning Mechanisms (mpy)
Proprietary and Confidential - Equity Engineering Group, Inc.
API RBI User's Guide
No.
Mary Buchheim Doc Response/Approved
Checked
Page 179 of 301
April 2007
Rev02
File API-RBI User Guide.Doc
7.21.2.12 Soil/Underground
Input Fields Design_Temperature = (°F : °C) Design Temperature can represent either Shellside or Tubeside Temperature depending on Equipment Type and Component Type. Usually Design Temperature represents the Shellside Temperature, but if Equipment Type = HEAT EXCHANGER and Component Type = HEXTS or HEXTUBE, then Design Temperature represents Tubeside Temperature. Design Temperature is only used in calculations if Operating Temperature is not provided. Operating_Temperature = (°F : °C) Normal Operating Temperature. The default is 70.0 F. Operating Temperature is used in calculations. If it is not provided Design Temperature is used. Fluid_Velocity = (ft/sec : m/sec) Fluid Velocity (Optional Input) Supplement Active = Flag to indicate if corrosion supplement is active. Operating_Pressure_(MPa) = Operating Pressure must be entered on the Operating Condition Form. Operating Pressure is used in calculations. If it is not provided Design Pressure used. BM_Soil_Corrosion_Flag = Option Flag to indicate Base Material Soil Corrosion (Base Material Corrosion Rate for Soil is Computed) CM_Soil_Corrosion_Flag = Option Flag to indicate Cladding Material Soil Corrosion (Cladding Material Corrosion Rate for Soil is Computed) Soil_Base_Corrosion_Rate = (mpy : mm/yr) Expected or observed corrosion rate for the buried structure or for "similar" structure under "similiar" service conditions Cathodic_Protect_Flag = Flag to indicate if cathodic protection is used. Cathodic_Protect_Factor = Factor to include Cathodic Protection Soil_Resistivity_Flag = Flag to consider resistivity for base corrosion rate Soil_Resistivity_Factor = Select Resistivity of Soil Coating_Flag = Flag to indicate if coating has been applied Coating_Base_Factor = Base factor for type of coating Proprietary and Confidential - Equity Engineering Group, Inc.
API RBI User's Guide
No.
Mary Buchheim Doc Response/Approved
Checked
Page 180 of 301
April 2007
Rev02
File API-RBI User Guide.Doc
Coating_Maint_Factor = Factor to account for coating maintenance Coating_Temp_Factor = Factor to account for exceeding maximum rated temperature for coating Coating_Age_Factor = Factor to adjust for age of coating BM_ Soil_Corrosion_Rate = (mpy : mm/yr) The computed Base Material Corrosion Rate for Soil CM_ Soil_Corrosion_Rate = (mpy : mm/yr) The computed Cladding Material Corrosion Rate for Soil BM_Gov_Thin_Mech = The computed Base Material Governing Thinning Mechanism. It represents the Specified Base Material Thinning Mechanism with the Maximum Corrosion Rate. The computed Base Material Governing Thinning Mechanism. It represents the Specified Base Material Thinning Mechanism with the Maximum Corrosion Rate. The Thinning Mechanism, such as High Temperature Oxidation Corrosion, Amine Corrosion, Sour Water Corrosion, HF Corrosion, Sulfuric Acid Corrosion, HCL Corrosion, Sulfidic/Napthinic Acid Corrosion, H2S/H2 Corrosion, Soil/Underground, CO2, Acid Sour Water, Cooling Water, or Tank Floor that results in the Highest Corrosion Rate will be loaded. CM_Gov_Thin_Mech = The computed Clad Material Governing Thinning Mechanism. It represents the Specified Clad Material Thinning Mechanism with the Maximum Corrosion Rate. The computed Clad Material Governing Thinning Mechanism. It represents the Specified Clad Material Thinning Mechanism with the Maximum Corrosion Rate. The Thinning Mechanism, such as High Temperature Oxidation Corrosion, Amine Corrosion, Sour Water Corrosion, HF Corrosion, Sulfuric Acid Corrosion, HCL Corrosion, Sulfidic/Napthinic Acid Corrosion, H2S/H2 Corrosion, Soil/Underground, CO2, Acid Sour Water, Cooling Water, or Tank Floor that results in the Highest Corrosion Rate will be loaded. BM_Gov_Thin_Corr_Rate = (mpy : mm/yr) The computed Base Material Corrosion Rate for the Governing Thinning Mechanism (mpy) CM_Gov_Thin_Corr_Rate = (mpy : mm/yr) The computed Cladding Material Corrosion Rate for the Governing Thinning Mechanism (mpy) Total_BM_Corr_Rate = (mpy : mm/yr) The Computed Sum Of All Corrosion Rates for Base Materials Based On The Selected Thinning Mechanisms (mpy) Total_CM_Corr_Rate = (mpy : mm/yr) The Computed Sum Of All Corrosion Rates for Cladding Materials Based On The Selected Thinning Mechanisms (mpy)
Proprietary and Confidential - Equity Engineering Group, Inc.
API RBI User's Guide
No.
Mary Buchheim Doc Response/Approved
Checked
Page 181 of 301
April 2007
Rev02
File API-RBI User Guide.Doc
7.21.2.13 Tank Floor This supplement is only available if the Component Type = TANKBOTTOM
Input Fields Design_Temperature = (°F : °C) Design Temperature can represent either Shellside or Tubeside Temperature depending on Equipment Type and Component Type. Usually Design Temperature represents the Shellside Temperature, but if Equipment Type = HEAT EXCHANGER and Component Type = HEXTS or HEXTUBE, then Design Temperature represents Tubeside Temperature. Design Temperature is only used in calculations if Operating Temperature is not provided. Operating_Temperature = (°F : °C) Normal Operating Temperature. The default is 70.0 F. Operating Temperature is used in calculations. If it is not provided Design Temperature is used. Fluid_Velocity = (ft/sec : m/sec) Fluid Velocity (Optional Input) Supplement Active = Flag to indicate if corrosion supplement is active. Operating_Pressure_(MPa) = Operating Pressure must be entered on the Operating Condition Form. Operating Pressure is used in calculations. If it is not provided Design Pressure used. BM_Tank_Floor_Corrosion_Flag = Option Flag to indicate Base Material Tank_Floor Corrosion (Base Material Corrosion Rate for Tank_Floor is Computed) Tank_Prod_Base_Rate = Calculate Product Side Corrosion Rate Tank_Prod_Base_Corr_Rate = (mpy:mm/yr) Base Corrosion Rate for Product Side Tank_Soil_Base_Rate = Calculate Soil Side Corrosion Rate Tank_Soil_Base_Corr_Rate = (mpy:mm/yr) Base Corrosion Rate for Soil Side Tank_Steam_Coil_Adj = Flag to indicate adjustment for tank steam coil Tank_Water_Draw_Off_Adj = Flag to indicate adjustment for water draw off Tank_Product_Cond_Flag_Adj = Option to indicate adjustment for product condition: Wet or Dry Tank_Soil_Resistivity_Adj = Select Resistivity of Soil Tank_Pad_Adj = Select adjustment for pad material Proprietary and Confidential - Equity Engineering Group, Inc.
API RBI User's Guide
No.
Mary Buchheim Doc Response/Approved
Checked
Page 182 of 301
April 2007
Rev02
File API-RBI User Guide.Doc
Tank_Drainage_Adj = Select adjustment for drain Tank_Cathodic_Protection_Adj = Flag to indicate adjustment for cathodic protection Tank_Bottom_Type_Adj = Select adjustment for type of tank bottom BM_Tank_Floor _Corrosion_Rate = (mpy : mm/yr) The computed Base Material Corrosion Rate for Tank_Floor BM_Gov_Thin_Mech = The computed Base Material Governing Thinning Mechanism. It represents the Specified Base Material Thinning Mechanism with the Maximum Corrosion Rate. The computed Base Material Governing Thinning Mechanism. It represents the Specified Base Material Thinning Mechanism with the Maximum Corrosion Rate. The Thinning Mechanism, such as High Temperature Oxidation Corrosion, Amine Corrosion, Sour Water Corrosion, HF Corrosion, Sulfuric Acid Corrosion, HCL Corrosion, Sulfidic/Napthinic Acid Corrosion, H2S/H2 Corrosion, Soil/Underground, CO2, Acid Sour Water, Cooling Water, or Tank Floor that results in the Highest Corrosion Rate will be loaded. BM_Gov_Thin_Corr_Rate = (mpy : mm/yr) The computed Base Material Corrosion Rate for the Governing Thinning Mechanism (mpy) Total_BM_Corr_Rate = (mpy : mm/yr) The Computed Sum Of All Corrosion Rates for Base Materials Based On The Selected Thinning Mechanisms (mpy)
Proprietary and Confidential - Equity Engineering Group, Inc.
API RBI User's Guide
No.
Mary Buchheim Doc Response/Approved
7.21.3
Checked
Page 183 of 301
April 2007
Rev02
File API-RBI User Guide.Doc
Equipment Lining Tab
Input Fields Liner_Type = Type of Internal Liner (Strip Alloy is the default, Refractory, Refractory Severe, Glass, Acid Brick, or Organic Coating) Liner_Condition = Lining Condition (Poor, Average, or Good) See Table M-6 in the BRD Online_Monitoring = Option Flag to indicate On-Line Monitoring for Selected Damage Type Lining_Installation_Date = Lining Installation Date [(Default value is the computed service start date, typically the commissioning date of the unit (Start Date)] Time_Since_Last_Inspection = Years Since Last Lining Inspection 7.21.3.1 Damage Drivers BM_Spec = Base Material Specification list based on the Construction Code selected BM_Grade = Base Material Grade based on the Construction Code selected Operating_Conditions = A brief descriptive name input by the user that identifies this set of Operating Conditions, for example: Normal, High Temperature, Low Temperature, High Pressure, Low Pressure Design_Temperature = (°F : °C) Design Temperature can represent either Shellside or Tubeside Temperature depending on Equipment Type and Component Type. Usually Design Temperature represents the Shellside Temperature, but if Equipment Type = HEAT EXCHANGER and Component Type = HEXTS or HEXTUBE, then Design Temperature represents Tubeside Temperature. Design Temperature is only used in calculations if Operating Temperature is not provided. Operating_Temperature = (°F : °C) Normal Operating Temperature. The default is 70.0 F. Operating Temperature is used in calculations. If it is not provided Design Temperature is used.
Proprietary and Confidential - Equity Engineering Group, Inc.
API RBI User's Guide
No.
Mary Buchheim Doc Response/Approved
Checked
Page 184 of 301
April 2007
Rev02
File API-RBI User Guide.Doc
7.21.3.2 Analysis Results Age = (yrs :yrs) The computed Time at the current service condition for Selected damage Type, computed as the RBI_DATE (the date the RBI analysis was conducted) minus the Inspection Category Date (the date of the last inspection) DF = The computed Technical Module Subfactor (TMSF) for Selected Damage Type Likelihood_Category = The computed Likelihood Category for Selected Damage Type 7.21.3.3 Risk Summary Total_DF = The computed Total Technical Module Subfactor (TMSF) value based on all acting Damage Mechanisms POF = The computed Damage Adjusted Failure Frequency COF = (ft² : m²) The computed Consequence Area or the Consequence of Failure (COF) Risk_Matrix = A 5x5 matrix that compares Likelihood Categories to Consequence Categories to determine High, Medium-High, Medium, and Low Risks. See Figure B-1 of the BRD Risk_Category = The computed value for Qualitative Risk based on Risk Matrix Maximum_Risk = (ft²/yr : m²/yr) The computed Maximum Risk based on area Financial_Risk = ($/yr : $/yr) The computed Financial Risk
7.21.3.4 What-If Fields Design_Temperature = (°F : °C) Design Temperature can represent either Shellside or Tubeside Temperature depending on Equipment Type and Component Type. Usually Design Temperature represents the Shellside Temperature, but if Equipment Type = HEAT EXCHANGER and Component Type = HEXTS or HEXTUBE, then Design Temperature represents Tubeside Temperature. Design Temperature is only used in calculations if Operating Temperature is not provided. Proprietary and Confidential - Equity Engineering Group, Inc.
API RBI User's Guide
No.
Mary Buchheim Doc Response/Approved
Checked
Page 185 of 301
April 2007
Rev02
File API-RBI User Guide.Doc
Operating_Temperature = (°F : °C) Normal Operating Temperature. The default is 70.0 F. Operating Temperature is used in calculations. If it is not provided Design Temperature is used. 7.21.3.5 FORM ACTIONS SAVE 1. Change existing data to new values 2. All Required Field Elements Must be Input Before Saving a Form 3. Select Save Data Button From the Action Panel 4. If Data Passes Validation The New Data Will Be saved 5. If Validation Fails The User Errors are Immediately Displayed in the Error Reply Message HELP View this form help screen DELETE Delete this Damage Form from the database CALCULATE Calculate the RBI results for this particular component as a "WHAT IF" calculation. This feature is activated by changing the "WHAT IF" flag to YES. Additional input fields are available but input data and results are NOT saved back to the database for a "WHAT IF" Calculation.
Proprietary and Confidential - Equity Engineering Group, Inc.
API RBI User's Guide
Page 186 of 301 No.
Mary Buchheim Doc Response/Approved
Checked
April 2007
Rev02
File API-RBI User Guide.Doc
7.22 Cracking Damage Mechanism Forms From this form you can select the type of Cracking observed: • Amine, • Carbonate, • Caustic, • Chloride, • HIC SOHIC H2S, • HIC SOHIC HF, • HSC HF, • Other, • Polythionic, or • SSC H2S Damage forms are available based upon the component material. If both a base and a cladding thickness are specified then all types of cracking are enabled. Amine
Carbonate
Caustic
Chloride
CS LC
CS LC
CS LC
HA NF
HIC/SOHIC H2S CS LC
HIC/SOHIC HF CS LC
HSC HF CS LC
Polythionic Acid HA NF
SSC H2S CS LC
Other HA NF CS LC HC
CS - Carbon Steel LC - Low Chrome HC – High Chrome NF - Non Ferrous HA - High Alloy When a component has been calculated, the tab for the cracking mechanism that has the largest DF is turned Green. Other cracking mechanisms that have a DF greater that 0 will be turned white. This form presents the following groups of information: • Input data requirements are displayed in the top left column and vary based upon the type of cracking. • Damage Drivers are summarized in the right top column. • Analysis results and a Risk summary are presented in the lower half of the screen. • Form Actions are at the bottom.
Proprietary and Confidential - Equity Engineering Group, Inc.
API RBI User's Guide
No.
Mary Buchheim Doc Response/Approved
7.22.1
Checked
Page 187 of 301
April 2007
Rev02
File API-RBI User Guide.Doc
Amine Cracking
7.22.1.1 Input Fields Component = The user name for this Component Component_Description = Analyst Description (Optional Input) Component_Comments = Analyst Comments (Optional Input) What-If = Flag to indicate "What if" calculations. "What if" calculation results are not saved to the database. Damage_Calculation_Flag = Option Flag to indicate if calculations should include this damage mechanism, corrosion mechanism or demand case. Amine_Crack_Type = Amine Type (Monoethanolamine -- MEA, Diethanolamine -- DEA, OR DIPA or OTHER) Solution_Type = Solution Type choice of Rich, Lean, Fresh Susceptibility = Cracking Susceptibility for Selected Damage Type Corrosion Cracking Estimated = Estimated Susceptibility for the selected Inspection History or Damage Form type Detected = Cracking Detected; If Susceptibility=Detected; then Detected=HIGH, otherwise it is blank Calculated_Susceptibility = Calculated Susceptibility from the backend Fortran Calculator
Proprietary and Confidential - Equity Engineering Group, Inc.
API RBI User's Guide
No.
Mary Buchheim Doc Response/Approved
Checked
Page 188 of 301
April 2007
Rev02
File API-RBI User Guide.Doc
7.22.1.2 Damage Drivers BM_Spec = Base Material Specification list based on the Construction Code selected BM_Grade = Base Material Grade based on the Construction Code selected Operating_Conditions = A brief descriptive name input by the user that identifies this set of Operating Conditions, for example: Normal, High Temperature, Low Temperature, High Pressure, Low Pressure Design_Temperature = (°F : °C) Design Temperature can represent either Shellside or Tubeside Temperature depending on Equipment Type and Component Type. Usually Design Temperature represents the Shellside Temperature, but if Equipment Type = HEAT EXCHANGER and Component Type = HEXTS or HEXTUBE, then Design Temperature represents Tubeside Temperature. Design Temperature is only used in calculations if Operating Temperature is not provided. Operating_Temperature = (°F : °C) Normal Operating Temperature. The default is 70.0 F. Operating Temperature is used in calculations. If it is not provided Design Temperature is used. Heat_Tracing = Option Flag to indicate Heat Tracing (equipment is steam-traced or electric-traced -- e.g. for freeze protection) Steam_Out = Option Flag to indicate Steam Out (equipment has been steamed-out prior to water flushing to remove residual caustic) PWHT = Option Flag to indicate Post Weld Heat Treatment (PWHT) 7.22.1.3 Analysis Results Highest_Effective_Insp = The Highest Effective Inspection for Selected Damage Type computed as a running total based on inspection history for up to the last six inspections No_Highest_Effective_Insp = Equivalent Number of Highest Effective Inspections, Up tTo Six Past Inspections Will Be Considered Age = (yrs :yrs) The computed Time at the current service condition for Selected damage Type, computed as the RBI_DATE (the date the RBI analysis was conducted) minus the Inspection Category Date (the date of the last inspection) DF = The computed Technical Module Subfactor (TMSF) for Selected Damage Type Likelihood_Category = The computed Likelihood Category for Selected Damage Type 7.22.1.4 Risk Summary Total_DF = The computed Total Technical Module Subfactor (TMSF) value based on all acting Damage Mechanisms POF = The computed Damage Adjusted Failure Frequency COF = (ft² : m²) The computed Consequence Area or the Consequence of Failure (COF) Risk_Matrix = A 5x5 matrix that compares Likelihood Categories to Consequence Categories to determine High, Medium-High, Medium, and Low Risks. See Figure B-1 of the BRD Risk_Category = The computed value for Qualitative Risk based on Risk Matrix Maximum_Risk = (ft²/yr : m²/yr) The computed Maximum Risk based on area Financial_Risk = ($/yr : $/yr) The computed Financial Risk
Proprietary and Confidential - Equity Engineering Group, Inc.
API RBI User's Guide
No.
Mary Buchheim Doc Response/Approved
Checked
Page 189 of 301
April 2007
Rev02
File API-RBI User Guide.Doc
7.22.1.5 What-If Fields Design_Temperature = (°F : °C) Design Temperature can represent either Shellside or Tubeside Temperature depending on Equipment Type and Component Type. Usually Design Temperature represents the Shellside Temperature, but if Equipment Type = HEAT EXCHANGER and Component Type = HEXTS or HEXTUBE, then Design Temperature represents Tubeside Temperature. Design Temperature is only used in calculations if Operating Temperature is not provided. Operating_Temperature = (°F : °C) Normal Operating Temperature. The default is 70.0 F. Operating Temperature is used in calculations. If it is not provided Design Temperature is used. Heat_Tracing = Option Flag to indicate Heat Tracing (equipment is steam-traced or electric-traced -- e.g. for freeze protection) Steam_Out = Option Flag to indicate Steam Out (equipment has been steamed-out prior to water flushing to remove residual caustic) PWHT = Option Flag to indicate Post Weld Heat Treatment (PWHT) 7.22.1.6 FORM ACTIONS SAVE 1. Change existing data to new values 2. All Required Field Elements Must be Input Before Saving a Form 3. Select Save Data Button From the Action Panel 4. If Data Passes Validation The New Data Will Be saved 5. If Validation Fails The User Errors are Immediately Displayed in the Error Reply Message HELP View this form help screen DELETE Delete this Damage Form from the database CALCULATE Calculate the RBI results for this particular component as a "WHAT IF" calculation. This feature is activated by changing the "WHAT IF" flag to YES. Additional input fields are available but input data and results are NOT saved back to the database for a "WHAT IF" Calculation.
Proprietary and Confidential - Equity Engineering Group, Inc.
API RBI User's Guide
No.
Mary Buchheim Doc Response/Approved
7.22.2
Checked
Page 190 of 301
April 2007
Rev02
File API-RBI User Guide.Doc
Carbonate Cracking
7.22.2.1 Input Fields Component = The user name for this Component Component_Description = Analyst Description (Optional Input) Component_Comments = Analyst Comments (Optional Input) What-If = Flag to indicate "What if" calculations. "What if" calculation results are not saved to the database. Damage_Calculation_Flag = Option Flag to indicate if calculations should include this damage mechanism, corrosion mechanism or demand case. Water = Option Flag to indicate the presence of free water in the equipment/piping. Consider not only normal operating conditions, but also startup, shutdown, process upsets, etc H2S = Option Flag to indicate the presence of at least 50 ppm of H2S in water phase in this equipment/piping. pH = (pH :pH) PH of Water (LT 7.6 is the default, 7.6-8.3, 8.4-9.0, or GT 9) CO3_Concentration = (ppm : ppm) Carbonate Concentration Susceptibility = Cracking Susceptibility for Selected Damage Type Corrosion Cracking Estimated = Estimated Susceptibility for the selected Inspection History or Damage Form type Detected = Cracking Detected; If Susceptibility=Detected; then Detected=HIGH, otherwise it is blank Calculated_Susceptibility = Calculated Susceptibility from the backend Fortran Calculator
Proprietary and Confidential - Equity Engineering Group, Inc.
API RBI User's Guide
No.
Mary Buchheim Doc Response/Approved
Checked
Page 191 of 301
April 2007
Rev02
File API-RBI User Guide.Doc
7.22.2.2 Damage Drivers BM_Spec = Base Material Specification list based on the Construction Code selected BM_Grade = Base Material Grade based on the Construction Code selected Operating_Conditions = A brief descriptive name input by the user that identifies this set of Operating Conditions, for example: Normal, High Temperature, Low Temperature, High Pressure, Low Pressure Design_Temperature = (°F : °C) Design Temperature can represent either Shellside or Tubeside Temperature depending on Equipment Type and Component Type. Usually Design Temperature represents the Shellside Temperature, but if Equipment Type = HEAT EXCHANGER and Component Type = HEXTS or HEXTUBE, then Design Temperature represents Tubeside Temperature. Design Temperature is only used in calculations if Operating Temperature is not provided. Operating_Temperature = (°F : °C) Normal Operating Temperature. The default is 70.0 F. Operating Temperature is used in calculations. If it is not provided Design Temperature is used. Heat_Tracing = Option Flag to indicate Heat Tracing (equipment is steam-traced or electric-traced -- e.g. for freeze protection) PWHT = Option Flag to indicate Post Weld Heat Treatment (PWHT) 7.22.2.3 Analysis Results Highest_Effective_Insp = The Highest Effective Inspection for Selected Damage Type computed as a running total based on inspection history for up to the last six inspections No_Highest_Effective_Insp = Equivalent Number of Highest Effective Inspections, Up tTo Six Past Inspections Will Be Considered Age = (yrs :yrs) The computed Time at the current service condition for Selected damage Type, computed as the RBI_DATE (the date the RBI analysis was conducted) minus the Inspection Category Date (the date of the last inspection) DF = The computed Technical Module Subfactor (TMSF) for Selected Damage Type Likelihood_Category = The computed Likelihood Category for Selected Damage Type 7.22.2.4 Risk Summary Total_DF = The computed Total Technical Module Subfactor (TMSF) value based on all acting Damage Mechanisms POF = The computed Damage Adjusted Failure Frequency COF = (ft² : m²) The computed Consequence Area or the Consequence of Failure (COF) Risk_Matrix = A 5x5 matrix that compares Likelihood Categories to Consequence Categories to determine High, Medium-High, Medium, and Low Risks. See Figure B-1 of the BRD Risk_Category = The computed value for Qualitative Risk based on Risk Matrix Maximum_Risk = (ft²/yr : m²/yr) The computed Maximum Risk based on area Financial_Risk = ($/yr : $/yr) The computed Financial Risk
Proprietary and Confidential - Equity Engineering Group, Inc.
API RBI User's Guide
No.
Mary Buchheim Doc Response/Approved
Checked
Page 192 of 301
April 2007
Rev02
File API-RBI User Guide.Doc
7.22.2.5 What-If Fields Design_Temperature = (°F : °C) Design Temperature can represent either Shellside or Tubeside Temperature depending on Equipment Type and Component Type. Usually Design Temperature represents the Shellside Temperature, but if Equipment Type = HEAT EXCHANGER and Component Type = HEXTS or HEXTUBE, then Design Temperature represents Tubeside Temperature. Design Temperature is only used in calculations if Operating Temperature is not provided. Operating_Temperature = (°F : °C) Normal Operating Temperature. The default is 70.0 F. Operating Temperature is used in calculations. If it is not provided Design Temperature is used. Heat_Tracing = Option Flag to indicate Heat Tracing (equipment is steam-traced or electric-traced -- e.g. for freeze protection) PWHT = Option Flag to indicate Post Weld Heat Treatment (PWHT) 7.22.2.6 FORM ACTIONS SAVE 1. Change existing data to new values 2. All Required Field Elements Must be Input Before Saving a Form 3. Select Save Data Button From the Action Panel 4. If Data Passes Validation The New Data Will Be saved 5. If Validation Fails The User Errors are Immediately Displayed in the Error Reply Message HELP View this form help screen DELETE Delete this Damage Form from the database CALCULATE Calculate the RBI results for this particular component as a "WHAT IF" calculation. This feature is activated by changing the "WHAT IF" flag to YES. Additional input fields are available but input data and results are NOT saved back to the database for a "WHAT IF" Calculation.
Proprietary and Confidential - Equity Engineering Group, Inc.
API RBI User's Guide
No.
Mary Buchheim Doc Response/Approved
7.22.3
Checked
Page 193 of 301
April 2007
Rev02
File API-RBI User Guide.Doc
Caustic Cracking
7.22.3.1 Input Fields Component = The user name for this Component Component_Description = Analyst Description (Optional Input) Component_Comments = Analyst Comments (Optional Input) What-If = Flag to indicate "What if" calculations. "What if" calculation results are not saved to the database. Damage_Calculation_Flag = Option Flag to indicate if calculations should include this damage mechanism, corrosion mechanism or demand case. NaOH_Conc = (wt% : wt%) NaOH Concentration Percent (Determines the concentration of caustic solution being handled in this equipment/piping. Take into account whether heating or flashing of water produces higher concentration) (Optional Input) Range is 0 wt% to 50 wt% Susceptibility = Cracking Susceptibility for Selected Damage Type Corrosion Cracking Estimated = Estimated Susceptibility for the selected Inspection History or Damage Form type Detected = Cracking Detected; If Susceptibility=Detected; then Detected=HIGH, otherwise it is blank Calculated_Susceptibility = Calculated Susceptibility from the backend Fortran Calculator
Proprietary and Confidential - Equity Engineering Group, Inc.
API RBI User's Guide
No.
Mary Buchheim Doc Response/Approved
Checked
Page 194 of 301
April 2007
Rev02
File API-RBI User Guide.Doc
7.22.3.2 Damage Drivers BM_Spec = Base Material Specification list based on the Construction Code selected BM_Grade = Base Material Grade based on the Construction Code selected Operating_Conditions = A brief descriptive name input by the user that identifies this set of Operating Conditions, for example: Normal, High Temperature, Low Temperature, High Pressure, Low Pressure Design_Temperature = (°F : °C) Design Temperature can represent either Shellside or Tubeside Temperature depending on Equipment Type and Component Type. Usually Design Temperature represents the Shellside Temperature, but if Equipment Type = HEAT EXCHANGER and Component Type = HEXTS or HEXTUBE, then Design Temperature represents Tubeside Temperature. Design Temperature is only used in calculations if Operating Temperature is not provided. Operating_Temperature = (°F : °C) Normal Operating Temperature. The default is 70.0 F. Operating Temperature is used in calculations. If it is not provided Design Temperature is used. Heat_Tracing = Option Flag to indicate Heat Tracing (equipment is steam-traced or electric-traced -- e.g. for freeze protection) Steam_Out = Option Flag to indicate Steam Out (equipment has been steamed-out prior to water flushing to remove residual caustic) PWHT = Option Flag to indicate Post Weld Heat Treatment (PWHT) 7.22.3.3 Analysis Results Highest_Effective_Insp = The Highest Effective Inspection for Selected Damage Type computed as a running total based on inspection history for up to the last six inspections No_Highest_Effective_Insp = Equivalent Number of Highest Effective Inspections, Up tTo Six Past Inspections Will Be Considered Age = (yrs :yrs) The computed Time at the current service condition for Selected damage Type, computed as the RBI_DATE (the date the RBI analysis was conducted) minus the Inspection Category Date (the date of the last inspection) DF = The computed Technical Module Subfactor (TMSF) for Selected Damage Type Likelihood_Category = The computed Likelihood Category for Selected Damage Type 7.22.3.4 Risk Summary Total_DF = The computed Total Technical Module Subfactor (TMSF) value based on all acting Damage Mechanisms POF = The computed Damage Adjusted Failure Frequency COF = (ft² : m²) The computed Consequence Area or the Consequence of Failure (COF) Risk_Matrix = A 5x5 matrix that compares Likelihood Categories to Consequence Categories to determine High, Medium-High, Medium, and Low Risks. See Figure B-1 of the BRD Risk_Category = The computed value for Qualitative Risk based on Risk Matrix Maximum_Risk = (ft²/yr : m²/yr) The computed Maximum Risk based on area Financial_Risk = ($/yr : $/yr) The computed Financial Risk
Proprietary and Confidential - Equity Engineering Group, Inc.
API RBI User's Guide
No.
Mary Buchheim Doc Response/Approved
Checked
Page 195 of 301
April 2007
Rev02
File API-RBI User Guide.Doc
7.22.3.5 What-If Fields Design_Temperature = (°F : °C) Design Temperature can represent either Shellside or Tubeside Temperature depending on Equipment Type and Component Type. Usually Design Temperature represents the Shellside Temperature, but if Equipment Type = HEAT EXCHANGER and Component Type = HEXTS or HEXTUBE, then Design Temperature represents Tubeside Temperature. Design Temperature is only used in calculations if Operating Temperature is not provided. Operating_Temperature = (°F : °C) Normal Operating Temperature. The default is 70.0 F. Operating Temperature is used in calculations. If it is not provided Design Temperature is used. Heat_Tracing = Option Flag to indicate Heat Tracing (equipment is steam-traced or electric-traced -- e.g. for freeze protection) Steam_Out = Option Flag to indicate Steam Out (equipment has been steamed-out prior to water flushing to remove residual caustic) PWHT = Option Flag to indicate Post Weld Heat Treatment (PWHT) 7.22.3.6 FORM ACTIONS SAVE 6. Change existing data to new values 7. All Required Field Elements Must be Input Before Saving a Form 8. Select Save Data Button From the Action Panel 9. If Data Passes Validation The New Data Will Be saved 10. If Validation Fails The User Errors are Immediately Displayed in the Error Reply Message HELP View this form help screen DELETE Delete this Damage Form from the database CALCULATE Calculate the RBI results for this particular component as a "WHAT IF" calculation. This feature is activated by changing the "WHAT IF" flag to YES. Additional input fields are available but input data and results are NOT saved back to the database for a "WHAT IF" Calculation.
Proprietary and Confidential - Equity Engineering Group, Inc.
API RBI User's Guide
No.
Mary Buchheim Doc Response/Approved
7.22.4
Checked
Page 196 of 301
April 2007
Rev02
File API-RBI User Guide.Doc
Chloride Cracking
7.22.4.1 Input Fields Component = The user name for this Component Component_Description = Analyst Description (Optional Input) Component_Comments = Analyst Comments (Optional Input) What-If = Flag to indicate "What if" calculations. "What if" calculation results are not saved to the database. Damage_Calculation_Flag = Option Flag to indicate if calculations should include this damage mechanism, corrosion mechanism or demand case. pH_Water_Cl = (pH :pH) PH of Water ( LT= 10, GT 10) Cl_Concentration = (ppm : ppm) The Chloride Concentration in Water (LT 1 ppm, 1-10 ppm, 11-100 ppm, 101-1000 ppm, or GT 1000 ppm) Susceptibility = Cracking Susceptibility for Selected Damage Type Corrosion Cracking Estimated = Estimated Susceptibility for the selected Inspection History or Damage Form type Detected = Cracking Detected; If Susceptibility=Detected; then Detected=HIGH, otherwise it is blank Calculated_Susceptibility = Calculated Susceptibility from the backend Fortran Calculator
Proprietary and Confidential - Equity Engineering Group, Inc.
API RBI User's Guide
No.
Mary Buchheim Doc Response/Approved
Checked
Page 197 of 301
April 2007
Rev02
File API-RBI User Guide.Doc
7.22.4.2 Damage Drivers BM_Spec = Base Material Specification list based on the Construction Code selected BM_Grade = Base Material Grade based on the Construction Code selected Operating_Conditions = A brief descriptive name input by the user that identifies this set of Operating Conditions, for example: Normal, High Temperature, Low Temperature, High Pressure, Low Pressure Design_Temperature = (°F : °C) Design Temperature can represent either Shellside or Tubeside Temperature depending on Equipment Type and Component Type. Usually Design Temperature represents the Shellside Temperature, but if Equipment Type = HEAT EXCHANGER and Component Type = HEXTS or HEXTUBE, then Design Temperature represents Tubeside Temperature. Design Temperature is only used in calculations if Operating Temperature is not provided. Operating_Temperature = (°F : °C) Normal Operating Temperature. The default is 70.0 F. Operating Temperature is used in calculations. If it is not provided Design Temperature is used. 7.22.4.3 Analysis Results Highest_Effective_Insp = The Highest Effective Inspection for Selected Damage Type computed as a running total based on inspection history for up to the last six inspections No_Highest_Effective_Insp = Equivalent Number of Highest Effective Inspections, Up tTo Six Past Inspections Will Be Considered Age = (yrs :yrs) The computed Time at the current service condition for Selected damage Type, computed as the RBI_DATE (the date the RBI analysis was conducted) minus the Inspection Category Date (the date of the last inspection) DF = The computed Technical Module Subfactor (TMSF) for Selected Damage Type Likelihood_Category = The computed Likelihood Category for Selected Damage Type 7.22.4.4 Risk Summary Total_DF = The computed Total Technical Module Subfactor (TMSF) value based on all acting Damage Mechanisms POF = The computed Damage Adjusted Failure Frequency COF = (ft² : m²) The computed Consequence Area or the Consequence of Failure (COF) Risk_Matrix = A 5x5 matrix that compares Likelihood Categories to Consequence Categories to determine High, Medium-High, Medium, and Low Risks. See Figure B-1 of the BRD Risk_Category = The computed value for Qualitative Risk based on Risk Matrix Maximum_Risk = (ft²/yr : m²/yr) The computed Maximum Risk based on area Financial_Risk = ($/yr : $/yr) The computed Financial Risk
Proprietary and Confidential - Equity Engineering Group, Inc.
API RBI User's Guide
No.
Mary Buchheim Doc Response/Approved
Checked
Page 198 of 301
April 2007
Rev02
File API-RBI User Guide.Doc
7.22.4.5 What-If Fields Design_Temperature = (°F : °C) Design Temperature can represent either Shellside or Tubeside Temperature depending on Equipment Type and Component Type. Usually Design Temperature represents the Shellside Temperature, but if Equipment Type = HEAT EXCHANGER and Component Type = HEXTS or HEXTUBE, then Design Temperature represents Tubeside Temperature. Design Temperature is only used in calculations if Operating Temperature is not provided. Operating_Temperature = (°F : °C) Normal Operating Temperature. The default is 70.0 F. Operating Temperature is used in calculations. If it is not provided Design Temperature is used. 7.22.4.6 FORM ACTIONS SAVE 1. Change existing data to new values 2. All Required Field Elements Must be Input Before Saving a Form 3. Select Save Data Button From the Action Panel 4. If Data Passes Validation The New Data Will Be saved 5. If Validation Fails The User Errors are Immediately Displayed in the Error Reply Message HELP View this form help screen DELETE Delete this Damage Form from the database CALCULATE Calculate the RBI results for this particular component as a "WHAT IF" calculation. This feature is activated by changing the "WHAT IF" flag to YES. Additional input fields are available but input data and results are NOT saved back to the database for a "WHAT IF" Calculation.
Proprietary and Confidential - Equity Engineering Group, Inc.
API RBI User's Guide
No.
Mary Buchheim Doc Response/Approved
7.22.5
Checked
Page 199 of 301
April 2007
Rev02
File API-RBI User Guide.Doc
HIC SOHIC H2S
7.22.5.1 Input Fields Component = The user name for this Component Component_Description = Analyst Description (Optional Input) Component_Comments = Analyst Comments (Optional Input) What-If = Flag to indicate "What if" calculations. "What if" calculation results are not saved to the database. Damage_Calculation_Flag = Option Flag to indicate if calculations should include this damage mechanism, corrosion mechanism or demand case. Water = Option Flag to indicate the presence of free water in the equipment/piping. Consider not only normal operating conditions, but also startup, shutdown, process upsets, etc H2S_Content = (ppm : ppm) H2S Content of Water (LT 50 ppm -- default, 50-1000 ppm, 1000-10000 ppm, or GT10000 ppm) pH_Water = (pH :pH) PH of Water (LT 5.5 is the default, 5.5-7.5, 7.6-8.3, 8.4-9.0, or GT 9) Cyanides = Option Flag to indicate the presence of cyanides Sulfur_Content = Sulfur content of material (HIGH -- GT 0.01% Default; LOW -- 0.01-0.002%S; ULTRA LOW -- LT 0.002%S) Susceptibility = Cracking Susceptibility for Selected Damage Type Corrosion Cracking Estimated = Estimated Susceptibility for the selected Inspection History or Damage Form type Detected = Cracking Detected; If Susceptibility=Detected; then Detected=HIGH, otherwise it is blank Calculated_Susceptibility = Calculated Susceptibility from the backend Fortran Calculator
Proprietary and Confidential - Equity Engineering Group, Inc.
API RBI User's Guide
No.
Mary Buchheim Doc Response/Approved
Checked
Page 200 of 301
April 2007
Rev02
File API-RBI User Guide.Doc
7.22.5.2 Damage Drivers BM_Spec = Base Material Specification list based on the Construction Code selected BM_Grade = Base Material Grade based on the Construction Code selected Operating_Conditions = A brief descriptive name input by the user that identifies this set of Operating Conditions, for example: Normal, High Temperature, Low Temperature, High Pressure, Low Pressure Design_Temperature = (°F : °C) Design Temperature can represent either Shellside or Tubeside Temperature depending on Equipment Type and Component Type. Usually Design Temperature represents the Shellside Temperature, but if Equipment Type = HEAT EXCHANGER and Component Type = HEXTS or HEXTUBE, then Design Temperature represents Tubeside Temperature. Design Temperature is only used in calculations if Operating Temperature is not provided. Operating_Temperature = (°F : °C) Normal Operating Temperature. The default is 70.0 F. Operating Temperature is used in calculations. If it is not provided Design Temperature is used. PWHT = Option Flag to indicate Post Weld Heat Treatment (PWHT) Toxic_Model = Toxic Model Identification (Such as H2S, HF, AMMONIA, CL, EO, PO, NO2, HCL, TDI, etc.) (Must be input) Percent_Toxic = Percentage Of Toxic Fluid In Operating Stream (%) (Optional Input) 7.22.5.3 Analysis Results Highest_Effective_Insp = The Highest Effective Inspection for Selected Damage Type computed as a running total based on inspection history for up to the last six inspections No_Highest_Effective_Insp = Equivalent Number of Highest Effective Inspections, Up tTo Six Past Inspections Will Be Considered Age = (yrs :yrs) The computed Time at the current service condition for Selected damage Type, computed as the RBI_DATE (the date the RBI analysis was conducted) minus the Inspection Category Date (the date of the last inspection) DF = The computed Technical Module Subfactor (TMSF) for Selected Damage Type Likelihood_Category = The computed Likelihood Category for Selected Damage Type 7.22.5.4 Risk Summary Total_DF = The computed Total Technical Module Subfactor (TMSF) value based on all acting Damage Mechanisms POF = The computed Damage Adjusted Failure Frequency COF = (ft² : m²) The computed Consequence Area or the Consequence of Failure (COF) Risk_Matrix = A 5x5 matrix that compares Likelihood Categories to Consequence Categories to determine High, Medium-High, Medium, and Low Risks. See Figure B-1 of the BRD Risk_Category = The computed value for Qualitative Risk based on Risk Matrix Maximum_Risk = (ft²/yr : m²/yr) The computed Maximum Risk based on area Financial_Risk = ($/yr : $/yr) The computed Financial Risk
Proprietary and Confidential - Equity Engineering Group, Inc.
API RBI User's Guide
No.
Mary Buchheim Doc Response/Approved
Checked
Page 201 of 301
April 2007
Rev02
File API-RBI User Guide.Doc
7.22.5.5 What-If Fields Design_Temperature = (°F : °C) Design Temperature can represent either Shellside or Tubeside Temperature depending on Equipment Type and Component Type. Usually Design Temperature represents the Shellside Temperature, but if Equipment Type = HEAT EXCHANGER and Component Type = HEXTS or HEXTUBE, then Design Temperature represents Tubeside Temperature. Design Temperature is only used in calculations if Operating Temperature is not provided. Operating_Temperature = (°F : °C) Normal Operating Temperature. The default is 70.0 F. Operating Temperature is used in calculations. If it is not provided Design Temperature is used. PWHT = Option Flag to indicate Post Weld Heat Treatment (PWHT) Toxic_Model = Toxic Model Identification (Such as H2S, HF, AMMONIA, CL, EO, PO, NO2, HCL, TDI, etc.) (Must be input) Percent_Toxic = Percentage Of Toxic Fluid In Operating Stream (%) (Optional Input) 7.22.5.6 FORM ACTIONS SAVE 1. Change existing data to new values 2. All Required Field Elements Must be Input Before Saving a Form 3. Select Save Data Button From the Action Panel 4. If Data Passes Validation The New Data Will Be saved 5. If Validation Fails The User Errors are Immediately Displayed in the Error Reply Message HELP View this form help screen DELETE Delete this Damage Form from the database CALCULATE Calculate the RBI results for this particular component as a "WHAT IF" calculation. This feature is activated by changing the "WHAT IF" flag to YES. Additional input fields are available but input data and results are NOT saved back to the database for a "WHAT IF" Calculation.
Proprietary and Confidential - Equity Engineering Group, Inc.
API RBI User's Guide
No.
Mary Buchheim Doc Response/Approved
7.22.6
Checked
Page 202 of 301
April 2007
Rev02
File API-RBI User Guide.Doc
HIC SOHIC HF
7.22.6.1 Input Fields Component = The user name for this Component Component_Description = Analyst Description (Optional Input) Component_Comments = Analyst Comments (Optional Input) What-If = Flag to indicate "What if" calculations. "What if" calculation results are not saved to the database. Damage_Calculation_Flag = Option Flag to indicate if calculations should include this damage mechanism, corrosion mechanism or demand case. Sulfur_Content = Sulfur content of material (HIGH -- GT 0.01% Default; LOW -- 0.01-0.002%S; ULTRA LOW -- LT 0.002%S) Susceptibility = Cracking Susceptibility for Selected Damage Type Corrosion Cracking Estimated = Estimated Susceptibility for the selected Inspection History or Damage Form type Detected = Cracking Detected; If Susceptibility=Detected; then Detected=HIGH, otherwise it is blank Calculated_Susceptibility = Calculated Susceptibility from the backend Fortran Calculator
Proprietary and Confidential - Equity Engineering Group, Inc.
API RBI User's Guide
No.
Mary Buchheim Doc Response/Approved
Checked
Page 203 of 301
April 2007
Rev02
File API-RBI User Guide.Doc
7.22.6.2 Damage Drivers BM_Spec = Base Material Specification list based on the Construction Code selected BM_Grade = Base Material Grade based on the Construction Code selected Operating_Conditions = A brief descriptive name input by the user that identifies this set of Operating Conditions, for example: Normal, High Temperature, Low Temperature, High Pressure, Low Pressure Design_Temperature = (°F : °C) Design Temperature can represent either Shellside or Tubeside Temperature depending on Equipment Type and Component Type. Usually Design Temperature represents the Shellside Temperature, but if Equipment Type = HEAT EXCHANGER and Component Type = HEXTS or HEXTUBE, then Design Temperature represents Tubeside Temperature. Design Temperature is only used in calculations if Operating Temperature is not provided. Operating_Temperature = (°F : °C) Normal Operating Temperature. The default is 70.0 F. Operating Temperature is used in calculations. If it is not provided Design Temperature is used. Minimum_Temperature = (°F : °C) Minimum Operating Temperature Under Normal, Startup, Shutdown, Or Upset Conditions. The Normal Operating Temperature is the default value PWHT = Option Flag to indicate Post Weld Heat Treatment (PWHT) Toxic_Model = Toxic Model Identification (Such as H2S, HF, AMMONIA, CL, EO, PO, NO2, HCL, TDI, etc.) (Must be input) Percent_Toxic = Percentage Of Toxic Fluid In Operating Stream (%) (Optional Input) 7.22.6.3 Analysis Results Highest_Effective_Insp = The Highest Effective Inspection for Selected Damage Type computed as a running total based on inspection history for up to the last six inspections No_Highest_Effective_Insp = Equivalent Number of Highest Effective Inspections, Up tTo Six Past Inspections Will Be Considered Age = (yrs :yrs) The computed Time at the current service condition for Selected damage Type, computed as the RBI_DATE (the date the RBI analysis was conducted) minus the Inspection Category Date (the date of the last inspection) DF = The computed Technical Module Subfactor (TMSF) for Selected Damage Type Likelihood_Category = The computed Likelihood Category for Selected Damage Type 7.22.6.4 Risk Summary Total_DF = The computed Total Technical Module Subfactor (TMSF) value based on all acting Damage Mechanisms POF = The computed Damage Adjusted Failure Frequency COF = (ft² : m²) The computed Consequence Area or the Consequence of Failure (COF) Risk_Matrix = A 5x5 matrix that compares Likelihood Categories to Consequence Categories to determine High, Medium-High, Medium, and Low Risks. See Figure B-1 of the BRD Risk_Category = The computed value for Qualitative Risk based on Risk Matrix Maximum_Risk = (ft²/yr : m²/yr) The computed Maximum Risk based on area Financial_Risk = ($/yr : $/yr) The computed Financial Risk
Proprietary and Confidential - Equity Engineering Group, Inc.
API RBI User's Guide
No.
Mary Buchheim Doc Response/Approved
Checked
Page 204 of 301
April 2007
Rev02
File API-RBI User Guide.Doc
7.22.6.5 What-If Fields Design_Temperature = (°F : °C) Design Temperature can represent either Shellside or Tubeside Temperature depending on Equipment Type and Component Type. Usually Design Temperature represents the Shellside Temperature, but if Equipment Type = HEAT EXCHANGER and Component Type = HEXTS or HEXTUBE, then Design Temperature represents Tubeside Temperature. Design Temperature is only used in calculations if Operating Temperature is not provided. Operating_Temperature = (°F : °C) Normal Operating Temperature. The default is 70.0 F. Operating Temperature is used in calculations. If it is not provided Design Temperature is used. Minimum_Temperature = (°F : °C) Minimum Operating Temperature Under Normal, Startup, Shutdown, Or Upset Conditions. The Normal Operating Temperature is the default value PWHT = Option Flag to indicate Post Weld Heat Treatment (PWHT) Toxic_Model = Toxic Model Identification (Such as H2S, HF, AMMONIA, CL, EO, PO, NO2, HCL, TDI, etc.) (Must be input) Percent_Toxic = Percentage Of Toxic Fluid In Operating Stream (%) (Optional Input) 7.22.6.6 FORM ACTIONS SAVE 1. Change existing data to new values 2. All Required Field Elements Must be Input Before Saving a Form 3. Select Save Data Button From the Action Panel 4. If Data Passes Validation The New Data Will Be saved 5. If Validation Fails The User Errors are Immediately Displayed in the Error Reply Message HELP View this form help screen DELETE Delete this Damage Form from the database CALCULATE Calculate the RBI results for this particular component as a "WHAT IF" calculation. This feature is activated by changing the "WHAT IF" flag to YES. Additional input fields are available but input data and results are NOT saved back to the database for a "WHAT IF" Calculation.
Proprietary and Confidential - Equity Engineering Group, Inc.
API RBI User's Guide
No.
Mary Buchheim Doc Response/Approved
7.22.7
Checked
Page 205 of 301
April 2007
Rev02
File API-RBI User Guide.Doc
HSC HF
7.22.7.1 Input Fields Component = The user name for this Component Component_Description = Analyst Description (Optional Input) Component_Comments = Analyst Comments (Optional Input) What-If = Flag to indicate "What if" calculations. "What if" calculation results are not saved to the database. Damage_Calculation_Flag = Option Flag to indicate if calculations should include this damage mechanism, corrosion mechanism or demand case. BRNH = (bnh :bnh) Brinnell Hardness of Welds (200-237, GT 237, or LT 200 is default) Susceptibility = Cracking Susceptibility for Selected Damage Type Corrosion Cracking Estimated = Estimated Susceptibility for the selected Inspection History or Damage Form type Detected = Cracking Detected; If Susceptibility=Detected; then Detected=HIGH, otherwise it is blank Calculated_Susceptibility = Calculated Susceptibility from the backend Fortran Calculator
Proprietary and Confidential - Equity Engineering Group, Inc.
API RBI User's Guide
No.
Mary Buchheim Doc Response/Approved
Checked
Page 206 of 301
April 2007
Rev02
File API-RBI User Guide.Doc
7.22.7.2 Damage Drivers BM_Spec = Base Material Specification list based on the Construction Code selected BM_Grade = Base Material Grade based on the Construction Code selected Operating_Conditions = A brief descriptive name input by the user that identifies this set of Operating Conditions, for example: Normal, High Temperature, Low Temperature, High Pressure, Low Pressure Design_Temperature = (°F : °C) Design Temperature can represent either Shellside or Tubeside Temperature depending on Equipment Type and Component Type. Usually Design Temperature represents the Shellside Temperature, but if Equipment Type = HEAT EXCHANGER and Component Type = HEXTS or HEXTUBE, then Design Temperature represents Tubeside Temperature. Design Temperature is only used in calculations if Operating Temperature is not provided. Operating_Temperature = (°F : °C) Normal Operating Temperature. The default is 70.0 F. Operating Temperature is used in calculations. If it is not provided Design Temperature is used. Minimum_Temperature = (°F : °C) Minimum Operating Temperature Under Normal, Startup, Shutdown, Or Upset Conditions. The Normal Operating Temperature is the default value PWHT = Option Flag to indicate Post Weld Heat Treatment (PWHT) Toxic_Model = Toxic Model Identification (Such as H2S, HF, AMMONIA, CL, EO, PO, NO2, HCL, TDI, etc.) (Must be input) Percent_Toxic = Percentage Of Toxic Fluid In Operating Stream (%) (Optional Input) 7.22.7.3 Analysis Results Highest_Effective_Insp = The Highest Effective Inspection for Selected Damage Type computed as a running total based on inspection history for up to the last six inspections No_Highest_Effective_Insp = Equivalent Number of Highest Effective Inspections, Up tTo Six Past Inspections Will Be Considered Age = (yrs :yrs) The computed Time at the current service condition for Selected damage Type, computed as the RBI_DATE (the date the RBI analysis was conducted) minus the Inspection Category Date (the date of the last inspection) DF = The computed Technical Module Subfactor (TMSF) for Selected Damage Type Likelihood_Category = The computed Likelihood Category for Selected Damage Type 7.22.7.4 Risk Summary Total_DF = The computed Total Technical Module Subfactor (TMSF) value based on all acting Damage Mechanisms POF = The computed Damage Adjusted Failure Frequency COF = (ft² : m²) The computed Consequence Area or the Consequence of Failure (COF) Risk_Matrix = A 5x5 matrix that compares Likelihood Categories to Consequence Categories to determine High, Medium-High, Medium, and Low Risks. See Figure B-1 of the BRD Risk_Category = The computed value for Qualitative Risk based on Risk Matrix Maximum_Risk = (ft²/yr : m²/yr) The computed Maximum Risk based on area Financial_Risk = ($/yr : $/yr) The computed Financial Risk
Proprietary and Confidential - Equity Engineering Group, Inc.
API RBI User's Guide
No.
Mary Buchheim Doc Response/Approved
Checked
Page 207 of 301
April 2007
Rev02
File API-RBI User Guide.Doc
7.22.7.5 What-If Fields Design_Temperature = (°F : °C) Design Temperature can represent either Shellside or Tubeside Temperature depending on Equipment Type and Component Type. Usually Design Temperature represents the Shellside Temperature, but if Equipment Type = HEAT EXCHANGER and Component Type = HEXTS or HEXTUBE, then Design Temperature represents Tubeside Temperature. Design Temperature is only used in calculations if Operating Temperature is not provided. Operating_Temperature = (°F : °C) Normal Operating Temperature. The default is 70.0 F. Operating Temperature is used in calculations. If it is not provided Design Temperature is used. Minimum_Temperature = (°F : °C) Minimum Operating Temperature Under Normal, Startup, Shutdown, Or Upset Conditions. The Normal Operating Temperature is the default value PWHT = Option Flag to indicate Post Weld Heat Treatment (PWHT) Toxic_Model = Toxic Model Identification (Such as H2S, HF, AMMONIA, CL, EO, PO, NO2, HCL, TDI, etc.) (Must be input) Percent_Toxic = Percentage Of Toxic Fluid In Operating Stream (%) (Optional Input) 7.22.7.6 FORM ACTIONS SAVE 1. Change existing data to new values 2. All Required Field Elements Must be Input Before Saving a Form 3. Select Save Data Button From the Action Panel 4. If Data Passes Validation The New Data Will Be saved 5. If Validation Fails The User Errors are Immediately Displayed in the Error Reply Message HELP View this form help screen DELETE Delete this Damage Form from the database CALCULATE Calculate the RBI results for this particular component as a "WHAT IF" calculation. This feature is activated by changing the "WHAT IF" flag to YES. Additional input fields are available but input data and results are NOT saved back to the database for a "WHAT IF" Calculation.
Proprietary and Confidential - Equity Engineering Group, Inc.
API RBI User's Guide
No.
Mary Buchheim Doc Response/Approved
7.22.8
Checked
Page 208 of 301
April 2007
Rev02
File API-RBI User Guide.Doc
Other Cracking
7.22.8.1 Input Fields Component = The user name for this Component Component_Description = Analyst Description (Optional Input) Component_Comments = Analyst Comments (Optional Input) What-If = Flag to indicate "What if" calculations. "What if" calculation results are not saved to the database. Damage_Calculation_Flag = Option Flag to indicate if calculations should include this damage mechanism, corrosion mechanism or demand case. Susceptibility = Cracking Susceptibility for Selected Damage Type Corrosion Cracking Estimated = Estimated Susceptibility for the selected Inspection History or Damage Form type Detected = Cracking Detected; If Susceptibility=Detected; then Detected=HIGH, otherwise it is blank Calculated_Susceptibility = Calculated Susceptibility from the backend Fortran Calculator
Proprietary and Confidential - Equity Engineering Group, Inc.
API RBI User's Guide
No.
Mary Buchheim Doc Response/Approved
Checked
Page 209 of 301
April 2007
Rev02
File API-RBI User Guide.Doc
7.22.8.2 Damage Drivers BM_Spec = Base Material Specification list based on the Construction Code selected BM_Grade = Base Material Grade based on the Construction Code selected Operating_Conditions = A brief descriptive name input by the user that identifies this set of Operating Conditions, for example: Normal, High Temperature, Low Temperature, High Pressure, Low Pressure Design_Temperature = (°F : °C) Design Temperature can represent either Shellside or Tubeside Temperature depending on Equipment Type and Component Type. Usually Design Temperature represents the Shellside Temperature, but if Equipment Type = HEAT EXCHANGER and Component Type = HEXTS or HEXTUBE, then Design Temperature represents Tubeside Temperature. Design Temperature is only used in calculations if Operating Temperature is not provided. Operating_Temperature = (°F : °C) Normal Operating Temperature. The default is 70.0 F. Operating Temperature is used in calculations. If it is not provided Design Temperature is used. PWHT = Option Flag to indicate Post Weld Heat Treatment (PWHT) 7.22.8.3 Analysis Results Highest_Effective_Insp = The Highest Effective Inspection for Selected Damage Type computed as a running total based on inspection history for up to the last six inspections No_Highest_Effective_Insp = Equivalent Number of Highest Effective Inspections, Up tTo Six Past Inspections Will Be Considered Age = (yrs :yrs) The computed Time at the current service condition for Selected damage Type, computed as the RBI_DATE (the date the RBI analysis was conducted) minus the Inspection Category Date (the date of the last inspection) DF = The computed Technical Module Subfactor (TMSF) for Selected Damage Type Likelihood_Category = The computed Likelihood Category for Selected Damage Type 7.22.8.4 Risk Summary Total_DF = The computed Total Technical Module Subfactor (TMSF) value based on all acting Damage Mechanisms POF = The computed Damage Adjusted Failure Frequency COF = (ft² : m²) The computed Consequence Area or the Consequence of Failure (COF) Risk_Matrix = A 5x5 matrix that compares Likelihood Categories to Consequence Categories to determine High, Medium-High, Medium, and Low Risks. See Figure B-1 of the BRD Risk_Category = The computed value for Qualitative Risk based on Risk Matrix Maximum_Risk = (ft²/yr : m²/yr) The computed Maximum Risk based on area Financial_Risk = ($/yr : $/yr) The computed Financial Risk
Proprietary and Confidential - Equity Engineering Group, Inc.
API RBI User's Guide
No.
Mary Buchheim Doc Response/Approved
Checked
Page 210 of 301
April 2007
Rev02
File API-RBI User Guide.Doc
7.22.8.5 What-If Fields Design_Temperature = (°F : °C) Design Temperature can represent either Shellside or Tubeside Temperature depending on Equipment Type and Component Type. Usually Design Temperature represents the Shellside Temperature, but if Equipment Type = HEAT EXCHANGER and Component Type = HEXTS or HEXTUBE, then Design Temperature represents Tubeside Temperature. Design Temperature is only used in calculations if Operating Temperature is not provided. Operating_Temperature = (°F : °C) Normal Operating Temperature. The default is 70.0 F. Operating Temperature is used in calculations. If it is not provided Design Temperature is used. PWHT = Option Flag to indicate Post Weld Heat Treatment (PWHT) 7.22.8.6 FORM ACTIONS SAVE 1. Change existing data to new values 2. All Required Field Elements Must be Input Before Saving a Form 3. Select Save Data Button From the Action Panel 4. If Data Passes Validation The New Data Will Be saved 5. If Validation Fails The User Errors are Immediately Displayed in the Error Reply Message HELP View this form help screen DELETE Delete this Damage Form from the database CALCULATE Calculate the RBI results for this particular component as a "WHAT IF" calculation. This feature is activated by changing the "WHAT IF" flag to YES. Additional input fields are available but input data and results are NOT saved back to the database for a "WHAT IF" Calculation.
Proprietary and Confidential - Equity Engineering Group, Inc.
API RBI User's Guide
No.
Mary Buchheim Doc Response/Approved
7.22.9
Checked
Page 211 of 301
April 2007
Rev02
File API-RBI User Guide.Doc
Polythionic Cracking
7.22.9.1 Input Fields Component = The user name for this Component Component_Description = Analyst Description (Optional Input) Component_Comments = Analyst Comments (Optional Input) What-If = Flag to indicate "What if" calculations. "What if" calculation results are not saved to the database. Damage_Calculation_Flag = Option Flag to indicate if calculations should include this damage mechanism, corrosion mechanism or demand case. System_Status = Condition for assessment; Operating (default) or Shutdown NACE_Protection = Option Flag to indicate protection using NACE RP 0170 Thermal_History = Thermal History of the material. Choose whether solution annealed (default value) or thermal stabilization heat treatment was performed before or after welding Sulfides_Moisture_Oxygen_During_Shutdown = Option Flag to indicate the presence of Sulfides, Moisture, and Oxygen Susceptibility = Cracking Susceptibility for Selected Damage Type Corrosion Cracking Estimated = Estimated Susceptibility for the selected Inspection History or Damage Form type Detected = Cracking Detected; If Susceptibility=Detected; then Detected=HIGH, otherwise it is blank Calculated_Susceptibility = Calculated Susceptibility from the backend Fortran Calculator
Proprietary and Confidential - Equity Engineering Group, Inc.
API RBI User's Guide
No.
Mary Buchheim Doc Response/Approved
Checked
Page 212 of 301
April 2007
Rev02
File API-RBI User Guide.Doc
7.22.9.2 Damage Drivers BM_Spec = Base Material Specification list based on the Construction Code selected BM_Grade = Base Material Grade based on the Construction Code selected Operating_Conditions = A brief descriptive name input by the user that identifies this set of Operating Conditions, for example: Normal, High Temperature, Low Temperature, High Pressure, Low Pressure Design_Temperature = (°F : °C) Design Temperature can represent either Shellside or Tubeside Temperature depending on Equipment Type and Component Type. Usually Design Temperature represents the Shellside Temperature, but if Equipment Type = HEAT EXCHANGER and Component Type = HEXTS or HEXTUBE, then Design Temperature represents Tubeside Temperature. Design Temperature is only used in calculations if Operating Temperature is not provided. Operating_Temperature = (°F : °C) Normal Operating Temperature. The default is 70.0 F. Operating Temperature is used in calculations. If it is not provided Design Temperature is used. 7.22.9.3 Analysis Results Highest_Effective_Insp = The Highest Effective Inspection for Selected Damage Type computed as a running total based on inspection history for up to the last six inspections No_Highest_Effective_Insp = Equivalent Number of Highest Effective Inspections, Up tTo Six Past Inspections Will Be Considered Age = (yrs :yrs) The computed Time at the current service condition for Selected damage Type, computed as the RBI_DATE (the date the RBI analysis was conducted) minus the Inspection Category Date (the date of the last inspection) DF = The computed Technical Module Subfactor (TMSF) for Selected Damage Type Likelihood_Category = The computed Likelihood Category for Selected Damage Type 7.22.9.4 Risk Summary Total_DF = The computed Total Technical Module Subfactor (TMSF) value based on all acting Damage Mechanisms POF = The computed Damage Adjusted Failure Frequency COF = (ft² : m²) The computed Consequence Area or the Consequence of Failure (COF) Risk_Matrix = A 5x5 matrix that compares Likelihood Categories to Consequence Categories to determine High, Medium-High, Medium, and Low Risks. See Figure B-1 of the BRD Risk_Category = The computed value for Qualitative Risk based on Risk Matrix Maximum_Risk = (ft²/yr : m²/yr) The computed Maximum Risk based on area Financial_Risk = ($/yr : $/yr) The computed Financial Risk
Proprietary and Confidential - Equity Engineering Group, Inc.
API RBI User's Guide
No.
Mary Buchheim Doc Response/Approved
Checked
Page 213 of 301
April 2007
Rev02
File API-RBI User Guide.Doc
7.22.9.5 What-If Fields Design_Temperature = (°F : °C) Design Temperature can represent either Shellside or Tubeside Temperature depending on Equipment Type and Component Type. Usually Design Temperature represents the Shellside Temperature, but if Equipment Type = HEAT EXCHANGER and Component Type = HEXTS or HEXTUBE, then Design Temperature represents Tubeside Temperature. Design Temperature is only used in calculations if Operating Temperature is not provided. Operating_Temperature = (°F : °C) Normal Operating Temperature. The default is 70.0 F. Operating Temperature is used in calculations. If it is not provided Design Temperature is used. 7.22.9.6 FORM ACTIONS SAVE 1. Change existing data to new values 2. All Required Field Elements Must be Input Before Saving a Form 3. Select Save Data Button From the Action Panel 4. If Data Passes Validation The New Data Will Be saved 5. If Validation Fails The User Errors are Immediately Displayed in the Error Reply Message HELP View this form help screen DELETE Delete this Damage Form from the database CALCULATE Calculate the RBI results for this particular component as a "WHAT IF" calculation. This feature is activated by changing the "WHAT IF" flag to YES. Additional input fields are available but input data and results are NOT saved back to the database for a "WHAT IF" Calculation.
Proprietary and Confidential - Equity Engineering Group, Inc.
API RBI User's Guide
No.
Mary Buchheim Doc Response/Approved
7.22.10
Checked
Page 214 of 301
April 2007
Rev02
File API-RBI User Guide.Doc
SSC H2S
7.22.10.1 Input Fields Component = The user name for this Component Component_Description = Analyst Description (Optional Input) Component_Comments = Analyst Comments (Optional Input) What-If = Flag to indicate "What if" calculations. "What if" calculation results are not saved to the database. Damage_Calculation_Flag = Option Flag to indicate if calculations should include this damage mechanism, corrosion mechanism or demand case. Water = Option Flag to indicate the presence of free water in the equipment/piping. Consider not only normal operating conditions, but also startup, shutdown, process upsets, etc H2S_Content = (ppm : ppm) H2S Content of Water (LT 50 ppm -- default, 50-1000 ppm, 1000-10000 ppm, or GT10000 ppm) pH_Water = (pH :pH) PH of Water (LT 5.5 is the default, 5.5-7.5, 7.6-8.3, 8.4-9.0, or GT 9) Cyanides = Option Flag to indicate the presence of cyanides BRNH = (bnh :bnh) Brinnell Hardness of Welds (200-237, GT 237, or LT 200 is default) Susceptibility = Cracking Susceptibility for Selected Damage Type Corrosion Cracking Estimated = Estimated Susceptibility for the selected Inspection History or Damage Form type Detected = Cracking Detected; If Susceptibility=Detected; then Detected=HIGH, otherwise it is blank Calculated_Susceptibility = Calculated Susceptibility from the backend Fortran Calculator
Proprietary and Confidential - Equity Engineering Group, Inc.
API RBI User's Guide
No.
Mary Buchheim Doc Response/Approved
Checked
Page 215 of 301
April 2007
Rev02
File API-RBI User Guide.Doc
7.22.10.2 Damage Drivers BM_Spec = Base Material Specification list based on the Construction Code selected BM_Grade = Base Material Grade based on the Construction Code selected Operating_Conditions = A brief descriptive name input by the user that identifies this set of Operating Conditions, for example: Normal, High Temperature, Low Temperature, High Pressure, Low Pressure Design_Temperature = (°F : °C) Design Temperature can represent either Shellside or Tubeside Temperature depending on Equipment Type and Component Type. Usually Design Temperature represents the Shellside Temperature, but if Equipment Type = HEAT EXCHANGER and Component Type = HEXTS or HEXTUBE, then Design Temperature represents Tubeside Temperature. Design Temperature is only used in calculations if Operating Temperature is not provided. Operating_Temperature = (°F : °C) Normal Operating Temperature. The default is 70.0 F. Operating Temperature is used in calculations. If it is not provided Design Temperature is used. PWHT = Option Flag to indicate Post Weld Heat Treatment (PWHT) Toxic_Model = Toxic Model Identification (Such as H2S, HF, AMMONIA, CL, EO, PO, NO2, HCL, TDI, etc.) (Must be input) Percent_Toxic = Percentage Of Toxic Fluid In Operating Stream (%) (Optional Input) 7.22.10.3 Analysis Results Highest_Effective_Insp = The Highest Effective Inspection for Selected Damage Type computed as a running total based on inspection history for up to the last six inspections No_Highest_Effective_Insp = Equivalent Number of Highest Effective Inspections, Up tTo Six Past Inspections Will Be Considered Age = (yrs :yrs) The computed Time at the current service condition for Selected damage Type, computed as the RBI_DATE (the date the RBI analysis was conducted) minus the Inspection Category Date (the date of the last inspection) DF = The computed Technical Module Subfactor (TMSF) for Selected Damage Type Likelihood_Category = The computed Likelihood Category for Selected Damage Type 7.22.10.4 Risk Summary Total_DF = The computed Total Technical Module Subfactor (TMSF) value based on all acting Damage Mechanisms POF = The computed Damage Adjusted Failure Frequency COF = (ft² : m²) The computed Consequence Area or the Consequence of Failure (COF) Risk_Matrix = A 5x5 matrix that compares Likelihood Categories to Consequence Categories to determine High, Medium-High, Medium, and Low Risks. See Figure B-1 of the BRD Risk_Category = The computed value for Qualitative Risk based on Risk Matrix Maximum_Risk = (ft²/yr : m²/yr) The computed Maximum Risk based on area Financial_Risk = ($/yr : $/yr) The computed Financial Risk
Proprietary and Confidential - Equity Engineering Group, Inc.
API RBI User's Guide
No.
Mary Buchheim Doc Response/Approved
Checked
Page 216 of 301
April 2007
Rev02
File API-RBI User Guide.Doc
7.22.10.5 What-If Fields Design_Temperature = (°F : °C) Design Temperature can represent either Shellside or Tubeside Temperature depending on Equipment Type and Component Type. Usually Design Temperature represents the Shellside Temperature, but if Equipment Type = HEAT EXCHANGER and Component Type = HEXTS or HEXTUBE, then Design Temperature represents Tubeside Temperature. Design Temperature is only used in calculations if Operating Temperature is not provided. Operating_Temperature = (°F : °C) Normal Operating Temperature. The default is 70.0 F. Operating Temperature is used in calculations. If it is not provided Design Temperature is used. PWHT = Option Flag to indicate Post Weld Heat Treatment (PWHT) Toxic_Model = Toxic Model Identification (Such as H2S, HF, AMMONIA, CL, EO, PO, NO2, HCL, TDI, etc.) (Must be input) Percent_Toxic = Percentage Of Toxic Fluid In Operating Stream (%) (Optional Input) 7.22.10.6 FORM ACTIONS SAVE 1. Change existing data to new values 2. All Required Field Elements Must be Input Before Saving a Form 3. Select Save Data Button From the Action Panel 4. If Data Passes Validation The New Data Will Be saved 5. If Validation Fails The User Errors are Immediately Displayed in the Error Reply Message HELP View this form help screen DELETE Delete this Damage Form from the database CALCULATE Calculate the RBI results for this particular component as a "WHAT IF" calculation. This feature is activated by changing the "WHAT IF" flag to YES. Additional input fields are available but input data and results are NOT saved back to the database for a "WHAT IF" Calculation.
Proprietary and Confidential - Equity Engineering Group, Inc.
API RBI User's Guide
No.
Mary Buchheim Doc Response/Approved
Checked
Page 217 of 301
April 2007
Rev02
File API-RBI User Guide.Doc
7.23 External Damage From this form you can select the type of External Damage observed: Damage Types are greyed out as a function of the Insulation Flag (Component Form) and the material selected for the component. If the insulation flag is Yes then only the CUI (Corrosion Under Insulation Damage form are available). If the material is Carbon Steel (CS) or Low Chrome (LC) then only CUI Carbon and Low Alloy Steels is available, If the material is High Alloy (HA) then only CUI Austenitic Stainless Steels is available, If the insulation flag is No then only the External Corrosion or External SCC Damage form are available). If the material is Carbon Steel (CS) or Low Chrome (LC) then only External Corrosion Carbon and Low Alloys Steels is available, If the material is High Alloy (HA) then only External SCC of Austenitic Stainless Steels is available, This form presents the following groups of information: • Input data requirements are displayed in the top left column and vary based upon the type of external damage • Damage Drivers are summarized in the right top column. • Analysis results and a Risk summary are presented in the lower half of the screen.
Proprietary and Confidential - Equity Engineering Group, Inc.
API RBI User's Guide
No.
Mary Buchheim Doc Response/Approved
7.23.1
Checked
Page 218 of 301
April 2007
Rev02
File API-RBI User Guide.Doc
CUI Austenitic Stainless Steels
7.23.1.1 Input Fields Component = The user name for this Component Component_Description = Analyst Description (Optional Input) Component_Comments = Analyst Comments (Optional Input) What-If = Flag to indicate "What if" calculations. "What if" calculation results are not saved to the database. Damage_Calculation_Flag = Option Flag to indicate if calculations should include this damage mechanism, corrosion mechanism or demand case. External_Environment = Required input to indicate the Driver for External Corrosion Coating_Installation_Date = (yyyy-mm-dd :yyyy-mm-dd) Coating Installation Date (Optional Input) Complexity = The Option Flag to indicate Complexity. It is based on the Number of Branches (Below Average, Above Average, or Average -- Default) Insulation_Condition_ID = The unique record identifier for the Insulation_Condition_Table Chloride_In_Insulation = Option Flag to indicate Chloride Free Insulation Coating_Quality = Option Flag to indicate Coating Quality Adjustment Susceptibility = Cracking Susceptibility for Selected Damage Type Corrosion Cracking Estimated = Estimated Susceptibility for the selected Inspection History or Damage Form type Detected = Cracking Detected; If Susceptibility=Detected; then Detected=HIGH, otherwise it is blank Calculated_Susceptibility = Calculated Susceptibility from the backend Fortran Calculator
Proprietary and Confidential - Equity Engineering Group, Inc.
API RBI User's Guide
No.
Mary Buchheim Doc Response/Approved
Checked
Page 219 of 301
April 2007
Rev02
File API-RBI User Guide.Doc
7.23.1.2 Damage Drivers BM_Spec = Base Material Specification list based on the Construction Code selected BM_Grade = Base Material Grade based on the Construction Code selected Operating_Conditions = A brief descriptive name input by the user that identifies this set of Operating Conditions, for example: Normal, High Temperature, Low Temperature, High Pressure, Low Pressure Design_Temperature = (°F : °C) Design Temperature can represent either Shellside or Tubeside Temperature depending on Equipment Type and Component Type. Usually Design Temperature represents the Shellside Temperature, but if Equipment Type = HEAT EXCHANGER and Component Type = HEXTS or HEXTUBE, then Design Temperature represents Tubeside Temperature. Design Temperature is only used in calculations if Operating Temperature is not provided. Operating_Temperature = (°F : °C) Normal Operating Temperature. The default is 70.0 F. Operating Temperature is used in calculations. If it is not provided Design Temperature is used. 7.23.1.3 Analysis Results Highest_Effective_Insp = The Highest Effective Inspection for Selected Damage Type computed as a running total based on inspection history for up to the last six inspections No_Highest_Effective_Insp = Equivalent Number of Highest Effective Inspections, Up tTo Six Past Inspections Will Be Considered Age = (yrs :yrs) The computed Time at the current service condition for Selected damage Type, computed as the RBI_DATE (the date the RBI analysis was conducted) minus the Inspection Category Date (the date of the last inspection) DF = The computed Technical Module Subfactor (TMSF) for Selected Damage Type Likelihood_Category = The computed Likelihood Category for Selected Damage Type 7.23.1.4 Risk Summary Total_DF = The computed Total Technical Module Subfactor (TMSF) value based on all acting Damage Mechanisms POF = The computed Damage Adjusted Failure Frequency COF = (ft² : m²) The computed Consequence Area or the Consequence of Failure (COF) Risk_Matrix = A 5x5 matrix that compares Likelihood Categories to Consequence Categories to determine High, Medium-High, Medium, and Low Risks. See Figure B-1 of the BRD Risk_Category = The computed value for Qualitative Risk based on Risk Matrix Maximum_Risk = (ft²/yr : m²/yr) The computed Maximum Risk based on area Financial_Risk = ($/yr : $/yr) The computed Financial Risk
Proprietary and Confidential - Equity Engineering Group, Inc.
API RBI User's Guide
No.
Mary Buchheim Doc Response/Approved
Checked
Page 220 of 301
April 2007
Rev02
File API-RBI User Guide.Doc
7.23.1.5 What-If Fields Design_Temperature = (°F : °C) Design Temperature can represent either Shellside or Tubeside Temperature depending on Equipment Type and Component Type. Usually Design Temperature represents the Shellside Temperature, but if Equipment Type = HEAT EXCHANGER and Component Type = HEXTS or HEXTUBE, then Design Temperature represents Tubeside Temperature. Design Temperature is only used in calculations if Operating Temperature is not provided. Operating_Temperature = (°F : °C) Normal Operating Temperature. The default is 70.0 F. Operating Temperature is used in calculations. If it is not provided Design Temperature is used. 7.23.1.6 FORM ACTIONS SAVE 1. Change existing data to new values 2. All Required Field Elements Must be Input Before Saving a Form 3. Select Save Data Button From the Action Panel 4. If Data Passes Validation The New Data Will Be saved 5. If Validation Fails The User Errors are Immediately Displayed in the Error Reply Message HELP View this form help screen DELETE Delete this Damage Form from the database CALCULATE Calculate the RBI results for this particular component as a "WHAT IF" calculation. This feature is activated by changing the "WHAT IF" flag to YES. Additional input fields are available but input data and results are NOT saved back to the database for a "WHAT IF" Calculation.
Proprietary and Confidential - Equity Engineering Group, Inc.
API RBI User's Guide
No.
Mary Buchheim Doc Response/Approved
7.23.2
Checked
Page 221 of 301
April 2007
Rev02
File API-RBI User Guide.Doc
CUI Carbon and Low Alloy Steels
7.23.2.1 Input Fields Component = The user name for this Component Component_Description = Analyst Description (Optional Input) Component_Comments = Analyst Comments (Optional Input) What-If = Flag to indicate "What if" calculations. "What if" calculation results are not saved to the database. Damage_Calculation_Flag = Option Flag to indicate if calculations should include this damage mechanism, corrosion mechanism or demand case. Corrosion_Rate = Option Flag to indicate How the Base Material Corrosion Rate is Computed BM_Estimated_Rate = (mpy : mm/yr) Base Material Estimated Corrosion Rate BM_Measured_Rate = (mpy : mm/yr) Base Material Measured Corrosion Rate (Optional Input) BM_Calculated_Rate = (mpy : mm/yr) Base Material Calculated Corrosion Rate External_Environment = Required input to indicate the Driver for External Corrosion Coating_Installation_Date = (yyyy-mm-dd :yyyy-mm-dd) Coating Installation Date (Optional Input) Pipe_Support_Penalty = Pipe Support Indicator used to compute Corrosion Rate Penalty For Pipe Supports Complexity = The Option Flag to indicate Complexity. It is based on the Number of Branches (Below Average, Above Average, or Average -- Default) Insulation_Condition = Option Flag to indicate insulation condition Coating_Quality = Option Flag to indicate Coating Quality Adjustment Soil_Water_Interface_Penalty = Interface Indicator Option used to Compute Corrosion Rate Penalty Due To Soil/Water Interface
Proprietary and Confidential - Equity Engineering Group, Inc.
API RBI User's Guide
No.
Mary Buchheim Doc Response/Approved
Checked
Page 222 of 301
April 2007
Rev02
File API-RBI User Guide.Doc
7.23.2.2 Damage Drivers BM_Spec = Base Material Specification list based on the Construction Code selected BM_Grade = Base Material Grade based on the Construction Code selected Operating_Conditions = A brief descriptive name input by the user that identifies this set of Operating Conditions, for example: Normal, High Temperature, Low Temperature, High Pressure, Low Pressure Design_Temperature = (°F : °C) Design Temperature can represent either Shellside or Tubeside Temperature depending on Equipment Type and Component Type. Usually Design Temperature represents the Shellside Temperature, but if Equipment Type = HEAT EXCHANGER and Component Type = HEXTS or HEXTUBE, then Design Temperature represents Tubeside Temperature. Design Temperature is only used in calculations if Operating Temperature is not provided. Design_Pressure = (psig : MPa) Design Pressure can represent either Shellside or Tubeside Pressure depending on Equipment Type and Component Type. Usually Design Pressure represents the Shellside Pressure, but if Equipment Type = HEAT EXCHANGER and Component Type = HEXTS or HEXTUBE, then Design Pressure represents Tubeside Pressure. Design Pressure is only used in calculations if Operating Pressure is not provided. Component_Start_Date = (yyyy-mm-dd : yyyy-mm-dd) The Service Start Date, typically the commissioning date of the unit Furnished_Thk = (in : mm) Furnished Thickness Excluding Cladding. The Furnished Thickness is the total wall thickness at the time of equipment installation. Either Furnished Thickness or Nominal Thickness must be specified. If Furnished Thickness and Furnished Nominal Thickness are both specified, then Furnished Thickness will be used in the calculations Insp_Date = Inspection Date for Selected Inspection Type Measured_Thickness = (in : mm) Thickness at Inspection Date. This Is the Thickness measured at the time of the inspection. It includes the Cladding or Weld Overlay Thickness, as applicable, and is only valid for inspection categories A and B Operating_Temperature = (°F : °C) Normal Operating Temperature. The default is 70.0 F. Operating Temperature is used in calculations. If it is not provided Design Temperature is used. Operating_Pressure = (psig : MPa) Operating Pressure must be entered on the Operating Condition Form. Operating Pressure is used in calculations. If it is not provided Design Pressure used. 7.23.2.3 Analysis Results Highest_Effective_Insp = The Highest Effective Inspection for Selected Damage Type computed as a running total based on inspection history for up to the last six inspections No_Highest_Effective_Insp = Equivalent Number of Highest Effective Inspections, Up tTo Six Past Inspections Will Be Considered Age = (yrs :yrs) The computed Time at the current service condition for Selected damage Type, computed as the RBI_DATE (the date the RBI analysis was conducted) minus the Inspection Category Date (the date of the last inspection) DF = The computed Technical Module Subfactor (TMSF) for Selected Damage Type Likelihood_Category = The computed Likelihood Category for Selected Damage Type 7.23.2.4 Risk Summary Total_DF = The computed Total Technical Module Subfactor (TMSF) value based on all acting Damage Mechanisms POF = The computed Damage Adjusted Failure Frequency COF = (ft² : m²) The computed Consequence Area or the Consequence of Failure (COF) Risk_Matrix = A 5x5 matrix that compares Likelihood Categories to Consequence Categories to determine High, Medium-High, Medium, and Low Risks. See Figure B-1 of the BRD Risk_Category = The computed value for Qualitative Risk based on Risk Matrix Maximum_Risk = (ft²/yr : m²/yr) The computed Maximum Risk based on area Financial_Risk = ($/yr : $/yr) The computed Financial Risk Proprietary and Confidential - Equity Engineering Group, Inc.
API RBI User's Guide
No.
Mary Buchheim Doc Response/Approved
Checked
Page 223 of 301
April 2007
Rev02
File API-RBI User Guide.Doc
7.23.2.5 What-If Fields Design_Temperature = (°F : °C) Design Temperature can represent either Shellside or Tubeside Temperature depending on Equipment Type and Component Type. Usually Design Temperature represents the Shellside Temperature, but if Equipment Type = HEAT EXCHANGER and Component Type = HEXTS or HEXTUBE, then Design Temperature represents Tubeside Temperature. Design Temperature is only used in calculations if Operating Temperature is not provided. Design_Pressure = (psig : MPa) Design Pressure can represent either Shellside or Tubeside Pressure depending on Equipment Type and Component Type. Usually Design Pressure represents the Shellside Pressure, but if Equipment Type = HEAT EXCHANGER and Component Type = HEXTS or HEXTUBE, then Design Pressure represents Tubeside Pressure. Design Pressure is only used in calculations if Operating Pressure is not provided. Component_Start_Date = (yyyy-mm-dd : yyyy-mm-dd) The Service Start Date, typically the commissioning date of the unit Furnished_Thk = (in : mm) Furnished Thickness Excluding Cladding. The Furnished Thickness is the total wall thickness at the time of equipment installation. Either Furnished Thickness or Nominal Thickness must be specified. If Furnished Thickness and Furnished Nominal Thickness are both specified, then Furnished Thickness will be used in the calculations Insp_Date = Inspection Date for Selected Inspection Type Measured_Thickness = (in : mm) Thickness at Inspection Date. This Is the Thickness measured at the time of the inspection. It includes the Cladding or Weld Overlay Thickness, as applicable, and is only valid for inspection categories A and B Operating_Temperature = (°F : °C) Normal Operating Temperature. The default is 70.0 F. Operating Temperature is used in calculations. If it is not provided Design Temperature is used. Operating_Pressure = (psig : MPa) Operating Pressure must be entered on the Operating Condition Form. Operating Pressure is used in calculations. If it is not provided Design Pressure used.
Proprietary and Confidential - Equity Engineering Group, Inc.
API RBI User's Guide
No.
Mary Buchheim Doc Response/Approved
Checked
Page 224 of 301
April 2007
Rev02
File API-RBI User Guide.Doc
7.23.2.6 FORM ACTIONS SAVE 1. Change existing data to new values 2. All Required Field Elements Must be Input Before Saving a Form 3. Select Save Data Button From the Action Panel 4. If Data Passes Validation The New Data Will Be saved 5. If Validation Fails The User Errors are Immediately Displayed in the Error Reply Message HELP View this form help screen DELETE Delete this Damage Form from the database CALCULATE Calculate the RBI results for this particular component as a "WHAT IF" calculation. This feature is activated by changing the "WHAT IF" flag to YES. Additional input fields are available but input data and results are NOT saved back to the database for a "WHAT IF" Calculation.
Proprietary and Confidential - Equity Engineering Group, Inc.
API RBI User's Guide
No.
Mary Buchheim Doc Response/Approved
7.23.3
Checked
Page 225 of 301
April 2007
Rev02
File API-RBI User Guide.Doc
External SCC Austenitic Stainless Steels
7.23.3.1 Input Fields Component = The user name for this Component Component_Description = Analyst Description (Optional Input) Component_Comments = Analyst Comments (Optional Input) What-If = Flag to indicate "What if" calculations. "What if" calculation results are not saved to the database. Damage_Calculation_Flag = Option Flag to indicate if calculations should include this damage mechanism, corrosion mechanism or demand case. External_Environment = Required input to indicate the Driver for External Corrosion Coating_Installation_Date = (yyyy-mm-dd :yyyy-mm-dd) Coating Installation Date (Optional Input) Coating_Quality = Option Flag to indicate Coating Quality Adjustment Susceptibility = Cracking Susceptibility for Selected Damage Type Corrosion Cracking Estimated = Estimated Susceptibility for the selected Inspection History or Damage Form type Detected = Cracking Detected; If Susceptibility=Detected; then Detected=HIGH, otherwise it is blank Calculated_Susceptibility = Calculated Susceptibility from the backend Fortran Calculator
Proprietary and Confidential - Equity Engineering Group, Inc.
API RBI User's Guide
No.
Mary Buchheim Doc Response/Approved
Checked
Page 226 of 301
April 2007
Rev02
File API-RBI User Guide.Doc
7.23.3.2 Damage Drivers BM_Spec = Base Material Specification list based on the Construction Code selected BM_Grade = Base Material Grade based on the Construction Code selected Operating_Conditions = A brief descriptive name input by the user that identifies this set of Operating Conditions, for example: Normal, High Temperature, Low Temperature, High Pressure, Low Pressure Design_Temperature = (°F : °C) Design Temperature can represent either Shellside or Tubeside Temperature depending on Equipment Type and Component Type. Usually Design Temperature represents the Shellside Temperature, but if Equipment Type = HEAT EXCHANGER and Component Type = HEXTS or HEXTUBE, then Design Temperature represents Tubeside Temperature. Design Temperature is only used in calculations if Operating Temperature is not provided. Operating_Temperature = (°F : °C) Normal Operating Temperature. The default is 70.0 F. Operating Temperature is used in calculations. If it is not provided Design Temperature is used. 7.23.3.3 Analysis Results Highest_Effective_Insp = The Highest Effective Inspection for Selected Damage Type computed as a running total based on inspection history for up to the last six inspections No_Highest_Effective_Insp = Equivalent Number of Highest Effective Inspections, Up tTo Six Past Inspections Will Be Considered Age = (yrs :yrs) The computed Time at the current service condition for Selected damage Type, computed as the RBI_DATE (the date the RBI analysis was conducted) minus the Inspection Category Date (the date of the last inspection) DF = The computed Technical Module Subfactor (TMSF) for Selected Damage Type Likelihood_Category = The computed Likelihood Category for Selected Damage Type 7.23.3.4 Risk Summary Total_DF = The computed Total Technical Module Subfactor (TMSF) value based on all acting Damage Mechanisms POF = The computed Damage Adjusted Failure Frequency COF = (ft² : m²) The computed Consequence Area or the Consequence of Failure (COF) Risk_Matrix = A 5x5 matrix that compares Likelihood Categories to Consequence Categories to determine High, Medium-High, Medium, and Low Risks. See Figure B-1 of the BRD Risk_Category = The computed value for Qualitative Risk based on Risk Matrix Maximum_Risk = (ft²/yr : m²/yr) The computed Maximum Risk based on area Financial_Risk = ($/yr : $/yr) The computed Financial Risk
Proprietary and Confidential - Equity Engineering Group, Inc.
API RBI User's Guide
No.
Mary Buchheim Doc Response/Approved
Checked
Page 227 of 301
April 2007
Rev02
File API-RBI User Guide.Doc
7.23.3.5 What-If Fields Design_Temperature = (°F : °C) Design Temperature can represent either Shellside or Tubeside Temperature depending on Equipment Type and Component Type. Usually Design Temperature represents the Shellside Temperature, but if Equipment Type = HEAT EXCHANGER and Component Type = HEXTS or HEXTUBE, then Design Temperature represents Tubeside Temperature. Design Temperature is only used in calculations if Operating Temperature is not provided. Operating_Temperature = (°F : °C) Normal Operating Temperature. The default is 70.0 F. Operating Temperature is used in calculations. If it is not provided Design Temperature is used. 7.23.3.6 FORM ACTIONS SAVE 1. Change existing data to new values 2. All Required Field Elements Must be Input Before Saving a Form 3. Select Save Data Button From the Action Panel 4. If Data Passes Validation The New Data Will Be saved 5. If Validation Fails The User Errors are Immediately Displayed in the Error Reply Message HELP View this form help screen DELETE Delete this Damage Form from the database CALCULATE Calculate the RBI results for this particular component as a "WHAT IF" calculation. This feature is activated by changing the "WHAT IF" flag to YES. Additional input fields are available but input data and results are NOT saved back to the database for a "WHAT IF" Calculation.
Proprietary and Confidential - Equity Engineering Group, Inc.
API RBI User's Guide
No.
Mary Buchheim Doc Response/Approved
7.23.4
Checked
Page 228 of 301
April 2007
Rev02
File API-RBI User Guide.Doc
External Corrosion Carbon and Low Alloy
7.23.4.1 Input Fields Component = The user name for this Component Component_Description = Analyst Description (Optional Input) Component_Comments = Analyst Comments (Optional Input) What-If = Flag to indicate "What if" calculations. "What if" calculation results are not saved to the database. Damage_Calculation_Flag = Option Flag to indicate if calculations should include this damage mechanism, corrosion mechanism or demand case. Corrosion_Rate = Option Flag to indicate How the Base Material Corrosion Rate is Computed BM_Estimated_Rate = (mpy : mm/yr) Base Material Estimated Corrosion Rate BM_Measured_Rate = (mpy : mm/yr) Base Material Measured Corrosion Rate (Optional Input) BM_Calculated_Rate = (mpy : mm/yr) Base Material Calculated Corrosion Rate External_Environment = Required input to indicate the Driver for External Corrosion Coating_Installation_Date = (yyyy-mm-dd :yyyy-mm-dd) Coating Installation Date (Optional Input) Pipe_Support_Penalty = Pipe Support Indicator used to compute Corrosion Rate Penalty For Pipe Supports Coating_Quality = Option Flag to indicate Coating Quality Adjustment Soil_Water_Interface_Penalty = Interface Indicator Option used to Compute Corrosion Rate Penalty Due To Soil/Water Interface
Proprietary and Confidential - Equity Engineering Group, Inc.
API RBI User's Guide
No.
Mary Buchheim Doc Response/Approved
Checked
Page 229 of 301
April 2007
Rev02
File API-RBI User Guide.Doc
7.23.4.2 Damage Drivers BM_Spec = Base Material Specification list based on the Construction Code selected BM_Grade = Base Material Grade based on the Construction Code selected Operating_Conditions = A brief descriptive name input by the user that identifies this set of Operating Conditions, for example: Normal, High Temperature, Low Temperature, High Pressure, Low Pressure Design_Temperature = (°F : °C) Design Temperature can represent either Shellside or Tubeside Temperature depending on Equipment Type and Component Type. Usually Design Temperature represents the Shellside Temperature, but if Equipment Type = HEAT EXCHANGER and Component Type = HEXTS or HEXTUBE, then Design Temperature represents Tubeside Temperature. Design Temperature is only used in calculations if Operating Temperature is not provided. Design_Pressure = (psig : MPa) Design Pressure can represent either Shellside or Tubeside Pressure depending on Equipment Type and Component Type. Usually Design Pressure represents the Shellside Pressure, but if Equipment Type = HEAT EXCHANGER and Component Type = HEXTS or HEXTUBE, then Design Pressure represents Tubeside Pressure. Design Pressure is only used in calculations if Operating Pressure is not provided. Component_Start_Date = (yyyy-mm-dd : yyyy-mm-dd) The Service Start Date, typically the commissioning date of the unit Furnished_Thk = (in : mm) Furnished Thickness Excluding Cladding. The Furnished Thickness is the total wall thickness at the time of equipment installation. Either Furnished Thickness or Nominal Thickness must be specified. If Furnished Thickness and Furnished Nominal Thickness are both specified, then Furnished Thickness will be used in the calculations Insp_Date = Inspection Date for Selected Inspection Type Measured_Thickness = (in : mm) Thickness at Inspection Date. This Is the Thickness measured at the time of the inspection. It includes the Cladding or Weld Overlay Thickness, as applicable, and is only valid for inspection categories A and B Operating_Temperature = (°F : °C) Normal Operating Temperature. The default is 70.0 F. Operating Temperature is used in calculations. If it is not provided Design Temperature is used. Operating_Pressure = (psig : MPa) Operating Pressure must be entered on the Operating Condition Form. Operating Pressure is used in calculations. If it is not provided Design Pressure used. 7.23.4.3 Analysis Results Highest_Effective_Insp = The Highest Effective Inspection for Selected Damage Type computed as a running total based on inspection history for up to the last six inspections No_Highest_Effective_Insp = Equivalent Number of Highest Effective Inspections, Up tTo Six Past Inspections Will Be Considered Age = (yrs :yrs) The computed Time at the current service condition for Selected damage Type, computed as the RBI_DATE (the date the RBI analysis was conducted) minus the Inspection Category Date (the date of the last inspection) DF = The computed Technical Module Subfactor (TMSF) for Selected Damage Type Likelihood_Category = The computed Likelihood Category for Selected Damage Type 7.23.4.4 Risk Summary Total_DF = The computed Total Technical Module Subfactor (TMSF) value based on all acting Damage Mechanisms POF = The computed Damage Adjusted Failure Frequency COF = (ft² : m²) The computed Consequence Area or the Consequence of Failure (COF) Risk_Matrix = A 5x5 matrix that compares Likelihood Categories to Consequence Categories to determine High, Medium-High, Medium, and Low Risks. See Figure B-1 of the BRD Risk_Category = The computed value for Qualitative Risk based on Risk Matrix Maximum_Risk = (ft²/yr : m²/yr) The computed Maximum Risk based on area Financial_Risk = ($/yr : $/yr) The computed Financial Risk Proprietary and Confidential - Equity Engineering Group, Inc.
API RBI User's Guide
No.
Mary Buchheim Doc Response/Approved
Checked
Page 230 of 301
April 2007
Rev02
File API-RBI User Guide.Doc
7.23.4.5 What-If Fields Design_Temperature = (°F : °C) Design Temperature can represent either Shellside or Tubeside Temperature depending on Equipment Type and Component Type. Usually Design Temperature represents the Shellside Temperature, but if Equipment Type = HEAT EXCHANGER and Component Type = HEXTS or HEXTUBE, then Design Temperature represents Tubeside Temperature. Design Temperature is only used in calculations if Operating Temperature is not provided. Design_Pressure = (psig : MPa) Design Pressure can represent either Shellside or Tubeside Pressure depending on Equipment Type and Component Type. Usually Design Pressure represents the Shellside Pressure, but if Equipment Type = HEAT EXCHANGER and Component Type = HEXTS or HEXTUBE, then Design Pressure represents Tubeside Pressure. Design Pressure is only used in calculations if Operating Pressure is not provided. Component_Start_Date = (yyyy-mm-dd : yyyy-mm-dd) The Service Start Date, typically the commissioning date of the unit Furnished_Thk = (in : mm) Furnished Thickness Excluding Cladding. The Furnished Thickness is the total wall thickness at the time of equipment installation. Either Furnished Thickness or Nominal Thickness must be specified. If Furnished Thickness and Furnished Nominal Thickness are both specified, then Furnished Thickness will be used in the calculations Insp_Date = Inspection Date for Selected Inspection Type Measured_Thickness = (in : mm) Thickness at Inspection Date. This Is the Thickness measured at the time of the inspection. It includes the Cladding or Weld Overlay Thickness, as applicable, and is only valid for inspection categories A and B Operating_Temperature = (°F : °C) Normal Operating Temperature. The default is 70.0 F. Operating Temperature is used in calculations. If it is not provided Design Temperature is used. Operating_Pressure = (psig : MPa) Operating Pressure must be entered on the Operating Condition Form. Operating Pressure is used in calculations. If it is not provided Design Pressure used.
Proprietary and Confidential - Equity Engineering Group, Inc.
API RBI User's Guide
No.
Mary Buchheim Doc Response/Approved
Checked
Page 231 of 301
April 2007
Rev02
File API-RBI User Guide.Doc
7.23.4.6 FORM ACTIONS SAVE 1. Change existing data to new values 2. All Required Field Elements Must be Input Before Saving a Form 3. Select Save Data Button From the Action Panel 4. If Data Passes Validation The New Data Will Be saved 5. If Validation Fails The User Errors are Immediately Displayed in the Error Reply Message HELP View this form help screen DELETE Delete this Damage Form from the database CALCULATE Calculate the RBI results for this particular component as a "WHAT IF" calculation. This feature is activated by changing the "WHAT IF" flag to YES. Additional input fields are available but input data and results are NOT saved back to the database for a "WHAT IF" Calculation.
Proprietary and Confidential - Equity Engineering Group, Inc.
API RBI User's Guide
No.
Mary Buchheim Doc Response/Approved
Checked
Page 232 of 301
April 2007
Rev02
File API-RBI User Guide.Doc
7.24 Brittle Fracture Damage Mechanism Forms From this form you can select the type of Brittle Fracture observed: • 885 Embrittlement, • Low Temperature Brittle Fracture, • Sigma Phase Embrittlement, or • Temper Embrittlement. The component material is one of the determining factors in whether a component is vulnerable to brittle fracture mechanisms. The following table defines this vulnerability. Low Temperature CS LC
885 HC
Sigma HA HC DP
Temper Embrittlement LC
CS – Carbon Steel LC – Low Chrome HC – High Chrome NF – Non Ferrous HA – High Alloy DP – Duplex
This form presents the following groups of information: • Input data requirements are displayed in the top left column and vary based upon the type of Brittle Fracture Damage. • Damage Drivers are summarized in the right top column. • Analysis results and a Risk summary are presented in the lower half of the screen. • Form Actions are at the bottom.
Proprietary and Confidential - Equity Engineering Group, Inc.
API RBI User's Guide
No.
Mary Buchheim Doc Response/Approved
7.24.1
Checked
Page 233 of 301
April 2007
Rev02
File API-RBI User Guide.Doc
885 Embrittlement
7.24.1.1 Input Fields Component = The user name for this Component Component_Description = Analyst Description (Optional Input) Component_Comments = Analyst Comments (Optional Input) What-If = Flag to indicate "What if" calculations. "What if" calculation results are not saved to the database. Damage_Calculation_Flag = Option Flag to indicate if calculations should include this damage mechanism, corrosion mechanism or demand case. Tref = (°F : °C) Reference Temperature for 885 Embrittlement (Optional Input) Administrative_Controls = Option Flag to indicate whether Administrative or Process Controls exist that will prevent the equipment from being fully pressurized below some temperature 7.24.1.2 Damage Drivers BM_Spec = Base Material Specification list based on the Construction Code selected BM_Grade = Base Material Grade based on the Construction Code selected Operating_Conditions = A brief descriptive name input by the user that identifies this set of Operating Conditions, for example: Normal, High Temperature, Low Temperature, High Pressure, Low Pressure Design_Temperature = (°F : °C) Design Temperature can represent either Shellside or Tubeside Temperature depending on Equipment Type and Component Type. Usually Design Temperature represents the Shellside Temperature, but if Equipment Type = HEAT EXCHANGER and Component Type = HEXTS or HEXTUBE, then Design Temperature represents Tubeside Temperature. Design Temperature is only used in calculations if Operating Temperature is not provided. Minimum_Temperature = (°F : °C) Minimum Operating Temperature Under Normal, Startup, Shutdown, Or Upset Conditions. The Normal Operating Temperature is the default value Proprietary and Confidential - Equity Engineering Group, Inc.
API RBI User's Guide
Page 234 of 301 No.
Mary Buchheim Doc Response/Approved
Checked
April 2007
Rev02
File API-RBI User Guide.Doc
Operating_Temperature = (°F : °C) Normal Operating Temperature. The default is 70.0 F. Operating Temperature is used in calculations. If it is not provided Design Temperature is used. 7.24.1.3 Analysis Results DF = The computed Technical Module Subfactor (TMSF) for Selected Damage Type Likelihood_Category = The computed Likelihood Category for Selected Damage Type 7.24.1.4 Risk Summary Total_DF = The computed Total Technical Module Subfactor (TMSF) value based on all acting Damage Mechanisms POF = The computed Damage Adjusted Failure Frequency COF = (ft² : m²) The computed Consequence Area or the Consequence of Failure (COF) Risk_Matrix = A 5x5 matrix that compares Likelihood Categories to Consequence Categories to determine High, Medium-High, Medium, and Low Risks. See Figure B-1 of the BRD Risk_Category = The computed value for Qualitative Risk based on Risk Matrix Maximum_Risk = (ft²/yr : m²/yr) The computed Maximum Risk based on area Financial_Risk = ($/yr : $/yr) The computed Financial Risk
Proprietary and Confidential - Equity Engineering Group, Inc.
API RBI User's Guide
No.
Mary Buchheim Doc Response/Approved
Checked
Page 235 of 301
April 2007
Rev02
File API-RBI User Guide.Doc
7.24.1.5 What-If Fields Design_Temperature = (°F : °C) Design Temperature can represent either Shellside or Tubeside Temperature depending on Equipment Type and Component Type. Usually Design Temperature represents the Shellside Temperature, but if Equipment Type = HEAT EXCHANGER and Component Type = HEXTS or HEXTUBE, then Design Temperature represents Tubeside Temperature. Design Temperature is only used in calculations if Operating Temperature is not provided. Minimum_Temperature = (°F : °C) Minimum Operating Temperature Under Normal, Startup, Shutdown, Or Upset Conditions. The Normal Operating Temperature is the default value Operating_Temperature = (°F : °C) Normal Operating Temperature. The default is 70.0 F. Operating Temperature is used in calculations. If it is not provided Design Temperature is used. 7.24.1.6 FORM ACTIONS SAVE 1. Change existing data to new values 2. All Required Field Elements Must be Input Before Saving a Form 3. Select Save Data Button From the Action Panel 4. If Data Passes Validation The New Data Will Be saved 5. If Validation Fails The User Errors are Immediately Displayed in the Error Reply Message HELP View this form help screen DELETE Delete this Damage Form from the database CALCULATE Calculate the RBI results for this particular component as a "WHAT IF" calculation. This feature is activated by changing the "WHAT IF" flag to YES. Additional input fields are available but input data and results are NOT saved back to the database for a "WHAT IF" Calculation.
Proprietary and Confidential - Equity Engineering Group, Inc.
API RBI User's Guide
No.
Mary Buchheim Doc Response/Approved
7.24.2
Checked
Page 236 of 301
April 2007
Rev02
File API-RBI User Guide.Doc
Low Temperature
7.24.2.1 Input Fields Component = The user name for this Component Component_Description = Analyst Description (Optional Input) Component_Comments = Analyst Comments (Optional Input) What-If = Flag to indicate "What if" calculations. "What if" calculation results are not saved to the database. Damage_Calculation_Flag = Option Flag to indicate if calculations should include this damage mechanism, corrosion mechanism or demand case. CVN_Temp = (°F : °C) CVN Impact Test Temperature; Default Value is 999.0 Administrative_Controls = Option Flag to indicate whether Administrative or Process Controls exist that will prevent the equipment from being fully pressurized below some temperature Service_Experience_Adjustment = Option Flag to indicate that a Damage Factor Adjustment will be made based on successful service experience
Proprietary and Confidential - Equity Engineering Group, Inc.
API RBI User's Guide
Page 237 of 301 No.
Mary Buchheim Doc Response/Approved
Checked
April 2007
Rev02
File API-RBI User Guide.Doc
7.24.2.2 Damage Drivers BM_Spec = Base Material Specification list based on the Construction Code selected BM_Grade = Base Material Grade based on the Construction Code selected Operating_Conditions = A brief descriptive name input by the user that identifies this set of Operating Conditions, for example: Normal, High Temperature, Low Temperature, High Pressure, Low Pressure Design_Temperature = (°F : °C) Design Temperature can represent either Shellside or Tubeside Temperature depending on Equipment Type and Component Type. Usually Design Temperature represents the Shellside Temperature, but if Equipment Type = HEAT EXCHANGER and Component Type = HEXTS or HEXTUBE, then Design Temperature represents Tubeside Temperature. Design Temperature is only used in calculations if Operating Temperature is not provided. Minimum_Temperature = (°F : °C) Minimum Operating Temperature Under Normal, Startup, Shutdown, Or Upset Conditions. The Normal Operating Temperature is the default value Furnished_Thk = (in : mm) Furnished Thickness Excluding Cladding. The Furnished Thickness is the total wall thickness at the time of equipment installation. Either Furnished Thickness or Nominal Thickness must be specified. If Furnished Thickness and Furnished Nominal Thickness are both specified, then Furnished Thickness will be used in the calculations Operating_Temperature = (°F : °C) Normal Operating Temperature. The default is 70.0 F. Operating Temperature is used in calculations. If it is not provided Design Temperature is used. MDMT = (°F : °C) Minimum Design Metal Temperature (MDMT) can represent either Tubeside or Shellside values depending on Equipment Type. MDMT will represent Shellside values ONLY WHEN Equipment Type = Heat Exchanger (Optional Input) PWHT = Option Flag to indicate Post Weld Heat Treatment (PWHT) 7.24.2.3 Analysis Results DF = The computed Technical Module Subfactor (TMSF) for Selected Damage Type Likelihood_Category = The computed Likelihood Category for Selected Damage Type 7.24.2.4 Risk Summary Total_DF = The computed Total Technical Module Subfactor (TMSF) value based on all acting Damage Mechanisms POF = The computed Damage Adjusted Failure Frequency COF = (ft² : m²) The computed Consequence Area or the Consequence of Failure (COF) Risk_Matrix = A 5x5 matrix that compares Likelihood Categories to Consequence Categories to determine High, Medium-High, Medium, and Low Risks. See Figure B-1 of the BRD Risk_Category = The computed value for Qualitative Risk based on Risk Matrix Maximum_Risk = (ft²/yr : m²/yr) The computed Maximum Risk based on area Financial_Risk = ($/yr : $/yr) The computed Financial Risk
Proprietary and Confidential - Equity Engineering Group, Inc.
API RBI User's Guide
No.
Mary Buchheim Doc Response/Approved
Checked
Page 238 of 301
April 2007
Rev02
File API-RBI User Guide.Doc
7.24.2.5 What-If Fields Design_Temperature = (°F : °C) Design Temperature can represent either Shellside or Tubeside Temperature depending on Equipment Type and Component Type. Usually Design Temperature represents the Shellside Temperature, but if Equipment Type = HEAT EXCHANGER and Component Type = HEXTS or HEXTUBE, then Design Temperature represents Tubeside Temperature. Design Temperature is only used in calculations if Operating Temperature is not provided. Minimum_Temperature = (°F : °C) Minimum Operating Temperature Under Normal, Startup, Shutdown, Or Upset Conditions. The Normal Operating Temperature is the default value Furnished_Thk = (in : mm) Furnished Thickness Excluding Cladding. The Furnished Thickness is the total wall thickness at the time of equipment installation. Either Furnished Thickness or Nominal Thickness must be specified. If Furnished Thickness and Furnished Nominal Thickness are both specified, then Furnished Thickness will be used in the calculations Operating_Temperature = (°F : °C) Normal Operating Temperature. The default is 70.0 F. Operating Temperature is used in calculations. If it is not provided Design Temperature is used. MDMT = (°F : °C) Minimum Design Metal Temperature (MDMT) can represent either Tubeside or Shellside values depending on Equipment Type. MDMT will represent Shellside values ONLY WHEN Equipment Type = Heat Exchanger (Optional Input) PWHT = Option Flag to indicate Post Weld Heat Treatment (PWHT)
Proprietary and Confidential - Equity Engineering Group, Inc.
API RBI User's Guide
No.
Mary Buchheim Doc Response/Approved
Checked
Page 239 of 301
April 2007
Rev02
File API-RBI User Guide.Doc
7.24.2.6 FORM ACTIONS SAVE 1. Change existing data to new values 2. All Required Field Elements Must be Input Before Saving a Form 3. Select Save Data Button From the Action Panel 4. If Data Passes Validation The New Data Will Be saved 5. If Validation Fails The User Errors are Immediately Displayed in the Error Reply Message HELP View this form help screen DELETE Delete this Damage Form from the database CALCULATE Calculate the RBI results for this particular component as a "WHAT IF" calculation. This feature is activated by changing the "WHAT IF" flag to YES. Additional input fields are available but input data and results are NOT saved back to the database for a "WHAT IF" Calculation.
Proprietary and Confidential - Equity Engineering Group, Inc.
API RBI User's Guide
No.
Mary Buchheim Doc Response/Approved
7.24.3
Checked
Page 240 of 301
April 2007
Rev02
File API-RBI User Guide.Doc
Sigma Phase
7.24.3.1 Input Fields Component = The user name for this Component Component_Description = Analyst Description (Optional Input) Component_Comments = Analyst Comments (Optional Input) What-If = Flag to indicate "What if" calculations. "What if" calculation results are not saved to the database. Damage_Calculation_Flag = Option Flag to indicate if calculations should include this damage mechanism, corrosion mechanism or demand case. Sigma_Amount = Amount of Sigma Phase Embrittlement; Values are High ( GT= 10%), Medium ( GT= 5%, LT 10%), or Low ( GT 1%, LT 5% -- default). See Table L-15 in the BRD.
Proprietary and Confidential - Equity Engineering Group, Inc.
API RBI User's Guide
Page 241 of 301 No.
Mary Buchheim Doc Response/Approved
Checked
April 2007
Rev02
File API-RBI User Guide.Doc
7.24.3.2 Damage Drivers BM_Spec = Base Material Specification list based on the Construction Code selected BM_Grade = Base Material Grade based on the Construction Code selected Operating_Conditions = A brief descriptive name input by the user that identifies this set of Operating Conditions, for example: Normal, High Temperature, Low Temperature, High Pressure, Low Pressure Design_Temperature = (°F : °C) Design Temperature can represent either Shellside or Tubeside Temperature depending on Equipment Type and Component Type. Usually Design Temperature represents the Shellside Temperature, but if Equipment Type = HEAT EXCHANGER and Component Type = HEXTS or HEXTUBE, then Design Temperature represents Tubeside Temperature. Design Temperature is only used in calculations if Operating Temperature is not provided. Maximum_Temperature = (°F : °C) Maximum Operating Temperature Under Normal, Startup, Shutdown, Or Upset Conditions Operating_Temperature = (°F : °C) Normal Operating Temperature. The default is 70.0 F. Operating Temperature is used in calculations. If it is not provided Design Temperature is used. MDMT = (°F : °C) Minimum Design Metal Temperature (MDMT) can represent either Tubeside or Shellside values depending on Equipment Type. MDMT will represent Shellside values ONLY WHEN Equipment Type = Heat Exchanger (Optional Input) 7.24.3.3 Analysis Results DF = The computed Technical Module Subfactor (TMSF) for Selected Damage Type Likelihood_Category = The computed Likelihood Category for Selected Damage Type 7.24.3.4 Risk Summary Total_DF = The computed Total Technical Module Subfactor (TMSF) value based on all acting Damage Mechanisms POF = The computed Damage Adjusted Failure Frequency COF = (ft² : m²) The computed Consequence Area or the Consequence of Failure (COF) Risk_Matrix = A 5x5 matrix that compares Likelihood Categories to Consequence Categories to determine High, Medium-High, Medium, and Low Risks. See Figure B-1 of the BRD Risk_Category = The computed value for Qualitative Risk based on Risk Matrix Maximum_Risk = (ft²/yr : m²/yr) The computed Maximum Risk based on area Financial_Risk = ($/yr : $/yr) The computed Financial Risk
Proprietary and Confidential - Equity Engineering Group, Inc.
API RBI User's Guide
No.
Mary Buchheim Doc Response/Approved
Checked
Page 242 of 301
April 2007
Rev02
File API-RBI User Guide.Doc
7.24.3.5 What-If Fields Design_Temperature = (°F : °C) Design Temperature can represent either Shellside or Tubeside Temperature depending on Equipment Type and Component Type. Usually Design Temperature represents the Shellside Temperature, but if Equipment Type = HEAT EXCHANGER and Component Type = HEXTS or HEXTUBE, then Design Temperature represents Tubeside Temperature. Design Temperature is only used in calculations if Operating Temperature is not provided. Maximum_Temperature = (°F : °C) Maximum Operating Temperature Under Normal, Startup, Shutdown, Or Upset Conditions Operating_Temperature = (°F : °C) Normal Operating Temperature. The default is 70.0 F. Operating Temperature is used in calculations. If it is not provided Design Temperature is used. 7.24.3.6 FORM ACTIONS SAVE 1. Change existing data to new values 2. All Required Field Elements Must be Input Before Saving a Form 3. Select Save Data Button From the Action Panel 4. If Data Passes Validation The New Data Will Be saved 5. If Validation Fails The User Errors are Immediately Displayed in the Error Reply Message HELP View this form help screen DELETE Delete this Damage Form from the database CALCULATE Calculate the RBI results for this particular component as a "WHAT IF" calculation. This feature is activated by changing the "WHAT IF" flag to YES. Additional input fields are available but input data and results are NOT saved back to the database for a "WHAT IF" Calculation.
Proprietary and Confidential - Equity Engineering Group, Inc.
API RBI User's Guide
No.
Mary Buchheim Doc Response/Approved
7.24.4
Checked
Page 243 of 301
April 2007
Rev02
File API-RBI User Guide.Doc
Temper Embrittlement
7.24.4.1 Input Fields Component = The user name for this Component Component_Description = Analyst Description (Optional Input) Component_Comments = Analyst Comments (Optional Input) What-If = Flag to indicate "What if" calculations. "What if" calculation results are not saved to the database. Damage_Calculation_Flag = Option Flag to indicate if calculations should include this damage mechanism, corrosion mechanism or demand case. CVN_Temp = (°F : °C) CVN Impact Test Temperature; Default Value is 999.0 DFATT = (°F : °C) Fracture Appearance Transition Temperature (FATT) F; FATT is based on material type, metallurgical condition, operating temperature and time in service provided in the BRD Supplement. Better information can be specified, if known. The value will be used in all calculations, if specified (Optional Input) (Default = 999) SCE = (°F : °C) The Delta Temperature specified for a step cooling test. The value for Delta Temperature is used in all calculations ONLY if Fracture Appearance Transition Temperature is NOT Selected. The default value is 999.0 J_Factor = Material J-Factor used ONLY for 2-1/4Cr-1Mo; DO NOT USE IF Fracture Appearance Transition Temperature or Delta Temperature for Step Cooling Test are specified Percent_Silicon = Weight Percent Silicon, used to compute Material J-Factor, ONLY for 2-1/4Cr-1Mo. Do NOT use if either Fracture Appearance Transition Temperature or Delta Temperature Specified For Step Cooling Test are specified Percent_Manganese = Weight Percent Manganese, use ONLY for 2-1/4Cr-1Mo Percent_Phosphorous = Weight Percent Phosphorous, used ONLY for 2-1/4Cr-1Mo Percent_Tin = Weight Percent Tin, used ONLY for 2-1/4Cr-1Mo Proprietary and Confidential - Equity Engineering Group, Inc.
API RBI User's Guide
Page 244 of 301 No.
Mary Buchheim Doc Response/Approved
Checked
April 2007
Rev02
File API-RBI User Guide.Doc
7.24.4.2 Damage Drivers BM_Spec = Base Material Specification list based on the Construction Code selected BM_Grade = Base Material Grade based on the Construction Code selected Operating_Conditions = A brief descriptive name input by the user that identifies this set of Operating Conditions, for example: Normal, High Temperature, Low Temperature, High Pressure, Low Pressure Design_Temperature = (°F : °C) Design Temperature can represent either Shellside or Tubeside Temperature depending on Equipment Type and Component Type. Usually Design Temperature represents the Shellside Temperature, but if Equipment Type = HEAT EXCHANGER and Component Type = HEXTS or HEXTUBE, then Design Temperature represents Tubeside Temperature. Design Temperature is only used in calculations if Operating Temperature is not provided. Maximum_Temperature = (°F : °C) Maximum Operating Temperature Under Normal, Startup, Shutdown, Or Upset Conditions Operating_Temperature = (°F : °C) Normal Operating Temperature. The default is 70.0 F. Operating Temperature is used in calculations. If it is not provided Design Temperature is used. MDMT = (°F : °C) Minimum Design Metal Temperature (MDMT) can represent either Tubeside or Shellside values depending on Equipment Type. MDMT will represent Shellside values ONLY WHEN Equipment Type = Heat Exchanger (Optional Input) 7.24.4.3 Analysis Results DF = The computed Technical Module Subfactor (TMSF) for Selected Damage Type Likelihood_Category = The computed Likelihood Category for Selected Damage Type 7.24.4.4 Risk Summary Total_DF = The computed Total Technical Module Subfactor (TMSF) value based on all acting Damage Mechanisms POF = The computed Damage Adjusted Failure Frequency COF = (ft² : m²) The computed Consequence Area or the Consequence of Failure (COF) Risk_Matrix = A 5x5 matrix that compares Likelihood Categories to Consequence Categories to determine High, Medium-High, Medium, and Low Risks. See Figure B-1 of the BRD Risk_Category = The computed value for Qualitative Risk based on Risk Matrix Maximum_Risk = (ft²/yr : m²/yr) The computed Maximum Risk based on area Financial_Risk = ($/yr : $/yr) The computed Financial Risk
Proprietary and Confidential - Equity Engineering Group, Inc.
API RBI User's Guide
No.
Mary Buchheim Doc Response/Approved
Checked
Page 245 of 301
April 2007
Rev02
File API-RBI User Guide.Doc
7.24.4.5 What-If Fields Design_Temperature = (°F : °C) Design Temperature can represent either Shellside or Tubeside Temperature depending on Equipment Type and Component Type. Usually Design Temperature represents the Shellside Temperature, but if Equipment Type = HEAT EXCHANGER and Component Type = HEXTS or HEXTUBE, then Design Temperature represents Tubeside Temperature. Design Temperature is only used in calculations if Operating Temperature is not provided. Minimum_Temperature = (°F : °C) Minimum Operating Temperature Under Normal, Startup, Shutdown, Or Upset Conditions. The Normal Operating Temperature is the default value Furnished_Thk = (in : mm) Furnished Thickness Excluding Cladding. The Furnished Thickness is the total wall thickness at the time of equipment installation. Either Furnished Thickness or Nominal Thickness must be specified. If Furnished Thickness and Furnished Nominal Thickness are both specified, then Furnished Thickness will be used in the calculations Operating_Temperature = (°F : °C) Normal Operating Temperature. The default is 70.0 F. Operating Temperature is used in calculations. If it is not provided Design Temperature is used. MDMT = (°F : °C) Minimum Design Metal Temperature (MDMT) can represent either Tubeside or Shellside values depending on Equipment Type. MDMT will represent Shellside values ONLY WHEN Equipment Type = Heat Exchanger (Optional Input) PWHT = Option Flag to indicate Post Weld Heat Treatment (PWHT)
Proprietary and Confidential - Equity Engineering Group, Inc.
API RBI User's Guide
No.
Mary Buchheim Doc Response/Approved
Checked
Page 246 of 301
April 2007
Rev02
File API-RBI User Guide.Doc
7.24.4.6 FORM ACTIONS SAVE 1. Change existing data to new values 2. All Required Field Elements Must be Input Before Saving a Form 3. Select Save Data Button From the Action Panel 4. If Data Passes Validation The New Data Will Be saved 5. If Validation Fails The User Errors are Immediately Displayed in the Error Reply Message HELP View this form help screen DELETE Delete this Damage Form from the database CALCULATE Calculate the RBI results for this particular component as a "WHAT IF" calculation. This feature is activated by changing the "WHAT IF" flag to YES. Additional input fields are available but input data and results are NOT saved back to the database for a "WHAT IF" Calculation.
Proprietary and Confidential - Equity Engineering Group, Inc.
API RBI User's Guide
Page 247 of 301 No.
Mary Buchheim Doc Response/Approved
Checked
April 2007
Rev02
File API-RBI User Guide.Doc
7.25 HTHA This form contains data for High Temperature Hydrogen Attack (HTHA) This form presents the following groups of information: • Input data requirements are displayed in the top left column . • Damage Drivers are summarized in the right top column. • Analysis results and a Risk summary are presented in the lower half of the screen.
7.25.1.1 Input Fields Component = The user name for this Component Component_Description = Analyst Description (Optional Input) Component_Comments = Analyst Comments (Optional Input) What-If = Flag to indicate "What if" calculations. "What if" calculation results are not saved to the database. Damage_Calculation_Flag = Option Flag to indicate if calculations should include this damage mechanism, corrosion mechanism or demand case. HTHA = Option Flag to indicate High Temperature Hydrogen Attack (HTHA) calculations
Proprietary and Confidential - Equity Engineering Group, Inc.
API RBI User's Guide
No.
Mary Buchheim Doc Response/Approved
Checked
Page 248 of 301
April 2007
Rev02
File API-RBI User Guide.Doc
7.25.1.2 Damage Drivers BM_Spec = Base Material Specification list based on the Construction Code selected BM_Grade = Base Material Grade based on the Construction Code selected Operating_Conditions = A brief descriptive name input by the user that identifies this set of Operating Conditions, for example: Normal, High Temperature, Low Temperature, High Pressure, Low Pressure Design_Temperature = (°F : °C) Design Temperature can represent either Shellside or Tubeside Temperature depending on Equipment Type and Component Type. Usually Design Temperature represents the Shellside Temperature, but if Equipment Type = HEAT EXCHANGER and Component Type = HEXTS or HEXTUBE, then Design Temperature represents Tubeside Temperature. Design Temperature is only used in calculations if Operating Temperature is not provided. Operating_Temperature = (°F : °C) Normal Operating Temperature. The default is 70.0 F. Operating Temperature is used in calculations. If it is not provided Design Temperature is used. Hydrogen_Partial_Pres = (psig : MPa) Hydrogen Partial Pressure is only used for assessment of High Temperature Hydrogen Attack (HTHA) 7.25.1.3 Analysis Results Highest_Effective_Insp = The Highest Effective Inspection for Selected Damage Type computed as a running total based on inspection history for up to the last six inspections No_Highest_Effective_Insp = Equivalent Number of Highest Effective Inspections, Up tTo Six Past Inspections Will Be Considered Age = (yrs :yrs) The computed Time at the current service condition for Selected damage Type, computed as the RBI_DATE (the date the RBI analysis was conducted) minus the Inspection Category Date (the date of the last inspection) DF = The computed Technical Module Subfactor (TMSF) for Selected Damage Type Likelihood_Category = The computed Likelihood Category for Selected Damage Type 7.25.1.4 Risk Summary Total_DF = The computed Total Technical Module Subfactor (TMSF) value based on all acting Damage Mechanisms POF = The computed Damage Adjusted Failure Frequency COF = (ft² : m²) The computed Consequence Area or the Consequence of Failure (COF) Risk_Matrix = A 5x5 matrix that compares Likelihood Categories to Consequence Categories to determine High, Medium-High, Medium, and Low Risks. See Figure B-1 of the BRD Risk_Category = The computed value for Qualitative Risk based on Risk Matrix Maximum_Risk = (ft²/yr : m²/yr) The computed Maximum Risk based on area Financial_Risk = ($/yr : $/yr) The computed Financial Risk
Proprietary and Confidential - Equity Engineering Group, Inc.
API RBI User's Guide
No.
Mary Buchheim Doc Response/Approved
Checked
Page 249 of 301
April 2007
Rev02
File API-RBI User Guide.Doc
7.25.1.5 What-If Fields Design_Temperature = (°F : °C) Design Temperature can represent either Shellside or Tubeside Temperature depending on Equipment Type and Component Type. Usually Design Temperature represents the Shellside Temperature, but if Equipment Type = HEAT EXCHANGER and Component Type = HEXTS or HEXTUBE, then Design Temperature represents Tubeside Temperature. Design Temperature is only used in calculations if Operating Temperature is not provided. Operating_Temperature = (°F : °C) Normal Operating Temperature. The default is 70.0 F. Operating Temperature is used in calculations. If it is not provided Design Temperature is used. Hydrogen_Partial_Pres = (psig : MPa) Hydrogen Partial Pressure is only used for assessment of High Temperature Hydrogen Attack (HTHA) 7.25.1.6 FORM ACTIONS SAVE 1. Change existing data to new values 2. All Required Field Elements Must be Input Before Saving a Form 3. Select Save Data Button From the Action Panel 4. If Data Passes Validation The New Data Will Be saved 5. If Validation Fails The User Errors are Immediately Displayed in the Error Reply Message HELP View this form help screen DELETE Delete this Damage Form from the database CALCULATE Calculate the RBI results for this particular component as a "WHAT IF" calculation. This feature is activated by changing the "WHAT IF" flag to YES. Additional input fields are available but input data and results are NOT saved back to the database for a "WHAT IF" Calculation.
Proprietary and Confidential - Equity Engineering Group, Inc.
API RBI User's Guide
No.
Mary Buchheim Doc Response/Approved
Checked
Page 250 of 301
April 2007
Rev02
File API-RBI User Guide.Doc
7.26 Mechanical Fatigue This form contains data for Mechanical Fatigue. This form is only available for Equipment Type = Pipe or Tube/NS Pipe. This form presents the following groups of information: • Input data requirements are displayed in the top left column • Damage Drivers are summarized in the right top column. • Analysis results and a Risk summary are presented in the lower half of the screen.
7.26.1.1 Input Fields Component = The user name for this Component Component_Description = Analyst Description (Optional Input) Component_Comments = Analyst Comments (Optional Input) What-If = Flag to indicate "What if" calculations. "What if" calculation results are not saved to the database. Damage_Calculation_Flag = Option Flag to indicate if calculations should include this damage mechanism, corrosion mechanism or demand case. No_Fatigue_Failures = Previous Number Of Fatigue Failures (Optional Input) Shaking = Shaking Choice for amount of Shaking Minor, Moderate, Severe Shaking_Duration_weeks = (weeks :weeks) Shaking Duration defined as the number of weeks pipe has been shaking (Optional Input)
Proprietary and Confidential - Equity Engineering Group, Inc.
API RBI User's Guide
Page 251 of 301 No.
Mary Buchheim Doc Response/Approved
Checked
April 2007
Rev02
File API-RBI User Guide.Doc
7.26.1.2 Damage Drivers Force_Type = Type of Cyclic Stress Force -- None, Reciprocating Machinery (RM), RV Chatter, Valve Chatter) connected directly or indirectly within 50 feet of the pipe Corrective_Action = Modifications based on Engineering Analysis, Experience, None Piping_System_Complexity = Complexity based on 50 feet of pipe with 0- 5 branches, 5 - 10 branches, > 10 branches Branch_Design = Branch Design (SW, Saddle On, Saddle in, Weldolet, Welding Tee, or Threaded -deault) See Table K-9 in the BRD Pipe_Condition = Pipe Condition (Damaged Supports, Unsupported, Broken Gussets, Welded Gussets, or Good Condition - default) Branch_Diameter = (in : mm) Branch Diameter (in or mm) ( LT= 2 is default, or = GT 2) See Table K-11 in the BRD 7.26.1.3 Analysis Results DF = The computed Technical Module Subfactor (TMSF) for Selected Damage Type Likelihood_Category = The computed Likelihood Category for Selected Damage Type 7.26.1.4 Risk Summary Total_DF = The computed Total Technical Module Subfactor (TMSF) value based on all acting Damage Mechanisms POF = The computed Damage Adjusted Failure Frequency COF = (ft² : m²) The computed Consequence Area or the Consequence of Failure (COF) Risk_Matrix = A 5x5 matrix that compares Likelihood Categories to Consequence Categories to determine High, Medium-High, Medium, and Low Risks. See Figure B-1 of the BRD Risk_Category = The computed value for Qualitative Risk based on Risk Matrix Maximum_Risk = (ft²/yr : m²/yr) The computed Maximum Risk based on area Financial_Risk = ($/yr : $/yr) The computed Financial Risk 7.26.1.5 FORM ACTIONS SAVE 1. Change existing data to new values 2. All Required Field Elements Must be Input Before Saving a Form 3. Select Save Data Button From the Action Panel 4. If Data Passes Validation The New Data Will Be saved 5. If Validation Fails The User Errors are Immediately Displayed in the Error Reply Message HELP View this form help screen DELETE Delete this Damage Form from the database CALCULATE Calculate the RBI results for this particular component as a "WHAT IF" calculation. This feature is activated by changing the "WHAT IF" flag to YES. Additional input fields are available but input data and results are NOT saved back to the database for a "WHAT IF" Calculation.
Proprietary and Confidential - Equity Engineering Group, Inc.
API RBI User's Guide
No.
Mary Buchheim Doc Response/Approved 7.27
Checked
Page 252 of 301
April 2007
Rev02
File API-RBI User Guide.Doc
Bundle Damage Assessment
7.27.1.1 Damage Drivers for Information Only TS_Fluid_Name = Selected Fluid TS_Process_Unit = Selected Process Unit TS_Fluid_Category = Selected Fluid Category TS_Fluid_Phase = Selected Fluid Phase TS_Inlet_Temperature = Tubeside Inlet Temperature TS_Outlet_Temperature =Tubeside Outlet Temperature SS_Fluid_Name = Selected Fluid SS_Process_Unit = Selected Process Unit SS_Fluid_Category = Selected Fluid Category SS_Fluid_Phase = Selected Fluid Phase SS_Inlet_Temperature = Tubeside Inlet Temperature SS_Outlet_Temperature =Tubeside Outlet Temperature Furnished_Thk = Thickness of tube Tube_Material = Selected Tube Material Spec. Tube_Spec = Selected Tube Spec. 7.27.1.2 SS_Bundle_Asphaltenes_Polymer = Flag to indicate the presence of Asphaltenes Polymer in the shellside fluid (Default is No). SS_Bundle_Brine = Flag to indicate the presence of Brine in the shellside fluid (Default is No). SS_Bundle_CO2= Flag to indicate the presence of CO2 on the shellside (Default is No). SS_Bundle_Cyanides = Flag to indicate the presence of Cyanides in the shellside fluid (Default is No). SS_Bundle_Dealloying = Flag to indicate the presence of Dealloying on the shellside (Default is No). Proprietary and Confidential - Equity Engineering Group, Inc.
API RBI User's Guide
No.
Mary Buchheim Doc Response/Approved
Checked
Page 253 of 301
April 2007
Rev02
File API-RBI User Guide.Doc
SS_Bundle_Erosive_Particles = Flag to indicate the presence of Erosive Particles in the shellside fluid (Default is No). SS_Bundle_H2S = Weight % H2S in the shellside fluid (Default is 0.0) SS_Bundle_Naphthenic_Acid = Flag to indicate the presence of Naphthenic Acid on the shellside (Default is No). SS_Bundle_NH4Cl = Flag to indicate the presence of NH4Cl in the shellside fluid (Default is No). SS_Bundle_NH4HS = Weight % NH4HS in the shellside fluid (Default is 0.0) SS_Bundle_Oxidation = Flag to indicate the presence of Oxidation on the shellside (Default is No). SS_Bundle_Salt_Deposits = Flag to indicate the presence of Salt Deposits on the shellside (Default is No). SS_Bundle_Sulfidation= Flag to indicate the presence of Sulfidation on the shellside (Default is No). SS_Bundle_Sulfur = Mole % Sulfur in the shellside fluid (Default is 0.0) SS_Bundle_Trace_Acid = Weight % Acid in the shellside fluid (Default is 0.0) SS_Bundle_Trace_Caustic = Weight % Trace Caustic in the shellside fluid (Default is 0.0) SS_Est_Corrosion_Severity = This is an estimate of corrosion severity on the shellside. This is only used as a matching criteria for the reliability databases. Select from none, inert, mildly corrosive, moderately corrosive, severely corrosive, unpredictable or localized SS_Free_Water = Does the shellside fluid have any free water, Yes/No (Default is No). TS_Bundle_Asphaltenes_Polymer =Flag to indicate the presence of Asphaltenes Polymer in the tubeside fluid (Default is No). TS_Bundle_Brine = Flag to indicate the presence of Brine in the tubeside fluid (Default is No). TS_Bundle_CO2 = Flag to indicate the presence of CO2 on the tubeside (Default is No). TS_Bundle_Cyanides = Flag to indicate the presence of Cyanides in the tubeside fluid (Default is No). TS_Bundle_Dealloying = Flag to indicate the presence of Dealloying on the tubeside (Default is No). TS_Bundle_Erosive_Particles = Flag to indicate the presence of Erosive Particles in the tubeside fluid (Default is No). TS_Bundle_H2S = Weight % H2S in the tubeside fluid (Default is 0.0) TS_Bundle_Naphthenic_Acid = Flag to indicate the presence of Naphthenic Acid on the tubeside (Default is No). TS_Bundle_NH4Cl = Flag to indicate the presence of NH4Cl in the tubeside fluid (Default is No). TS_Bundle_NH4HS = Weight % NH4HS in the tubeside fluid (Default is 0.0) TS_Bundle_Oxidation = Flag to indicate the presence of Oxidation on the tubeside (Default is No). TS_Bundle_Salt_Deposits = Flag to indicate the presence of Salt Deposits on the tubeside (Default is No). TS_Bundle_Sulfidation =Flag to indicate the presence of Sulfidation on the tubeside (Default is No). TS_Bundle_Sulfur = Mole % Sulfur in the tubeside fluid (Default is 0.0) TS_Bundle_Trace_Acid = Weight % Acid in the tubeside fluid (Default is 0.0) TS_Bundle_Trace_Caustic = Weight % Trace Caustic in the tubeside fluid (Default is 0.0) TS_Est_Corrosion_Severity = This is an estimate of corrosion severity on the tubeside. TS_Free_Water = Does the tubeside fluid have any free water, Yes/No (Default is No). Bundle_Life = Provide the bundle life for the bundle being evaluated (years). For inactive bundles, this value is the key input to the reliability database and forms the basis for the weibull statistical calculations for the active bundles. Required if the bundle is Inactive. Optional for active bundles. Calculated_Bundle_Life = Years, This is the bundle life calculated using either of 3 methods, listed below in order of control:1)use the User Specified MTTF (with or without a user specified Beta),2)use the user specified Eta and Beta values,3)use the weibull statistical calcultion based on matching bundle set from the reliablility database. Control_Damage_Mechanism = Based on the review of the inspection history, this is the most prevalent damage mechanism that controls the life of the bundle. This is only used as a matching criteria for the reliability databases. Select from : Unknown, Corrosion, Pitting, Environmental Cracking, Erosion, Tube to Tubesheet Failures, Mechanical Vibration, Underdeposit Corrosion , Severe Plugging/Fouling
Proprietary and Confidential - Equity Engineering Group, Inc.
API RBI User's Guide
No.
Mary Buchheim Doc Response/Approved
Checked
Page 254 of 301
April 2007
Rev02
File API-RBI User Guide.Doc
User_Specified_MTTF = User specified Mean Time to Failure for bundle (years). This value is required if a weibull curve, based on matching bundles from the reliability database, has not been generated from the component weibull tab. If supplied, will govern the calculations. User_Specified_Beta = User specified Weibull slope parameter. This value along with the user specified MTTF will be used if a weibull curve, based on matching bundles from the reliability database, has not been generated from the component weibull tab. If supplied along with the Eta value, will govern the calculations. The default value is 2.5. User_Specified_Eta = Yrs This value is only required if User Specified MTTF is not provide and a weibull curve, based on matching bundles from the reliability database, has not been generated from the component weibull tab. If supplied along with the Beta value, will govern the calculations. 7.27.1.3 FORM ACTIONS SAVE 6. Change existing data to new values 7. All Required Field Elements Must be Input Before Saving a Form 8. Select Save Data Button From the Action Panel 9. If Data Passes Validation The New Data Will Be saved 10. If Validation Fails The User Errors are Immediately Displayed in the Error Reply Message HELP View this form help screen DELETE Delete this Damage Form from the database
Proprietary and Confidential - Equity Engineering Group, Inc.
API RBI User's Guide
No.
Mary Buchheim Doc Response/Approved
7.28 7.28.1
Checked
Page 255 of 301
April 2007
Rev02
Inspection History General Equipment Inspection History Tables
Proprietary and Confidential - Equity Engineering Group, Inc.
File API-RBI User Guide.Doc
API RBI User's Guide
No.
Mary Buchheim Doc Response/Approved
Checked
Page 256 of 301
April 2007
Rev02
File API-RBI User Guide.Doc
7.28.1.1 Input Fields Insp_Date = Inspection Date for Selected Damage Type THIN_Ins_Cat = Inspection Category for Thinning Inspection Type at its Inspection Date (A, B, C, D, or E -- E is the default) THIN_Measured_Thickness = (in : mm) Thickness at Inspection Date. This Is the Thickness measured at the time of the inspection. It includes the Cladding or Weld Overlay Thickness, as applicable, and is only valid for inspection categories A and B CRAKAmin_Ins_Cat = Inspection Category for Amine Cracking Inspection Type at its Inspection Date (A, B, C, D, or E -- E is the default) CRAKCarb_Ins_Cat = Inspection Category for Carbonate Cracking Inspection Type at its Inspection Date (A, B, C, D, or E -- E is the default) CRAKCaus_Ins_Cat = Inspection Category for Caustic Cracking Inspection Type at its Inspection Date (A, B, C, D, or E -- E is the default) CRAKChlo_Ins_Cat = Inspection Category for Chloride Cracking Inspection Type at its Inspection Date (A, B, C, D, or E -- E is the default) CRAKHICS_Ins_Cat = Inspection Category for HIC/SOHIC H2S Cracking Inspection Type at its Inspection Date (A, B, C, D, or E -- E is the default) CRAKHICF_Ins_Cat = Inspection Category for HIC/SOHIC HF Cracking Inspection Type at its Inspection Date (A, B, C, D, or E -- E is the default) CRAKHSC_Ins_Cat = Inspection Category for HSC HF Cracking Inspection Type at its Inspection Date (A, B, C, D, or E -- E is the default) CRAKPTA_Ins_Cat = Inspection Category for Polythionic Cracking Inspection Type at its Inspection Date (A, B, C, D, or E -- E is the default) CRAKH2S_Ins_Cat = Inspection Category for SSC H2S Cracking Inspection Type at its Inspection Date (A, B, C, D, or E -- E is the default) Proprietary and Confidential - Equity Engineering Group, Inc.
API RBI User's Guide
No.
Mary Buchheim Doc Response/Approved
Checked
Page 257 of 301
April 2007
Rev02
File API-RBI User Guide.Doc
CRAKOthr_Ins_Cat = Inspection Category for Other Cracking Inspection Type at its Inspection Date (A, B, C, D, or E -- E is the default) Inspection_History_Comments = User comments associated with the present Inspection Analysis EXTF_Ins_Cat = Inspection Category for External Ferritic Inspection Type at its Inspection Date (A, B, C, D, or E -- E is the default) EXTF_Measured_Thickness = (in : mm) Thickness at Inspection Date. This Is the Thickness measured at the time of the inspection. It includes the Cladding or Weld Overlay Thickness, as applicable, and is only valid for inspection categories A and B CUIF_Ins_Cat = Inspection Category for CUI Ferritic Inspection Type at its Inspection Date (A, B, C, D, or E -- E is the default) CUIF_Measured_Thickness = (in : mm) Thickness at Inspection Date. This Is the Thickness measured at the time of the inspection. It includes the Cladding or Weld Overlay Thickness, as applicable, and is only valid for inspection categories A and B SCC_Ins_Cat = Inspection Category for SCC Inspection Type at its Inspection Date (A, B, C, D, or E -- E is the default) CUIA_Ins_Cat = Inspection Category for CUI Austenitic Inspection Type at its Inspection Date (A, B, C, D, or E -- E is the default) HTHA_Ins_Cat = Inspection Category for HTHA Inspection Type at its Inspection Date (A, B, C, D, or E -E is the default) BRIT_Sigma_Amount = Sigma Amount at Inspection Date None, Low, Medium, High
Proprietary and Confidential - Equity Engineering Group, Inc.
API RBI User's Guide
No.
Mary Buchheim Doc Response/Approved
Checked
Page 258 of 301
April 2007
Rev02
File API-RBI User Guide.Doc
7.28.2 Inspection History Tables– Bundle To create an inspection history, edit the default row values to reflect the inspection information.
7.28.2.1 Input Fields Event_Date = (yyy-mm-dd:yyy-mm-dd) Date for Revision event Event_Type = Select type of event : Unknown, Planned S/D, Unplanned S/D, Bypass - No Rate Cut,Rate Cut Online Failure_Mode = Select from: None, Unknown, Tube Leak, Flohead Leak, General Thinning, Underdeposit Corr., Tube End Thinning, Localized Pitting, Tube Joint Leak, Environ. Cracking, Flow-Induced Damage, Handling Damage Bundle_Leak = Was there a bundle leak discovered during the inspection? Enter Yes, No or Unknown. (Default is Unknown) Event_Action = Select action taken during the inspection. In general this is for informational purposes only. However there are several actions listed that return the bundle back into service in an improved condition - Plug Tubes, 180 Degree Bundle Rotation, Partial Retube, Installed Used Bundle or Total Retube. When any of these actions are selected, the software will adjust the installation date by applying a Life Extension Factor. This will modify the POF curve for the bundle. Select from: None, Clean Only, Minor Repairs, Rerolled, Plugged Tubes, Rotated Bundle 180 Degree, Partial Retube, Retube - Same Alloy, Retube - New Alloy, Replacement-in-Kind, Redesign - New Alloy, Redesign - Mechanical, Installed Used Bundle No_Of_Plugged_Tubes = Number of tubes plugged in this shutdown. Note that this should not include tubes that are plugged due to mechanical/handling damage.
Proprietary and Confidential - Equity Engineering Group, Inc.
API RBI User's Guide
No.
Mary Buchheim Doc Response/Approved
Checked
Page 259 of 301
April 2007
Rev02
File API-RBI User Guide.Doc
Inspection_Method = Inspection Method used in the inspection. Where possible, the inspection method should be accompanied by an estimate for the Percent Inspected to provide a basis for grading the inspection. Select from: Other, Visual Only, Random UT, IRIS, Remote Field, Eddy Current, Elliot Gage/Caliper, MFL Percent_Tubes_Inspected = Estimate of the extent of inspection. Inspection_Effectiveness = Effectiveness of inspection, select : A, B, C, D Percent_Wall_Loss = Percent of wall loss, determined as [1 - (current wall thickness/original wall thickness)] x 100 Wall_Thickness = (in:mm) Average measured wall thickness determined during inspection. When input, this value is a key parameter in the assessment of the current condition of the bundle and is used to adjust the POF curve. An alternate method is to input the Estimated Remaining Life. When both values are input, the Estimated Remaining Life will govern. Primary_Damage = Based on a review of the inspection history this is the most significant cause of damage to the bundle. This is only used as a matching criteria for the reliability databases. Select from: Unknown, None, General Thinning, Underdeposit Corr., Tube End Thinning, Localized Pitting, Environ. Cracking, Flow-Induced Vibration, Erosion, Mechanical Damage, Handling Damage Secondary_Damage = Based on a review of the inspection history this is the second most significant cause of damage to the bundle. This is only used as a matching criteria for the reliability databases. Select from: Unknown, None, General Thinning, Underdeposit Corr., Tube End Thinning, Localized Pitting, Environ. Cracking, Flow-Induced Vibration, Erosion, Mechanical Damage, Handling Damage Tube_Joint_Leak = Flag to indicate a Tube Joint Leak ID_Corrosion = Corrosion of tube ID : Unknown, None, Mild, General, Heavy. This is only used as a matching criteria for the reliability databases. OD_Corrosion = Corrosion of tube OD : Unknown, None, Mild, General, Heavy. This is only used as a matching criteria for the reliability databases. ID_Fouling = Fouling of tube ID : Unknown, None, Mild, General, Heavy. This is only used as a matching criteria for the reliability databases. OD_Fouling = Fouling of tube OD : Unknown, None, Mild, General, Heavy. This is only used as a matching criteria for the reliability databases. Baffles_Rods_Spacers = Select from :Unknown, Good, Serviceable, Mech. Damage, Hvy Corrosion, Poor Hydrotest = Flag to indicate if bundle was hydrotested Est_Life = (yrs:yrs) Estimate of remaining life for bundle. When input, this value is a key parameter in the assessment of the current condition of the bundle and is used to adjust the POF curve. An alternate method is to input the Remaining Wall Thickness. When both values are input, the Estimated Remaining Life will govern. Inspection_Comments = User supplied comments for inspection
Proprietary and Confidential - Equity Engineering Group, Inc.
API RBI User's Guide
No.
Mary Buchheim Doc Response/Approved
Checked
Page 260 of 301
April 2007
Rev02
File API-RBI User Guide.Doc
7.28.2.2 TABLE ACTIONS FORM VIEW 11. Right Click on the row number to activate form edit for this record. From the Form Edit View, the user can 12. edit the current record and click on OK or 13. cancel the edit with CANCEL. 14. Data entered in the Form Edit View is not validated until the SAVE button is clicked in the Table View CUT/PASTE Row Data can be copy and pasted from/into tables. Simply highlight the row you wish to copy and press CTRL-C. This places the data onto the clipboard. Move to the location for pasting. This can be any row in the current table or you can move to a different component but the same table. Place the cursor into the first cell and press CTRL-V and the data will be pasted. If you are at the last row of the table the data will be appended to the table. If data is pasted into a different table than the original table, the program will attempt to fit the data. Numerical field pasted to numerical fields will act normally. if the value being pasted appears in the destination select list, if will be preserved. If the value being pasted is from a select list and does not appear in the select list then the default value will be used. If the user wishes to just copy and paste the contents of a cell, then the user needs to place the cursor inside the cell and highlight its contents and then press CTRL-C. To paste the value put the cursor inside the cell and press CTRL-V. ADD ROW 15. Inserts a blank row into current table 16. Required fields are Inspection Type, Inspection Date, and Inspection Category SAVE 17. Required fields are Inspection Type, Inspection Date, and Inspection Category 18. Note only the highlighted row will be saved upon selecting the Save Data button 19. Select Save Data button from the action panel 20. If data passes validation the Inspection History Data will be appended to the bottom of the list 21. If validation fails the user errors are immediately displayed in the error reply message HELP View this form help screen. DELETE Delete current Inspection History Data from database
Proprietary and Confidential - Equity Engineering Group, Inc.
API RBI User's Guide
No.
Mary Buchheim Doc Response/Approved
Checked
Page 261 of 301
April 2007
Rev02
File API-RBI User Guide.Doc
7.29 Inspection Planning Form – Date Inspection Planning can be determined in two ways. The first is for a specific Plan Date. Calculations are performed based on a user specifed inspection plan and risk is calculated based upon that plan. In this case the form presents the following groups of information: • Inspection Planning, • Results, and • Risk At
Proprietary and Confidential - Equity Engineering Group, Inc.
API RBI User's Guide
Page 262 of 301 No.
Mary Buchheim Doc Response/Approved
Checked
April 2007
Rev02
File API-RBI User Guide.Doc
7.29.1.1 Input Fields RBI_Date = (yyyy-mm-dd:yyyy-mm-dd) The Date the RBI Analysis was performed Component = The user name for this Component Component_Description = Analyst Description (Optional Input) Component_Comments = Analyst Comments (Optional Input) Inspection_Option = There are two Inspection Options, Date and Plan. DATE derives an Inspection Date based on the specified inspection information, while PLAN derives an inspection plan based on the specified inspection Date Inspection_Plan_Basis = Option Flag to indicate the basis for the risk measure to be used in determining the next Inspection date [Financial Risk (default) or Area Risk] Area_Risk_Target = (ft² : m²) Target Area Risk is the area risk for establishing a future inspection date; Target Area Risk is only used if the Risk Flag = Area (Risk Flag indicates the basis of risk measure to be used in determining the next inspection). The Target Area Risk that is set in Global Setting Form is the default value. Financial_Risk_Target = ($/yr : $/yr) Target Financial Risk is the financial risk for establishing a future inspection date; Target Financial Risk is only used if the Risk Flag = Financial (Risk Flag indicates the basis of risk measure to be used in determining the next inspection). The Target Financial Risk that is set in Global Setting Form is the default value Max_Insp_Int = (yrs : yrs) Maximum Inspection Interval (default = 10 years) is used as an Upper Bound to the computed Inspection Interval (Optional Input) Turn_Around_Date_1 = (YYYY-MM-DD :YYYY-MM-DD) Turn Around Date 1 Turn_Around_Date_2 = (YYYY-MM-DD :YYYY-MM-DD) Turn Around Date 2 Specified_Thinning_Inspection_Category = An Analyst Specified Inspection Category for Thinning Inspection Type to be used in the Inspection Plan. It is ONLY used when Inspection Plan Option = DATE No_Of_Thinning_Inspections = An Analyst Specified Number of Thinning Inspection Type to be Used in the Inspection Plan. It is ONLY used when the Inspection Plan Option = DATE Specified_Cracking_Inspection_Category = An Analyst Specified Inspection Category for Cracking Mechanisms to be used in the Inspection Plan. It is ONLY used when Inspection Plan Option = DATE No_Of_Cracking_Inspections = An Analyst Specified Number of Cracking Mechanism Inspections to be used in the Inspection Plan. It is ONLY used when the Inspection Plan Option = DATE Specified_Ext_Damage_Inspection_Category = An Analyst Specified Inspection Category for External Damage Mechanisms to be used in the Inspection Plan. It is ONLY used when Inspection Plan Option = DATE No_Of_Ext_Damage_Inspections = An Analyst Specified Number of External Damage Mechanism Inspections to be used in the Inspection Plan. It is ONLY used when the Inspection Plan Option = DATE Specified_HTHA_Inspection_Category = An Analyst Specified Inspection Category for HTHA (High Temperature Hydrogen Attack) to be used in the Inspection Plan. It is ONLY used when Inspection Plan Option = DATE No_Of_HTHA_Inspections = An Analyst Specified Number of HTHA (High Temperature Hydrogen Attack) Inspections to be used in the Inspection Plan. It is ONLY used when the Inspection Plan Option = DATE 7.29.1.2 Results Target_Risk_Years = (yrs :yrs) Years Associated With Target Risk (DATE) (PLAN) Target_Risk_Gradient = Risk Gradient Associated With Target Risk (DATE) (PLAN) Target_Date = (YYYY-MMM-DD :YYYY-MMM-DD) Target Date Computed As The RBI_DATE Plus The TAR_YEARS (DATE) (PLAN) 7.29.1.3 Risk At Risk_Thinning_At_RBI_Date = Risk For Thinning At RBI_DATE (DATE) (PLAN) Risk_Thinning_At_Tar_Years = Risk For Thinning At TAR_YEARS (DATE) (PLAN) Risk_Cracking_At_RBI_Date = Risk For Cracking At RBI_DATE (DATE) (PLAN) Proprietary and Confidential - Equity Engineering Group, Inc.
API RBI User's Guide
No.
Mary Buchheim Doc Response/Approved
Checked
Page 263 of 301
April 2007
Rev02
File API-RBI User Guide.Doc
Risk_Cracking_At_Tar_Years = Risk For Cracking At TAR_YEARS (DATE) (PLAN) Risk_HTHA_At_RBI_Date = Risk For HTHA At RBI_DATE (DATE) (PLAN) Risk_HTHA_At_Tar_Years = Risk For HTHA At TAR_YEARS (DATE) (PLAN) Risk_External_Damage_At_RBI_Date = Risk For External Damage At RBI_DATE (DATE) (PLAN) Risk_External_Damage_At_Tar_Years = Risk For External Damage At TAR_YEARS (DATE) (PLAN) Risk_Brittle_Fracture_At_RBI_Date = Risk For Brittle Fracture At RBI_DATE (DATE) (PLAN) Risk_Brittle_Fracture_At_Tar_Years = Risk For Brittle Fracture At TAR_YEARS (DATE) (PLAN) Risk_Fatigue_At_RBI_Date = Risk For Piping Mechanical Fatigue At RBI_DATE (DATE) (PLAN) Risk_Fatigue_At_Tar_Years = Risk For Piping Mechanical Fatigue At TAR_YEARS (DATE) (PLAN) Total_Risk_At_RBI_Date = Risk Factor At RBI_DATE (DATE) (PLAN) Total_Risk_At_Tar_Years = Risk Factor At TAR_YEARS (DATE) (PLAN) Risk_Matrix_At_RBI_Date = Risk Matrix Category At RBI_DATE (DATE) (PLAN) Risk_Matrix_At_Tar_Years = Risk Matrix Category At TAR_DATE (DATE) (PLAN) Risk_Category_At_RBI_Date = Qualitative Risk At RBI_DATE (DATE) (PLAN) Risk_Category_At_Tar_Years = Qualitative Risk At TAR_DATE (DATE) (PLAN)
Proprietary and Confidential - Equity Engineering Group, Inc.
API RBI User's Guide
No.
Mary Buchheim Doc Response/Approved
Checked
Page 264 of 301
April 2007
Rev02
File API-RBI User Guide.Doc
7.30 Inspection Planning Form - Plan The second Inspection Planning Option is Plan. Calculations are performed based on a user specifed risk tolerance and specified plan date and inspections are recommended to achieve th risk target and plant plan date. In this case the form provides the following information: • Inspection Planning, • Results, and • Risk At.
7.30.1.1 Input Fields RBI_Date = (yyyy-mm-dd:yyyy-mm-dd) The Date the RBI Analysis was performed Component = The user name for this Component Component_Description = Analyst Description (Optional Input) Component_Comments = Analyst Comments (Optional Input) Inspection_Option = There are two Inspection Options, Date and Plan. DATE derives an Inspection Date based on the specified inspection information, while PLAN derives an inspection plan based on the specified inspection Date Specified_Plan_Date = (YYYY-MMM-DD :YYYY-MMM-DD) An Analyst Specified Planned Inspection Date; It is only used when the Inspection Plan Option = PLAN. The default is 2 years after RBI Date Inspection_Plan_Basis = Option Flag to indicate the basis for the risk measure to be used in determining the next Inspection date [Financial Risk (default) or Area Risk] Area_Risk_Target = (ft² : m²) Target Area Risk is the area risk for establishing a future inspection date; Target Area Risk is only used if the Risk Flag = Area (Risk Flag indicates the basis of risk measure to be used in determining the next inspection). The Target Area Risk that is set in Global Setting Form is the default value.
Proprietary and Confidential - Equity Engineering Group, Inc.
API RBI User's Guide
No.
Mary Buchheim Doc Response/Approved
Checked
Page 265 of 301
April 2007
Rev02
File API-RBI User Guide.Doc
Financial_Risk_Target = ($/yr : $/yr) Target Financial Risk is the financial risk for establishing a future inspection date; Target Financial Risk is only used if the Risk Flag = Financial (Risk Flag indicates the basis of risk measure to be used in determining the next inspection). The Target Financial Risk that is set in Global Setting Form is the default value Max_Insp_Int = (yrs : yrs) Maximum Inspection Interval (default = 10 years) is used as an Upper Bound to the computed Inspection Interval (Optional Input) Turn_Around_Date_1 = (YYYY-MM-DD :YYYY-MM-DD) Turn Around Date 1 Turn_Around_Date_2 = (YYYY-MM-DD :YYYY-MM-DD) Turn Around Date 2 7.30.1.2 Results Target_Risk_Years = (yrs :yrs) Years Associated With Target Risk (DATE) (PLAN) Target_Risk_Gradient = Risk Gradient Associated With Target Risk (DATE) (PLAN) Target_Date = (YYYY-MMM-DD :YYYY-MMM-DD) Target Date Computed As The RBI_DATE Plus The TAR_YEARS (DATE) (PLAN) Mod_Specified_Plan_Date = (YYYY-MMM-DD :YYYY-MMM-DD) Modified Specified Date Of Planned Inspection (PLAN) Thinning_Inspection_Category = Recommended Inspection Category For Thinning To Achieve Target Risk at PLAN_DATE (PLAN) Thinning_No_Of_Inspections = Recommended Number Of Inspections For Thinning To Achieve Target Risk at PLAN_DATE (PLAN) Cracking_Inspection_Category = Recommended Inspection Category For Cracking To Achieve Target Risk at PLAN_DATE (PLAN) Cracking_No_Of_Inspections = Recommended Number Of Inspections For Cracking To Achieve Target Risk at PLAN_DATE (PLAN) HTHA_Inspection_Category = Recommended Inspection Category For HTA To Achieve Target Risk at PLAN_DATE (PLAN) HTHA_No_Of_Inspection = Recommended Number Of Inspections For HTA To Achieve Target Risk at PLAN_DATE (PLAN) External_Damage_Inspection_Category = Recommended Inspection Category For External Damage To Achieve Target Risk at PLAN_DATE (PLAN) External_Damage_No_Of_Inspection = Recommended Number Of Inspections For External Damage To Achieve Target Risk at PLAN_DATE (PLAN) 7.30.1.3 Risk At Risk_Thinning_At_RBI_Date = Risk For Thinning At RBI_DATE (DATE) (PLAN) Risk_Thinning_At_Tar_Years = Risk For Thinning At TAR_YEARS (DATE) (PLAN) Risk_Thinning_At_Plan_Date_No_Inspection = Risk For Thinning At PLAN_DATE With No Inspections (PLAN) Risk_Thinning_At_Plan_Date_With_Inspection = Risk For Thinning At PLAN_DATE With Inspections (PLAN) Risk_Cracking_At_RBI_Date = Risk For Cracking At RBI_DATE (DATE) (PLAN) Risk_Cracking_At_Tar_Years = Risk For Cracking At TAR_YEARS (DATE) (PLAN) Risk_Cracking_At_Plan_Date_No_Inspection = Risk For Cracking At PLAN_DATE With No Inspections (PLAN) Risk_Cracking_At_Plan_Date_With_Inspection = Risk For Cracking At PLAN_DATE With Inspections (PLAN) Risk_HTHA_At_RBI_Date = Risk For HTHA At RBI_DATE (DATE) (PLAN) Risk_HTHA_At_Tar_Years = Risk For HTHA At TAR_YEARS (DATE) (PLAN) Risk_HTHA_At_Plan_Date_No_Inspection = Risk For HTHA At PLAN_DATE With No Inspections (PLAN) Proprietary and Confidential - Equity Engineering Group, Inc.
API RBI User's Guide
No.
Mary Buchheim Doc Response/Approved
Checked
Page 266 of 301
April 2007
Rev02
File API-RBI User Guide.Doc
Risk_HTHA_At_Plan_Date_With_Inspection = Risk For HTHA At PLAN_DATE With Inspections (PLAN) Risk_External_Damage_At_RBI_Date = Risk For External Damage At RBI_DATE (DATE) (PLAN) Risk_External_Damage_At_Tar_Years = Risk For External Damage At TAR_YEARS (DATE) (PLAN) Risk_External_Damage_At_Plan_Date_No_Inspection = Risk For External Damage At PLAN_DATE With No Inspections (PLAN) Risk_External_Damage_At_Plan_Date_With_Inspection = Risk For External Damage At PLAN_DATE With Inspections (PLAN) Risk_Brittle_Fracture_At_RBI_Date = Risk For Brittle Fracture At RBI_DATE (DATE) (PLAN) Risk_Brittle_Fracture_At_Tar_Years = Risk For Brittle Fracture At TAR_YEARS (DATE) (PLAN) Risk_Brittle_Fracture_At_Plan_Date_No_Inspection = Risk For Brittle Fracture At PLAN_DATE With No Inspections (PLAN) Risk_Brittle_Fracture_At_Plan_Date_With_Inspection = Risk For Brittle Fracture At PLAN_DATE With Inspections (PLAN) Risk_Fatigue_At_RBI_Date = Risk For Piping Mechanical Fatigue At RBI_DATE (DATE) (PLAN) Risk_Fatigue_At_Tar_Years = Risk For Piping Mechanical Fatigue At TAR_YEARS (DATE) (PLAN) Risk_Fatigue_At_Plan_Date_No_Inspection = Risk For Piping Mechanical Fatigue At PLAN_DATE With No Inspections (PLAN) Risk_Fatigue_At_Plan_Date_With_Inspection = Risk For Piping Mechanical Fatigue At PLAN_DATE With Inspections (PLAN) Total_Risk_At_RBI_Date = Risk Factor At RBI_DATE (DATE) (PLAN) Total_Risk_At_Tar_Years = Risk Factor At TAR_YEARS (DATE) (PLAN) Total_Risk_At_Plan_Date_No_Inspection = Total Risk At PLAN_DATE With No Inspections (PLAN) Total_Risk_At_Plan_Date_With_Inspection = Total Risk At PLAN_DATE With Inspections (PLAN) Risk_Matrix_At_RBI_Date = Risk Matrix Category At RBI_DATE (DATE) (PLAN) Risk_Matrix_At_Tar_Years = Risk Matrix Category At TAR_DATE (DATE) (PLAN) Risk_Matrix_At_Plan_Date_No_Inspection = Risk Matrix Category At PLAN_DATE With No Inspections (PLAN) Risk_Matrix_At_Plan_Date_With_Inspection = Risk Matrix Category At PLAN_DATE With Inspections (PLAN) Risk_Category_At_RBI_Date = Qualitative Risk At RBI_DATE (DATE) (PLAN) Risk_Category_At_Tar_Years = Qualitative Risk At TAR_DATE (DATE) (PLAN) Risk_Category_At_Plan_Date_No_Inspection = Qualitative Risk At PLAN_DATE With No Inspections (PLAN) Risk_Category_At_Plan_Date_With_Inspection = Qualitative Risk At PLAN_DATE With Inspections (PLAN)
Proprietary and Confidential - Equity Engineering Group, Inc.
API RBI User's Guide
No.
Mary Buchheim Doc Response/Approved
Checked
Page 267 of 301
April 2007
Rev02
File API-RBI User Guide.Doc
7.31 Inspection Planning Form – Bundle This form presents the results of the inspection planning calculations and Cost Benefit Analysis (CBA). 7.31.1
General Tab
7.31.1.1 Results Specified_Plan_Date = (YYYY-MM-DD :YYYY-MM-DD) An Analyst Specified Planned Inspection Date; It is only used when the Inspection Plan Option = PLAN. The default is 2 years after RBI Date Bundle_Install_Date = (yyyy-mm-dd : yyyy-mm-dd) The Date the bundle was installed in the exchanger. Note that this is the install date for the active bundle not necessarily the original install date for the exchanger. Bundle_LEF = Actions made to a bundle during shutdowns which serve to return the bundle back into service in an improved (not as-new) condition Bundle_Adjusted_Date = Bundle Installation Date Adjusted for Life Extension Methods Inspection_Plan_Basis = Option Flag to indicate the basis for the risk measure to be used in determining the next Inspection date. Financial Risk (default) or Area Risk. For Equipment_Type = Tank650 or Component_Type = Hextube, only Financial analysis is done. Bundle_Financial_Risk_Target = ($/year) User bundle financial risk tolerance. This value is used to determine the target date, i.e. the date where the calculated bundle risk exceeds the financial risk target. Max_Insp_Int = (yrs : yrs) Maximum Inspection Interval (default = 10 years) is used as an Upper Bound to the computed Inspection Interval (Optional Input) For Component_Type=HEXTUBE, the maximum inspection Interval = 25 years. User_Specified_MTTF =User specified Mean Time to Failure for bundle (years). This value is required if a weibull curve, based on matching bundles from the reliability database, has not been generated from the component weibull tab. If supplied, will govern the calculations. Proprietary and Confidential - Equity Engineering Group, Inc.
API RBI User's Guide
No.
Mary Buchheim Doc Response/Approved
Checked
Page 268 of 301
April 2007
Rev02
File API-RBI User Guide.Doc
User_Specified_Beta = User specified Weibull slope parameter. This value along with the user specified MTTF will be used if a weibull curve, based on matching bundles from the reliability database, has not been generated from the component weibull tab. If supplied along with the Eta value, will govern the calculations. The default value is 2.5. User_Specified_Eta = Yrs This value is only required if User Specified MTTF is not provide and a weibull curve, based on matching bundles from the reliability database, has not been generated from the component weibull tab. If supplied along with the Beta value, will govern the calculations. Number_Of_Matching_Bundles = Number of Bundles that match the criteria specified in the applied filter on the bundle filter tab. Number_Of_Suspensions = Bundles in-service, in the filtered dataset, without a reported failure Number_Of_Failures = Number of Bundles, in the filtered dataset, that have experienced a tube leak. Calculated_Beta = Beta value calculated for the specified cut set by applying a median rank regression curve fit using the time-to-failure as the dependent variable (X onto Y). Calculated_Eta = Eta value calculated for the specified cut set by applying a median rank regression curve fit using the time-to-failure as the dependent variable (X onto Y). Uncertainty_Percent = Uncertainty associated with inspection technique utilized, see Inspection Effectiveness Table 8.7 R_Squared = Measure of closeness of fit of the Weibull curve to the dataset Bundle_Inspection_Category = Recommended level of Inspection at the Plan Date or Turnaround Date 1 if specified. This level of inspection will guarantee that the calculated risk at turnaround date 2 will not exceed the bundle financial risk target. Insp_Date_Bundle = (YYYY-MM-DD :YYYY-MM-DD) Calculated Inspection Date for Bundle RBI_Date = (yyyy-mm-dd:yyyy-mm-dd) The Date the RBI Analysis was performed Risk_Matrix_At_RBI_Date = Risk Matrix At RBI_DATE (DATE) (PLAN) Risk_Category_At_RBI_Date = Qualitative Risk At RBI_DATE (DATE) (PLAN) Consequence_At_RBI_Date = Financial Consequences due to bundle failure, calculated based on bundle criticality and including costs associated with lost opportunity due to production downtime, environmental impact costs and the costs associated with maintenance and replacement of the bundle. POF_RBI = Probablility of Failure at RBI Date Total_Risk_At_RBI_Date = Total Risk At RBI_DATE for either inspection option DATE or PLAN. This is the product of the probability of failure and consequence. Target_Date = (YYYY-MM-DD :YYYY-MM-DD) Target Date This is calculated as the date at which the calculated risk exceeds area or financial risk target with inspections. For bundles, this is the calculated date at which the calculated risk equals the bundle financial risk target. Tot_Risk_Matrix_Tar_Years_NI = Risk Matrix at Target Year No Inspection (PLAN)(DATE) Tot_Risk_Cat_Tar_Years_NI = Qualitative Risk at Target Year No Inspection (PLAN)(DATE) Consequence_Tar_Years_NI = Financial Consequences due to bundle failure, calculated based on bundle criticality and including costs associated with lost opportunity due to production downtime, environmental impact costs and the costs associated with maintenance and replacement of the bundle. POF_Target = Probablility of Failure at Target Date Risk_Tot_Tar_Years_NI = Total Risk at Target Year No Inspection Calculated for either inspection option DATE or PLAN. This is the product of the probability of failure and consequence. Specified_Plan_Date = (YYYY-MM-DD :YYYY-MM-DD) An Analyst Specified Planned Inspection Date; It is only used when the Inspection Plan Option = PLAN. The default is 2 years after RBI Date Risk_Matrix_At_Plan_Date_No_Inspection = Risk Matrix At PLAN_DATE With No Inspections (PLAN) Risk_Category_At_Plan_Date_No_Inspection = Qualitative Risk At PLAN_DATE With No Inspections (PLAN) Consequence_At_Plan_Date_NI = Financial Consequences due to bundle failure, calculated based on bundle criticality and including costs associated with lost opportunity due to production downtime, environmental impact costs and the costs associated with maintenance and replacement of the bundle. POF_NI = Probablility of Failure at Plan Date without Inspection
Proprietary and Confidential - Equity Engineering Group, Inc.
API RBI User's Guide
No.
Mary Buchheim Doc Response/Approved
Checked
Page 269 of 301
April 2007
Rev02
File API-RBI User Guide.Doc
Total_Risk_At_Plan_Date_No_Inspection = Total Risk At PLAN_DATE With No Inspections This is only calulated for the Plan inspection option. This is the product of the probability of failure and consequence. Specified_Plan_Date = (YYYY-MM-DD :YYYY-MM-DD) An Analyst Specified Planned Inspection Date; It is only used when the Inspection Plan Option = PLAN. The default is 2 years after RBI Date Risk_Matrix_At_Plan_Date_With_Inspection = Risk Matrix At PLAN_DATE With Inspections (PLAN) Risk_Category_At_Plan_Date_With_Inspection = Qualitative Risk At PLAN_DATE With Inspections (PLAN) Consequence_At_Plan_Date = Financial Consequences due to bundle failure, calculated based on bundle criticality and including costs associated with lost opportunity due to production downtime, environmental impact costs and the costs associated with maintenance and replacement of the bundle. POF_WI = Probablility of Failure at Plan Date with Inspection Total_Risk_At_Plan_Date_With_Inspection = Total Risk At PLAN_DATE With Inspections This is only calulated for the Plan inspection option. This is the product of the probability of failure and consequence.
Proprietary and Confidential - Equity Engineering Group, Inc.
API RBI User's Guide
No.
Mary Buchheim Doc Response/Approved
7.31.2
Checked
Page 270 of 301
April 2007
Rev02
File API-RBI User Guide.Doc
CBA Tab
7.31.2.1 Results Planned_Replacement = ($/day) For the CBA, this is the calculated daily cost of bundle replacements at the optimized bundle replacement frequency. Unplanned_Failure = ($/day) For the CBA, this is the calculated daily cost, including risk cost, of an unplanned bundle failure. Total_Cost = ($/day) This is the sum of the planned replacement cost and the unplanned failure cost. In the CBA, this is the value that is minimized when determining the optimal planned bundle replacement frequency. Optimal_Replacement_Freq = (Yrs) Bundle replacement frequency that minimizes total cost Turn_Around_Date_1 = (YYYY-MM-DD :YYYY-MM-DD) Turn Around Date 1 For Component_Type=HEXTUBE, this value is only used in the cost benefit analysis to make economic inspection and bundle replacement decisions. Turn_Around_Date_2 = (YYYY-MM-DD :YYYY-MM-DD) Turn Around Date 2 For Component_Type=HEXTUBE, this value is only used in the cost benefit analysis to make economic inspection and bundle replacement decisions. Bundle_POF_Between_TAs = This is the Probability that a bundle will fail in the time period between Turnaround Date 1 and 2. Bundle_Install_Cost = $ Cost of maintenance required to remove, clean, and re-install exchanger bundle Bundle_Inspection_Cost = This is the cost of inspection as a function of inspection effectiveness. Bundle_Cost = $ Cost of replacement bundle. If not input by the user, this value will be estimated based on the size and metallurgy of the tube bundle. Bundle_Total_Cost_Inspection = $, In the decision analysis for inspecting the bundle, this is the total cost of inspection and maintenance required to prepare the bundle for inspection. Proprietary and Confidential - Equity Engineering Group, Inc.
API RBI User's Guide
No.
Mary Buchheim Doc Response/Approved
Checked
Page 271 of 301
April 2007
Rev02
File API-RBI User Guide.Doc
Bundle_Total_Cost_Replacement = $, In the decision analysis for replacing the bundle, this is the total cost of the bundle and maintenance required to remove and re-install exchanger bundle. Bundle_Insp_Hurdle_Cost = $ This is the Return on Investment above the economic break even point required to make the decision to inspect the bundle. This is based on Hurdle Rate input by the user on the component settings tab. Bundle_Repl_Hurdle_Cost = $ This is the Return on Investment above the economic break even point required to make the decision to replace the bundle. This is based on Hurdle Rate input by the user on the component settings tab. ECOF_Inspect = $, Expected Incremental Risk Associated with deferring Inspection from Turnaround Date 1 to Turnaround Date 2. ECOF_Replace = $, Expected Incremental Risk Associated with deferring Replacement from Turnaround Date 1 to Turnaround Date 2. CBA_Inspect = Final economic based decision for bundle inspection at Turnaround Date 1. The software will recommend inspection when the incremental risk incurred by defering the inspection exceeds the cost of the inspection plus the return on investment (Hurdle_Cost) specified by the user. CBA_Replace = Final economic based decision for bundle replacement at Turnaround Date 1. The software will recommend bundle replacement when the incremental risk incurred by defering the replacement exceeds the cost of the bundle replacement plus the return on investment (Hurdle_Cost) specified by the user.
Proprietary and Confidential - Equity Engineering Group, Inc.
API RBI User's Guide
No.
Mary Buchheim Doc Response/Approved
Checked
Page 272 of 301
April 2007
Rev02
File API-RBI User Guide.Doc
7.32 Component Data This is a table summarizing • Failure Frequency, • Equipment Down Time • Minimum Required Thickness for Ferritic Steels • Minimum Required Thickness for High Alloy Steels • Failure Cost for a small –- .25 inch, medium – 1 inch, large – 4 inch, and rupture failure. It is based upon Table 8-1, Figure 7-14, Table 7-25 of the BRD.
FORM VIEW 1. Right Click on the row number to activate form edit for this record. From the Form Edit View, the user can 2. edit the current record and click on OK or 3. cancel the edit with CANCEL. 4. Data entered in the Form Edit View is not validated until the SAVE button is clicked in the Table View
Proprietary and Confidential - Equity Engineering Group, Inc.
API RBI User's Guide
No.
Mary Buchheim Doc Response/Approved
7.33
Checked
Page 273 of 301
April 2007
Rev02
File API-RBI User Guide.Doc
PRV RBI
7.33.1 PRV Navigation Tree The PRV navigation tree begins at the PRV level. Forms/Actions available from the right click are PRV and Batch Calculate.
7.33.2 PRV Global Settings User can select to set the all of the PRV calculations for the unit to either RISK or INTERVAL.
Proprietary and Confidential - Equity Engineering Group, Inc.
API RBI User's Guide
No.
Mary Buchheim Doc Response/Approved
Checked
Page 274 of 301
April 2007
Rev02
File API-RBI User Guide.Doc
7.33.3 PRV Design Information The PRV form displays all the required input for a PRV.
7.33.3.1 Input Fields PRV_Equipment = PRV Tag Component = The user name for the Component assigned to PRV for Fluid Properties Component_Description = Analyst Description for this component(Optional Input) Analysis_Type = There are two options for running the program. Risk - the risk in $ is calculated for each PRV at its current inspection/testing interval. Interval risk based interval is calculated for each PRV based on the user's specified risk tolerance. Make_Model = Make and Model of PRV Serial_Number = PRV SERIAL Number(optional) PID_Number = Number of the PID showing the PRV PRV_Area = (in² : mm²) Orifice Area of the PRV (required) PRV_Type = PRV Type RDISC - Rupture Disc, PILOT - Pilot Operated Pressure Relief Valve, PRDBAL Balanced Pressure Relief Valve, PRDCON - Conventional Pressure Relief Valve Operating_Temperature_(°F) = Normal Operating Temperature. The default is 70.0 F. Operating Temperature is used in calculations. If it is not provided Design Temperature is used. Install_Date = (yyyy-mm-dd: yyyy-mm-dd) Date PRV was installed Set_Pressure = (psi : Mpa) Set Pressure of the PRV. (Default = Design Pressure) (optional) Parallel_Area = (in² : mm²) PRV Orifice Area installed in Parallel to the PRV being Evaluated. (optional) RD_Upstream = Flag to indicate the presence of an upstream rupture disk. (Default=NO) Disch_Location = PRV Discharge Location. (Default=FLARE), FLARE - Discharge to flare or vent system, ATMOS - Discharge to atmosphere, CLOSED - Discharge to closed process under pressure Pulsing_Service = Flag for Piping Vibration or Pulsing Service. Enter YES if there has been a history of installed piping vibration or the PRV is downstream of rotating equipment (pulsing service). (Default=NO) Proprietary and Confidential - Equity Engineering Group, Inc.
API RBI User's Guide
No.
Mary Buchheim Doc Response/Approved
Checked
Page 275 of 301
April 2007
Rev02
File API-RBI User Guide.Doc
PRV_Fluid = Fluid assigned to PRV for purposes of determining fluid characteristics. It is chosen on the protected components form. FTO_Class = Fluid Severity for the FAIL to Open case. This input characterizes the severity of the contained fluid and is used for selecting the appropriate Probability of Failure on Demand curve for the PRV (Default = MODERATE). Options are MILD, MODERATE, SEVERE Leak_Class = Fluid Severity for the LEAK case. This input characterizes the severity of the contained fluid and is used for selecting the appropriate Probability of Leakage curve for the PRV (Default = MODERATE). Options are MILD, MODERATE, SEVERE Size = (in : mm) PRV Size. required Inlet = (in : mm) PRV Inlet Size. required Outlet = (in : mm) PRV Outlet Size. required PRV_Capacity = (lbm/hr:kg/hr) Rated Capacity of the PRV. Soft_Seat = Flag to indicate that the pressure relief valve (PRDCON or PRDBAL) contains a soft-seated design. If SOFTSEAT=YES, the default, probability of leakage curve used for the device will be adjusted to account for reduced leakage across the seat. (Default = NO) Back_Pressure = (psi : Mpa) Normal Superimposed Back Pressure in the discharge system. Required if PRDDLOC=CLOSED or FLARE. Current_Interval = (yr:yr) Inspection/Test Interval for PRV Min_Allowed_Insp_Interval = (yr:yr) Minimum Inspection/Test Interval for PRV Max_Allowed_Insp_Interval = (yr:yr) Maximum Inspection/Test Interval for PRV History_Of_Chatter = Flag for Chatter. Enter YES if there has been a history of severe chatter with the PRV installation. (Default=NO) History_Of_Actuation = Flag to indicate Excessive Actuation of the PRV in service. Enter YES if there has been a history of actuation, typically exceeding 5 times per year. (Default=NO) System_Near_Set_Pressure = Flag to indicate that the sytem pressure is within the operating ratio of the PRV. Recommended operating ratio (operating pressure/set pressure) for spring loaded PRDs is less than 90%. The recommended operating ratio for pilot-operated PRDs is less than 95%. Enter YES if the recommended operating ratio is exceeded. If FLAGPRAT = CALC, it will be calculated based on the input values for PRES and SPRES. Installed_Piping_Vibration = Flag to indicate the presence of installed Piping Vibration. Enter YES if there has been a history of installed piping vibration or the PRV is downstream of rotating equipment (pulsing service). (Default=NO) FTO_Alpha= Default Weibull CHaracteristic Life Parameter for the Fail to Open Case. If not specified, the default value is selected by the software based on the USer's input for IFLGROUP. Leak_Alpha = Default Weibull CHaracteristic Life Parameter for the Leak Case. If not specified, the default value is selected by the software based on the USer's input for IFLGROUP. FTO_Beta = Default Weibull Shape Parameter for the Fail to Open Case. If not specified, the default value is selected by the software based on the User's input for IFLGROUP. Leak_Beta = Default Weibull Shape Parameter for the Leak Case. If not specified, the default value is selected by the software based on the User's input for IFLGROUP.
Proprietary and Confidential - Equity Engineering Group, Inc.
API RBI User's Guide
No.
Mary Buchheim Doc Response/Approved
7.33.4
Checked
Page 276 of 301
April 2007
Rev02
PRV Overpressure Demand Cases
7.33.4.1 Fire
7.33.4.2 Blocked Discharge
Proprietary and Confidential - Equity Engineering Group, Inc.
File API-RBI User Guide.Doc
API RBI User's Guide
No.
Mary Buchheim Doc Response/Approved
Checked
Page 277 of 301
April 2007
Rev02
7.33.4.3 Inlet Control Valve Failure
7.33.4.4 Outlet Control Valve Failure
Proprietary and Confidential - Equity Engineering Group, Inc.
File API-RBI User Guide.Doc
API RBI User's Guide
No.
Mary Buchheim Doc Response/Approved
Checked
Page 278 of 301
April 2007
Rev02
7.33.4.5 Thermal Relief/Hydraulic Expansion
7.33.4.6 Loss of Cooling
Proprietary and Confidential - Equity Engineering Group, Inc.
File API-RBI User Guide.Doc
API RBI User's Guide
No.
Mary Buchheim Doc Response/Approved
Checked
Page 279 of 301
April 2007
Rev02
7.33.4.7 Liquid Overfill
7.33.4.8 Electric Power Failure
Proprietary and Confidential - Equity Engineering Group, Inc.
File API-RBI User Guide.Doc
API RBI User's Guide
No.
Mary Buchheim Doc Response/Approved
Checked
Page 280 of 301
April 2007
Rev02
7.33.4.9 TPA or Reflux Pump Failure
7.33.4.10 Runaway Chemical Reaction
Proprietary and Confidential - Equity Engineering Group, Inc.
File API-RBI User Guide.Doc
API RBI User's Guide
No.
Mary Buchheim Doc Response/Approved
Checked
Page 281 of 301
April 2007
Rev02
7.33.4.11 Heat Exchanger Tube Rupture
7.33.4.12 User Defined Case 1
Proprietary and Confidential - Equity Engineering Group, Inc.
File API-RBI User Guide.Doc
API RBI User's Guide
No.
Mary Buchheim Doc Response/Approved
Checked
Page 282 of 301
April 2007
Rev02
7.33.4.13 User Defined Case 2
7.33.4.14 Overall Demand Case This case is run exclusive of all other cases.
Proprietary and Confidential - Equity Engineering Group, Inc.
File API-RBI User Guide.Doc
API RBI User's Guide
No.
Mary Buchheim Doc Response/Approved
Checked
Page 283 of 301
April 2007
Rev02
File API-RBI User Guide.Doc
7.33.4.15 Input Fields Demand_Calculation_Flag = Flag to indicate if Demand Case is active Event_Frequency = demands/year If left blank the default demand rate will be used based on Demand Case Selected Demand_RRF = Demand Rate Reduction Factor. This is a factor applied to the initating event frequency, to reduce the actual demand rate on the PRV. (Default is 0.1 for demand cases 1 and 7 and 1.0 for all other cases) Upstream_Pressure_Source_Type = Upstream Pressure Source Type. (Default=4), 1 - Centrifugal Type Rotating Equipment, 2 - Positive Displacement Type Rotating Equipment, 3 - Steam Turbine, 4 Upstream Pressure Vessel or Unit Upstream_Source_Pressure = (psi : Mpa) - For the Blocked Outlet Failure case, with upstream pressure sources that are pressure vessels or other units, enter 1.1 times the design pressure of the upstream pressure vessel or unit. - For the Blocked Outlet Failure case, with upstream steam turbines, enter the steam supply pressure. - For the Inlet control Valve Failure case,enter the pressure upstream of the control valve, - For the Heat Exchanger Tube Rupture case, enter the high pressure side, maximum normal operating pressure. Deadhead_Pressure = (psi : Mpa) As an alternate, input 1.3 times the normal discharge pressure. Should be input for upstream pressure sources that are centrifugal rotating equipment. As an default, the program will use 1.3 times the Design Pressure of the protected equipment. Heat_Source_Type = Type of heat source. Choices are Fired Heater, Other Internal or External Heat Source, or None Heat_Source_Temperature = (°F : °C) Temperature of heat source Overpressure_Potential = (psi:Mpa) Dependent on the type of Demand Case. Override_Overpressure (psi:Mpa) User specified overpressure No_Of_Block_Valves = Number of Block Valves in Process Flow Path. (Default=1) Block_Valve_Use_Frequency = Frequency that a particular isolation valve will be opened or closed. Takes into consideration maintenance or operating procedures that may occur on a more frequent basis than unit turnaround schedule CV_Normal_Failure_Position = Normal failure position of valve (Open or Closed) No_Of_CVs_In_Path = Number of control valves in path Heat_Source_Type = Type of heat source. Choices are Fired Heater, Other Internal or External Heat Source, or None Heat_Source_Temperature = (°F : °C) Temperature of heat source HP_Side_Max_Op_Pressure (psi:Mpa) Maximum pressure for high pressure side of heat exchanger
Proprietary and Confidential - Equity Engineering Group, Inc.
API RBI User's Guide
No.
Mary Buchheim Doc Response/Approved
7.33.5
Checked
Page 284 of 301
April 2007
Rev02
File API-RBI User Guide.Doc
PRV Consequence Analysis
7.33.5.1 Input Fields Leak_Tolerated = Flag to indicate if a moderate leak (less than 5% of PRV capacity) can be tolerated without requiring an immediate repair. Enter NO if an immediate repair to a leaky PRV is required (Default=YES) Days_To_Discover_Leak = Estimated Number of Days to Discover a Leaking PRV. Defaults are shown: 180 for PRDIN less than or equal to 3/4, 60 for 3/4 < PRDIN &LE 1-1/2, 30 for 1-1/2 <PRDIN &LE 3, 15 for 3 < PRDIN &LE = 6, 10 for PRDIN &GE to 6 Stuck_Valve_Tolerated = Flag to indicate if a spurious opening (Stuck open) can be tolerated without requiring an immediate repair. Enter NO if an immediate repair to a stuck open PRV is required (Default=NO) PRV_Environmental_Cost = ($:$) - (optional) Cost of Enviromental Fines Associated with PRV Leakage. (Default = 0.0) Fluid_Cost = ($:$) Cost of fluid lost in release Cost_To_Repair_PRV = ($:$) - (optional)Maintenance Cost Associated with Removing, Testing, Inspecting and Overhauling the PRV. Defaults are : $1000 for PRDIN less than 8 inch, $2000 for PRDIN >=to 8 inches Days_To_Repair_PRV = (days:days) - (optional) Estimated Number of Days Unit is Shutdown to Repair a Leaking PRV. (Default = 3.0) Equipment_Cost = ($/ft² : $/m²) The Cost for Affected Area, Global Setting for all Components in this Unit (Default used in Consequence & Risk Table) (Optional input with default value = 550.0) Production_Cost = ($/day : $/day) The Cost associated with Production Loss, Global Setting for all Components in this Unit (Default used in Consequence & Risk Table) (Optional input with a default value = 100,000.0) Proprietary and Confidential - Equity Engineering Group, Inc.
API RBI User's Guide
No.
Mary Buchheim Doc Response/Approved
Checked
Page 285 of 301
April 2007
Rev02
File API-RBI User Guide.Doc
Injury_Cost = ($ :$) The Cost for a Personnel Injury, Global Setting for all Components in this Unit (Default used in Consequence & Risk Table) (Optional input with a default value of 2,000,000.0) Population_Density = (person/ft² : person/m²) Population Density, Global Setting for all Components in this Unit (Default used in Consequence & Risk Table) (Optional input with a Default value = 0.0001) Unit_Flare_Recovery = Flag to indicate if flare header contains a flare recovery system. If a flare recovery system exists, the cost of los fluid for the leakage consequence is currently reduced by 50%. (Default is NO) Unit_TA_Frequency = (years:years) - (conditional)Unit Normal Turnaround Frequency. PRV_Risk_Tolerance = ($:$) - (conditional)Company Risk Tolerance. This is required for ANALTYPE=INTERVAL. 7.33.5.2 FORM ACTIONS SAVE 5. Change existing data to new values 6. All Required Field Elements Must be Input Before Saving a Form 7. Select Save Data Button From the Action Panel 8. If Data Passes Validation The New Data Will Be saved 9. If Validation Fails The User Errors are Immediately Displayed in the Error Reply Message HELP View this form help screen DELETE Delete this PRV Form from the database COMMENTS Comments can be added for any equipment, component, or damage record. When comments have been saved, the comments button will appear white.
Proprietary and Confidential - Equity Engineering Group, Inc.
API RBI User's Guide
No.
Mary Buchheim Doc Response/Approved
Checked
Page 286 of 301
April 2007
Rev02
File API-RBI User Guide.Doc
7.33.6 Batch Calc PRV calculations are done at the unit and at the PRV navigation level. All components assigned to a PRV are recalculated as a Fixed RBI case and as part of the PRV. All components are reset to the NEW consequence model and fluid properties are generated using the built in process fluid database.
7.33.7
Batch Calc Progress
Proprietary and Confidential - Equity Engineering Group, Inc.
API RBI User's Guide
No.
Mary Buchheim Doc Response/Approved
Checked
Page 287 of 301
April 2007
Rev02
File API-RBI User Guide.Doc
7.33.8 Batch Calc with Diag PRV calculations wit Diag are only done at the PRV navigation level. All components assigned to a PRV are recalculated as a Fixed RBI case and as part of the PRV. All components are reset to the NEW consequence model and fluid properties are generated using the built in process fluid database.
7.33.9
View Diag Files
Proprietary and Confidential - Equity Engineering Group, Inc.
API RBI User's Guide
No.
Mary Buchheim Doc Response/Approved
Checked
Page 288 of 301
April 2007
Rev02
File API-RBI User Guide.Doc
7.33.10 PRV Protected Equipment This form allows the user to select which components are protected by a PRV. Components are added or removed using the add, add all, remove, remove all buttons. One component is assigned as the PRV location. This component’s fluid, operating temperature, and fluid cost is assigned to the PRV.
7.33.10.1 FORM ACTIONS SAVE 1. Add or remove components from the PRV. 2. Select Save Data Button From the Action Panel HELP View this form help screen
Proprietary and Confidential - Equity Engineering Group, Inc.
API RBI User's Guide
No.
Mary Buchheim Doc Response/Approved
7.33.11
Checked
Page 289 of 301
April 2007
Rev02
File API-RBI User Guide.Doc
PRV Inspection History
7.33.11.1 Input Fields Insp_Date = (yyy-mm-dd:yyy-mm-dd) Date of inspection Insp_Effective = Inspection Category for Selected Inspection Type at its Inspection Date (A, B, C, or D) B is the default Insp_Result = Flag to indicate if PRV passed test, select Pass or Fail Insp_Leak = Flag to indicate if the PRD showed signs of leakage. For pop tests, whether a pre-overhaul pop test ( A effectiveness) or a in-situ test (B effectiveness), a PRD is typically assumed to have leaked if it showed any signs of starting to leak prior to 90% of set pressure (95% for pilot valves). The User can use other acceptance criteria. For visual only tests (C effectiveness), a PRD is considered to have leaked the test if there was evidence of excessive damage or cutting of the seats. Insp_Overhauled = Flag to indicate whether the PRD was overhauled during the inspection. This flag is also used to designate when a PRD has been replaced new. If the current inspection record indicates that the PRD was replaced rather than overhauled, enter NEW (Default is NO) Insp_Plugged = Flag to indicate whether or not the inlet and outlet piping (installed piping not PRD flanges) was plugged during the inspection. Typically, the piping is considered plugged if 25% or more of the piping are is plugged. The software will assume a failed test, if the User selects YES here. (Default is NO) Insp_Pre_Test_Pop = (psig : MPa) Enter the pre-overhaul pop test pressure. This is used for informational purposes only Insp_Blowdown = (psig : MPa) Enter the pressure at which the PRD reseated during the pre-overhaul pop test. This is used for informational purposes only Insp_ReSeat = Flag to indicate if the PRD reseated during the pre-overhaul pop test. This is used for informational purposes only Proprietary and Confidential - Equity Engineering Group, Inc.
API RBI User's Guide
No.
Mary Buchheim Doc Response/Approved
Checked
Page 290 of 301
April 2007
Rev02
File API-RBI User Guide.Doc
Insp_Leak_Pressure = (psig : MPa) Enter the pressure at which the PRD started to leak during the preoverhaul pop test. This is used for informational purposes only. Insp_Inlet_Condition = Flag to indicate the condition of the inlet flange to the PRD. This is used for informational purposes only. Options are Unknown, Good, Light Deposits, Heavy Deposits, Plugged, Insp_Outlet_Condition = Flag to indicate the condition of the outlet flange to the PRD. This is used for informational purposes only. Options are Unknown, Good, Light Deposits, Heavy Deposits, Plugged, Insp_Seat_Condition = Flag to indicate the condition of the seating surfaces of PRD. This is used for informational purposes only. Options are Unknown, Good, Fouled, Corroded, Cut Insp_ORing_Condition = Flag to indicate the condition of the Oring, if applicable. This is used for informational purposes only. Options are Unknown, NA, Cut, Missing, Good Insp_Guide_Condition = Flag to indicate the condition of the guide and disk holder. This is used for informational purposes only. Options are Unknown, Good, Galled, Frozen. Corroded Insp_Spring_Condition = Flag to indicate the condition of the Spring. This is used for informational purposes only. Options are Unknown, Good, Corroded, Broken Insp_Bellows_Condition = Flag to indicate the condition of the PRD bellows, if applicable. This is used for informational purposes only. Options are Unknown, NA, Good, Corroded, Broken Insp_Comments = User comments 7.33.11.2 TABLE ACTIONS FORM VIEW 1. Right Click on the row number to activate form edit for this record. From the Form Edit View, the user can 2. edit the current record and click on OK or 3. cancel the edit with CANCEL. 4. Data entered in the Form Edit View is not validated until the SAVE button is clicked in the Table View CUT/PASTE Row Data can be copy and pasted from/into tables. Simply highlight the row you wish to copy and press CTRL-C. This places the data onto the clipboard. Move to the location for pasting. This can be any row in the current table or you can move to a different component but the same table. Place the cursor into the first cell and press CTRL-V and the data will be pasted. If you are at the last row of the table the data will be appended to the table. If data is pasted into a different table than the original table, the program will attempt to fit the data. Numerical field pasted to numerical fields will act normally. if the value being pasted appears in the destination select list, if will be preserved. If the value being pasted is from a select list and does not appear in the select list then the default value will be used. If the user wishes to just copy and paste the contents of a cell, then the user needs to place the cursor inside the cell and highlight its contents and then press CTRL-C. To paste the value put the cursor inside the cell and press CTRL-V. ADD ROW 1. Inserts a blank row into current table 2. Required fields are Inspection Type, Inspection Date, and Inspection Category SAVE 1. Required fields are Inspection Type, Inspection Date, and Inspection Category 2. Note only the highlighted row will be saved upon selecting the Save Data button 3. Select Save Data button from the action panel 4. If data passes validation the Inspection History Data will be appended to the bottom of the list 5. If validation fails the user errors are immediately displayed in the error reply message HELP View this form help screen. DELETE Delete current Inspection History Data from database
Proprietary and Confidential - Equity Engineering Group, Inc.
API RBI User's Guide
No.
Mary Buchheim Doc Response/Approved
Checked
Page 291 of 301
April 2007
Rev02
File API-RBI User Guide.Doc
7.33.12 PRV Inspection Planning/ PRV Results The PRV inspection planning/ PRV results form has four sections: • General Data This section summarizes input data for the PRD, including tag number, PRD area, and set pressure. None of the data in this section are calculated values. • Service Duty This section lists the fluid for the equipment where the PRD is installed, and the operating temperature. These values are input for each component on the equipment RBI navigation tree. Also, fluid FTO (Fail to Open) class and Leak class used in the calculation are listed (MILD, MODERATE or SEVERE). These are inputs from the service duty section of the PRD Design Information tab. The Weibull parameters used in the calculation are also shown in this section. If the user did not input Weibull parameters, the default values for the selected FTO and Leak classes are shown. • Driving Component Parameters PRDs often protect multiple components, and the software calculates risks for the PRD and each protected component. Clicking on the “Details” button at the bottom of the screen will list each protected component and the RBI results. The driving component is the component with the highest risk ranking among all components calculated. The driving component and driving component fluid are not necessarily the same as the PRD install location. This section includes for reference the design pressure and the equipment RBI calculated damage factor for the driving component. • RBI Results This section is slightly different, depending on whether the calculation has been run in “RISK” or “INTERVAL” analysis type. For “RISK” analysis, the Calculated Risk ($) is shown for the Current Interval. The Current Interval and Last Inspection Date are inputs, and POF (probability of failure), POF Leak, and Calculated Risk are results. The Date Due shows the calculated future inspection date, based on the Last Inspection Date and Current Interval. For “Interval” analysis, the RBI calculated interval is shown. The current interval is also shown for comparison purposes. In this analysis, the Due Date is calculated using the Last Inspection Date and the Calculated Interval. For this calculation type, the Calculated Risk ($) may be viewed by clicking on the “Details” button at the bottom of the screen.
Proprietary and Confidential - Equity Engineering Group, Inc.
API RBI User's Guide
No.
Mary Buchheim Doc Response/Approved
Checked
Page 292 of 301
April 2007
Rev02
File API-RBI User Guide.Doc
7.33.12.1 Calculated Fields Analysis_Type = There are two options for running the program. Risk - the risk in $ is calculated for each Component = The user name for the Component that the PRV is attached. Component_Description = Analyst Description for this component (Optional Input) PRV at its current inspection/testing interval. Interval risk based interval is calculated for each PRV based on the user's specified risk tolerance. PRV_Equipment = PRV Tag Make_Model = Make and Model of PRV Serial_Number = PRV SERIAL Number(optional) PID_Number = Number of the PID showing the PRV PRV_Area = (in² : mm²) Orifice Area of the PRV (required) Parallel_Area = (in² : mm²) PRV Orifice Area installed in Parallel to the PRV being Evaluated. (optional) PRV_Type = PRV Type RDISC - Rupture Disc, PILOT - Pilot Operated Pressure Relief Valve, PRDBAL Balanced Pressure Relief Valve, PRDCON - Conventional Pressure Relief Valve Size = (in : mm) PRV Size. required Inlet = (in : mm) PRV Inlet Size. required RD_Upstream = Flag to indicate the presence of an upstream rupture disk. (Default=NO) Disch_Location = PRV Discharge Location. (Default=FLARE), FLARE - Discharge to flare or vent system, Set_Pressure = (psi : Mpa) Set Pressure of the PRV. (Default = Design Pressure) (optional) Number_Of_Equipment_Protected = Number of components protected by this PRD PRV_Fluid = Fluid assigned to PRV for purposes of determining fluid characteristics. It is chosen on the protected components form. Operating_Temperature_(°F) = Normal Operating Temperature. The default is 70.0 F. Operating Temperature is used in calculations. If it is not provided Design Temperature is used. FTO_Alpha= Default Weibull CHaracteristic Life Parameter for the Fail to Open Case. If not specified, the default value is selected by the software based on the USer's input for IFLGROUP. Proprietary and Confidential - Equity Engineering Group, Inc.
API RBI User's Guide
No.
Mary Buchheim Doc Response/Approved
Checked
Page 293 of 301
April 2007
Rev02
File API-RBI User Guide.Doc
FTO_Beta = Default Weibull Shape Parameter for the Fail to Open Case. If not specified, the default value is selected by the software based on the User's input for IFLGROUP. FTO_Class = Fluid Severity for the FAIL to Open case. This input characterizes the severity of the contained fluid and is used for selecting the appropriate Probability of Failure on Demand curve for the Leak_Class = Fluid Severity for the LEAK case. This input characterizes the severity of the contained fluid and is used for selecting the appropriate Probability of Leakage curve for the PRV (Default = MODERATE). Options are MILD, MODERATE, SEVERE Leak_Alpha = Default Weibull CHaracteristic Life Parameter for the Leak Case. If not specified, the default value is selected by the software based on the USer's input for IFLGROUP. Leak_Beta = Default Weibull Shape Parameter for the Leak Case. If not specified, the default value is selected by the software based on the User's input for IFLGROUP. Driving_Component = Name of Component with largest Risk for the RISK analysis or with the smallest Calculated Interval for the Interval Analysis. Driving_Component_Description = Description for Driving Component Driving_Fluid_Name = Driving Component Fluid Design_Pressure = (psig : MPa) Design Pressure It is only used in calculations if Operating Pressure is not provided. Total_DF = The computed Total Technical Module Subfactor (TMSF) value based on all acting Damage Mechanisms 7.33.13
PRV Details
Proprietary and Confidential - Equity Engineering Group, Inc.
API RBI User's Guide
No.
Mary Buchheim Doc Response/Approved
Checked
Page 294 of 301
April 2007
Rev02
File API-RBI User Guide.Doc
7.33.13.1 Calculated Fields Details Testint_Calculated = (yr:yr) Calculated Test interval. When Inspection Plan Basis = INTERVAl, this is the calculated optimized test interval based on the specified RISK tolerance. When the Inspection Plan Basis is RISK, this is the user's current test interval. Alpha_Update = Updated Weibull Characteristic Life Parameter for the Fail to Open Case based on the PRV's specific inspection history. Alpha_Leak_Update = Updated Weibull Characteristic Life Parameter for the Leak Case based on the PRV's specific inspection history. Beta = Weibull Shape Parameter for the Fail to Open Case. Beta_Leak = Weibull Shape Parameter for the Leak Case. POF_OD_Future = Probability of Failure On Demand at the Future Test Date POL_Future = Probability of Leak at the Future Test Date ARisk_Fat_Total = (ft² : m²) Total Serious Injury Risk Area. Includes risk areas associated with flammable and toxic releases. ARisk_Equipment_Total = (ft² : m²) Total Equipment Risk Area. Includes risk areas associated with flammable releases. DRisk_FTO = ($:$) Risk for Fail to Open case includes risks of serious injury to personnel and equipment damage DRisk_Leak = ($:$) Risk for Leak case includes risks for leaking or stuck open PRVs DRisk_Total = ($:$) Total Risk, sum of risks for Failure To Open and Leak cases
Proprietary and Confidential - Equity Engineering Group, Inc.
API RBI User's Guide
No.
Mary Buchheim Doc Response/Approved
Checked
Page 295 of 301
April 2007
Rev02
File API-RBI User Guide.Doc
7.33.14 PRV Reports Reports for PRVs are only available from the PRV Navigation Tree. PRV reports can be exported to MS Excel in the same way as fixed equipment reports are exported, see paragraph 7.16
Proprietary and Confidential - Equity Engineering Group, Inc.
API RBI User's Guide
No.
Mary Buchheim Doc Response/Approved
Checked
Page 296 of 301
April 2007
Rev02
7.33.14.1 PRV Details
Proprietary and Confidential - Equity Engineering Group, Inc.
File API-RBI User Guide.Doc
API RBI User's Guide
No.
Mary Buchheim Doc Response/Approved
Checked
Page 297 of 301
April 2007
Rev02
7.33.14.2 PRV Inspection History
Proprietary and Confidential - Equity Engineering Group, Inc.
File API-RBI User Guide.Doc
API RBI User's Guide
No.
Mary Buchheim Doc Response/Approved
Checked
Page 298 of 301
April 2007
Rev02
7.33.14.3 PRV Over Due
Proprietary and Confidential - Equity Engineering Group, Inc.
File API-RBI User Guide.Doc
API RBI User's Guide
No.
Mary Buchheim Doc Response/Approved
Checked
Page 299 of 301
April 2007
Rev02
7.33.14.4 PRV Protected Components
Proprietary and Confidential - Equity Engineering Group, Inc.
File API-RBI User Guide.Doc
API RBI User's Guide
No.
Mary Buchheim Doc Response/Approved
Checked
Page 300 of 301
April 2007
Rev02
7.33.14.5 PRV Risk/Interval
Proprietary and Confidential - Equity Engineering Group, Inc.
File API-RBI User Guide.Doc
API RBI User's Guide
No.
Mary Buchheim Doc Response/Approved
Checked
Page 301 of 301
April 2007
Rev02
7.33.14.6 PRV Set Pressure
Proprietary and Confidential - Equity Engineering Group, Inc.
File API-RBI User Guide.Doc
